diff --git a/.github/CODEOWNERS b/.github/CODEOWNERS index bdcb3cd1b5..a16c93eccf 100644 --- a/.github/CODEOWNERS +++ b/.github/CODEOWNERS @@ -1,41 +1,62 @@ #This is a list of people who will be tagged whenever a PR is opened to edit one of the files listed below. # Samy -storage/object/ @SamyOubouaziz -serverless/functions/ @SamyOubouaziz -serverless/containers/ @SamyOubouaziz -serverless/jobs/ @SamyOubouaziz -serverless/sql-databases/ @SamyOubouaziz -console/account/ @SamyOubouaziz @pshambulingappa +object-storage/ @SamyOubouaziz +serverless-functions/ @SamyOubouaziz +serverless-containers/ @SamyOubouaziz +serverless-jobs/ @SamyOubouaziz +serverless-sql-databases/ @SamyOubouaziz developer-tools/ @SamyOubouaziz +data-lab/ @SamyOubouaziz +block-storage/ @SamyOubouaziz # Rowena -network/vpc/ @RoRoJ -network/public-gateways/ @RoRoJ -network/load-balancer/ @RoRoJ -serverless/messaging/ @RoRoJ +vpc/ @RoRoJ +public-gateways/ @RoRoJ +load-balancer/ @RoRoJ +messaging/ @RoRoJ +interlink/ @RoRoJ +edge-services/ @RoRoJ +ipam/ @RoRoJ +iot-hub/ @RoRoJ # Benedikt -compute/ @bene2k1 -bare-metal/ @bene2k1 -containers/kubernetes/ @bene2k1 -managed-services/webhosting/ @bene2k1 +instances/ @bene2k1 +gpu/ @bene2k1 +apple-silicon/ @bene2k1 +elastic-metal/ @bene2k1 +dedibox-scaleway/ @bene2k1 +kubernetes/ @bene2k1 dedibox/ @bene2k1 +dedibox-vps/ @bene2k1 +dedibox-dns/ @bene2k1 +dedibox-hardware/ @bene2k1 dedibox-network/ @bene2k1 -dedibox-console/ @bene2k1 -ai-data/ @bene2k1 +dedibox-account/ @bene2k1 +dedibox-kvm-over-ip/ @bene2k1 +managed-inference/ @bene2k1 +generative-apis/ @bene2k1 +container-registry/ @bene2k1 + # Néda -observability/ @nerda-codes -network/domains-and-dns/ @nerda-codes -identity-and-access-management/secret-manager/ @nerda-codes -storage/block/ @nerda-codes +cockpit/ @nerda-codes +domains-and-dns/ @nerda-codes +secret-manager/ @nerda-codes +key-manager/ @nerda-codes +audit-trail/ @nerda-codes +classic-hosting/ @nerda-codes +cpanel-hosting/ @nerda-codes +webhosting/ @nerda-codes # Luiza -identity-and-access-management/iam/ @ldecarvalho-doc -managed-databases/postgresql-and-mysql/ @ldecarvalho-doc -managed-databases/redis/ @ldecarvalho-doc -containers/container-registry/ @ldecarvalho-doc +account/ @ldecarvalho-doc +iam/ @ldecarvalho-doc +managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/ @ldecarvalho-doc +managed-databases-for-redis/ @ldecarvalho-doc +managed-mongodb-databases/ @ldecarvalho-doc +environmental-footprint/ @ldecarvalho-doc labs/ @ldecarvalho-doc -console/billing/ @ldecarvalho-doc @pshambulingappa -managed-services/transactional-email/ @ldecarvalho-doc +billing/ @ldecarvalho-doc +transactional-email/ @ldecarvalho-doc +environmental-footprint/ @ldecarvalho-doc \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/.github/workflows/labeler.yml b/.github/workflows/labeler.yml index 4dcdeeadd3..9ef125c10f 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/labeler.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/labeler.yml @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ jobs: pull-requests: write runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - uses: actions/labeler@v4 + - uses: actions/labeler@v4 diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-11-key-manager-added-key-manager-is-in-general-availabilit.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-11-key-manager-added-key-manager-is-in-general-availabilit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bbfb7cfa3f --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-11-key-manager-added-key-manager-is-in-general-availabilit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: Key Manager is in Public Beta! +status: added +author: + fullname: 'Join the #key-manager-beta channel on Slack' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-11 +category: security-identity +product: key-manager +--- + +Scaleway Key Manager is a service that allows you to create, manage, and use cryptographic keys in a centralized and secure service. + +Key Manager helps organizations achieve secure key management by handling low-level and error-prone cryptographic details for you. + +Find out more about Key Manager in the [dedicated documentation](/key-manager/). diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-14-generative-apis-added-new-models-preview-deepseek-r1-an.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-14-generative-apis-added-new-models-preview-deepseek-r1-an.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa66987928 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-14-generative-apis-added-new-models-preview-deepseek-r1-an.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: New models preview DeepSeek R1 and DeepSeek R1 Distilled Llama 70B +status: added +author: + fullname: '' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-14 +category: ai-data +product: generative-apis +--- + +[DeepSeek R1](/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models/#request-a-model) and [DeepSeek R1 Distilled Llama 70B](/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models/#request-a-model) are now available in [Preview](/generative-apis/reference-content/model-lifecycle/) on Generative APIs. + +DeepSeek R1 is an open-weight reasoning model matching proprietary models performance. Distilled version improves Llama model performance on reasoning tasks like mathematics or code. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-14-managed-inference-added-new-model-preview-deepseek-r1-d.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-14-managed-inference-added-new-model-preview-deepseek-r1-d.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7390982cd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-14-managed-inference-added-new-model-preview-deepseek-r1-d.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: New model preview DeepSeek R1 Distilled Llama 70B +status: added +author: + fullname: '' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-14 +category: ai-data +product: managed-inference +--- + +[DeepSeek R1 Distilled Llama 70B](/managed-inference/reference-content/deepseek-r1-distill-llama-70b/) is now available on Managed Inference. + +DeepSeek R1 Distilled Llama improves Llama model performance on reasoning use cases like mathematics or code. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-21-transactional-email-added-new-permissions-for-email-cre.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-21-transactional-email-added-new-permissions-for-email-cre.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..16ea671e54 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-21-transactional-email-added-new-permissions-for-email-cre.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: New permission sets for email creation via SMTP or the Scaleway API +status: added +author: + fullname: 'Join the #transactional-email channel on Slack.' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-21 +category: managed-services +product: transactional-email +--- + +With these new permission sets, any user or service can create transactional emails either through SMTP or the Scaleway Transactional Email API. +- `TransactionalEmailEmailSmtpCreate`: Grants the ability to create emails via SMTP. +- `TransactionalEmailEmailApiCreate`: Grants the ability to create emails via the API. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-containers-fixed-container-cron-trigger-validation-rule.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-containers-fixed-container-cron-trigger-validation-rule.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..919be83b65 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-containers-fixed-container-cron-trigger-validation-rule.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: Container CRON trigger validation rules +status: fixed +author: + fullname: 'Join the #serverless-containers channel on Slack.' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-24 +category: serverless +product: containers +--- + +Issues with validation rules for CRON creation via the Scaleway [console](https://console.scaleway.com/) have been fixed. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-edge-services-deprecated-edge-services-v1alpha1-depreca.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-edge-services-deprecated-edge-services-v1alpha1-depreca.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ffadfc6a2c --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-edge-services-deprecated-edge-services-v1alpha1-depreca.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +--- +title: Edge Services v1alpha1 deprecation +status: deprecated +author: + fullname: 'Join the #edge-services channel on Slack.' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-24 +category: network +product: edge-services +--- + +The Edge Services `v1alpha1` API is about to be deprecated. Update your tooling to use the Edge Services `v1beta1` API if you are still using it. + +View the `v1beta1` documentation on the [Edge Services API reference page](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/edge-services/). + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-functions-fixed-functions-cron-trigger-validation-rules.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-functions-fixed-functions-cron-trigger-validation-rules.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5126db488 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-functions-fixed-functions-cron-trigger-validation-rules.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: Functions CRON trigger validation rules +status: fixed +author: + fullname: 'Join the #serverless-functions channel on Slack.' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-24 +category: serverless +product: functions +--- + +Issues with validation rules for CRON creation via the Scaleway [console](https://console.scaleway.com/) have been fixed. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-mongodb-added-ability-to-addremove-public-endpoints.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-mongodb-added-ability-to-addremove-public-endpoints.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b19860000b --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-mongodb-added-ability-to-addremove-public-endpoints.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: Ability to add and remove public endpoints +status: added +author: + fullname: 'Join the #managed-mongodb-public-beta channel on Slack.' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-24 +category: databases +product: mongodb +--- + +Public endpoints can now be removed from Managed MongoDB® Instances to keep them inaccessible from the internet. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-mongodb-added-vpc-x-managed-mongodbr-integration.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-mongodb-added-vpc-x-managed-mongodbr-integration.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fb2174d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-24-mongodb-added-vpc-x-managed-mongodbr-integration.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: VPC and Managed MongoDB® integration +status: added +author: + fullname: 'Join the #managed-mongodb-public-beta channel on Slack.' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-24 +category: databases +product: mongodb +--- + +VPC is now integrated with Managed MongoDB®, allowing you to attach a database instance to a Private Network. Refer to [the dedicated documentation](/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-private-network/) to learn how to set it up. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-25-generative-apis-deprecated-deprecation-llama-31-70b.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-25-generative-apis-deprecated-deprecation-llama-31-70b.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2cc89051af --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-25-generative-apis-deprecated-deprecation-llama-31-70b.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +--- +title: Deprecation - Llama 3.1 70B +status: deprecated +author: + fullname: '' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-25 +category: ai-data +product: generative-apis +--- + +Llama 3.1 70B is now deprecated. The new Llama 3.3 70B is available with similar or better performance in most use cases. +Llama 3.1 70B will remain available through the API until May 25th 2025. You will then be redirected automatically to the Llama 3.3 70B API afterwards. Llama 3.1 8B is not affected by this change and remains supported. diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-25-kubernetes-added-data-plane-logs-in-cockpit.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-25-kubernetes-added-data-plane-logs-in-cockpit.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b6a0df6c44 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-25-kubernetes-added-data-plane-logs-in-cockpit.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: Kubernetes data plane logs in Cockpit +status: added +author: + fullname: '' + url: 'https://slack.scaleway.com' +date: 2025-02-25 +category: containers +product: kubernetes +--- + +**Centralized monitoring is now available**, allowing you to send Kubernetes container logs to Cockpit for streamlined monitoring. Setup is easy with **one-click deployment** via Easy Deploy using Promtail. This feature captures **all container logs**, including pod stdout/stderr and systemd journal. Additionally, you can control ingestion costs with **customizable filtering options**. + +Learn more in our dedicated documentation: [Monitor Data Plane with Cockpit](https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/kubernetes/how-to/monitor-data-plane-with-cockpit/) diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-improved-pricing-transparency.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-improved-pricing-transparency.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eeeb573307 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-improved-pricing-transparency.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: Improved pricing transparency +status: added +date: 2025-02-26 +category: serverless +product: containers +--- + +To improve clarity about Serverless Containers costs, we have added pricing details to the container overview page. + +Additionally, you now get a breakdown of pricing changes when modifying resources. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-serverless-containers-custom-health-ch.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-serverless-containers-custom-health-ch.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cece0e941f --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-serverless-containers-custom-health-ch.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +title: Serverless Containers custom health checks +status: added +date: 2025-02-26 +category: serverless +product: containers +--- + +This feature allows you to define [custom health checks](https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/serverless-containers/concepts/#health-check) for your Serverless Containers, enabling more precise monitoring and improved reliability. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-serverless-containers-new-autoscaling-.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-serverless-containers-new-autoscaling-.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b47530515 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-containers-added-serverless-containers-new-autoscaling-.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: Serverless Containers new autoscaling rules +status: added +date: 2025-02-26 +category: serverless +product: containers +--- + +[Autoscaling](https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/serverless-containers/concepts/#autoscaling) now supports new rules: CPU and RAM percentage. + +Your container can now scale up or down based on CPU or RAM usage to better adapt to your specific workloads. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-environmental-footprint-added-environmental-footprint-c.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-environmental-footprint-added-environmental-footprint-c.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1c598a6b5a --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-environmental-footprint-added-environmental-footprint-c.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: Environmental Footprint Calculator now available for Apple silicon servers! +status: added +date: 2025-02-26 +category: environmental-footprint +product: environmental-footprint +--- + +Scaleway’s Environmental Footprint Calculator now supports Apple silicon dedicated servers. + +You can now track the environmental impact of your Apple servers with the same level of transparency as Elastic Metal. + +The estimated impact is now displayed directly on the order page. Monthly environmental reports, including CO₂ emissions and water usage, are also available. + +Start tracking your impact today! Check out your environmental reports in the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com). + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-functions-fixed-function-pagination-fix.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-functions-fixed-function-pagination-fix.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aa314a2dba --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-functions-fixed-function-pagination-fix.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: Serverless Functions pagination fix +status: fixed +date: 2025-02-26 +category: serverless +product: functions +--- + +Pagination for Projects with more than 10 Serverless Functions namespaces was dysfunctional on the Scaleway console. + +The issue has now been fixed. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-postgresql-and-mysql-added-logical-replication-as-a-sub.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-postgresql-and-mysql-added-logical-replication-as-a-sub.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a336c2cc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-postgresql-and-mysql-added-logical-replication-as-a-sub.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +title: Logical replication as a subscriber +status: added +date: 2025-02-26 +category: databases +product: postgresql-and-mysql +--- + +Managed PostgreSQL now supports logical replication as a subscriber, available with PostgreSQL 16. Refer to the [Setting up logical replication as a subscriber in PostgreSQL](https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/api-cli/logical-replication-as-subscriber/) documentation page for more information. + diff --git a/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-postgresql-and-mysql-added-pg-v16-support.mdx b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-postgresql-and-mysql-added-pg-v16-support.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d82a4b2449 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/february2025/2025-02-26-postgresql-and-mysql-added-pg-v16-support.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +title: PG v16 support +status: added +date: 2025-02-26 +category: databases +product: postgresql-and-mysql +--- + +Managed PostgreSQL now supports PGv16. Refer to the [PostgreSQL version updates](https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/pg-version-updates/) documentation page for the list of associated updates. + diff --git a/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-generative-apis-changed-rate-limit-increase.mdx b/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-generative-apis-changed-rate-limit-increase.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3653154b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-generative-apis-changed-rate-limit-increase.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +title: Rate limit increase +status: changed +date: 2025-03-05 +category: ai-data +product: generative-apis +--- + +All [rate limits](https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/generative-apis/reference-content/rate-limits/) for Generative APIs have been increased (by a factor of 2). + diff --git a/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-kubernetes-deprecated-deprecation-of-kubernetes-version.mdx b/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-kubernetes-deprecated-deprecation-of-kubernetes-version.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44a1e9f936 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-kubernetes-deprecated-deprecation-of-kubernetes-version.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: Deprecation of Kubernetes versions 1.27, 1.28, and 1.29 +status: deprecated +date: 2025-03-05 +category: containers +product: kubernetes +--- + +This simultaneous deprecation aligns with our updated 14-month support policy introduced with version 1.29, ensuring users leverage actively supported versions with the latest features and security enhancements. + +Clusters still running these versions should be upgraded to a supported minor version as soon as possible. For further details, refer to our [version support policy](https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/kubernetes/reference-content/version-support-policy/). + diff --git a/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-kubernetes-removed-end-of-support-kubernetes-versions-1.mdx b/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-kubernetes-removed-end-of-support-kubernetes-versions-1.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..471450d743 --- /dev/null +++ b/changelog/march2025/2025-03-05-kubernetes-removed-end-of-support-kubernetes-versions-1.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +--- +title: End of support Kubernetes versions 1.25 and 1.26 +status: removed +date: 2025-03-05 +category: containers +product: kubernetes +--- + +Clusters using the Kubernetes 1.25 and 1.26 versions will be automatically upgraded to the Kubernetes 1.27 version after March 6th, 2026. + +[Find more details in our version support policy.](/kubernetes/reference-content/version-support-policy/) + diff --git a/changelog/november2023/2023-11-08-object-storage-added-new-bucket-policy-version-allowing.mdx b/changelog/november2023/2023-11-08-object-storage-added-new-bucket-policy-version-allowing.mdx index d702ecbe3f..6bbd620c68 100644 --- a/changelog/november2023/2023-11-08-object-storage-added-new-bucket-policy-version-allowing.mdx +++ b/changelog/november2023/2023-11-08-object-storage-added-new-bucket-policy-version-allowing.mdx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -title: New bucket policy version allowing to set up granular access to ressources is now in GA! +title: New bucket policy version allowing to set up granular access to resources is now in GA! status: added author: fullname: 'Join the #object-storage channel on Slack.' diff --git a/faq/account.mdx b/faq/account.mdx index 0a2cbb6f46..c7d9d8b37e 100644 --- a/faq/account.mdx +++ b/faq/account.mdx @@ -5,39 +5,57 @@ meta: content: h1: Account dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 category: console productIcon: AccountExperienceProductIcon --- +## Account access and security -## My account is locked. What do I do? - +### My account is locked. What do I do? If your account is locked, [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) to learn the reason for the blockage and discover how to regain access. -## Can I change my Organization’s country? +### I've been invited to an Organization, but can’t see any resources +When you create a Scaleway account after being invited to join a specific Organization, a personal Organization is automatically created for you. -If you need to change your Organization country and region, you must [create a support ticket](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create). +If you only want to work on the Project you have been invited to, you can switch Organizations and Projects using the drop-down menu on the console dashboard. -To make the process faster, when creating your ticket, inform us of your Organization’s new address, including: street address, city, postal code, region, and country. +### Can I reopen a closed account? +Yes, you can [reopen a closed account](/account/how-to/close-account/#how-to-reopen-your-account). However, a closed account's resources are permanently deleted, and you cannot retrieve them. -## Can I move a Project to another account? +### How can I report spam content that I received? +You can report spam easily by installing the Signal Spam plugin, which is available for web browsers, email clients, and iOS devices. The plugin, represented by an owl-shaped button, allows you to flag unwanted emails or malicious URLs (such as phishing or scams) directly from your inbox. -At this moment, it is not possible to move a Project from one account to another. +When you report spam, your information is processed in real-time and shared with authorized entities that can take appropriate actions, such as identifying spammers, enforcing legal measures, and blacklisting harmful URLs. While Signal Spam does not filter emails or act as an antivirus, your reports help improve security measures and contribute to a safer online environment. + +To get started, install the [plugin](https://www.signal-spam.fr/en/nos-modules/) (available for Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera browsers and Mac Mail, Outlook, and Thunderbird mail clients) or follow the official reporting path at [Signal Spam](https://www.signal-spam.fr/en/parcours-signalant/) for further support. -## How do I delete my Organization? +## Account management + +### Can I change my Organization’s country? +If you need to change your Organization country and region, you must [create a support ticket](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create). +To make the process faster, when creating your ticket, inform us of your Organization’s new address, including: street address, city, postal code, region, and country. + +### How do I delete my Organization? [Closing your account](/account/how-to/close-account/#how-to-close-your-account) permanently deletes your Organization, along with its servers, resources, services, and backups. We recommend that you delete all resources before closing your account. Otherwise, the remaining resources will be billed for usage before their manual deletion, which can take up to 10 days. -## Can I reopen a closed account? +## I would like to delete my personal data +Refer to the [How to delete your account and personal data](/account/how-to/close-account/) documentation. -Yes, you can [reopen a closed account](/account/how-to/close-account/#how-to-reopen-your-account). However, a closed account's resources are permanently deleted, and you cannot retrieve them. + + Once you request the deletion of your account and personal data, you will no longer be able to access your account or invoices. The request will take at least 72 hours to be processed. You must make sure all your bills are paid, and that you have not used any resources since the beginning of the current calendar month. + -## How do I change my email address? +### Where can I find my Organization ID? +You can find your Organization ID by accessing the [Settings](https://console.scaleway.com/organization/settings) page of your Organization dashboard. + +In the first section, **Organization Information**, you will find the ID and a shortcut to copy it, if necessary. +### How do I change my email address? To change your email address: 1. On the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com), go to your [profile](https://console.scaleway.com/account/profile). @@ -45,55 +63,23 @@ To change your email address: 3. Enter a new address under **Email address**, then click **Confirm changes** to save your modification. 4. Confirm your new email address by clicking the link sent to your inbox. -Your email address is now updated. +## Project and resource management -## How can I get more quotas? +### Can I move a Project to another account? +At this moment, it is not possible to move a Project from one account to another. + +### I have created a resource in the wrong Project. Can I move it? +At this moment, it is not possible to move a resource from one Project to another. +If you need to move a resource, you must delete it and create it again in the right Project. +### How can I get more quotas? You can get more quotas by adding and verifying your [payment method](/billing/how-to/add-payment-method/) and [identity](/account/how-to/verify-identity/). If you have already completed these two steps and still need an increase in quotas, contact our [support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) and inform them which product you need more quotas for. ## I don’t seem to have access to my Organization's resources - If you do not have access to certain Organization resources, you might not have the necessary [IAM](/iam/concepts/#iam) **permission set**. [Read the documentation on permission sets](/iam/reference-content/permission-sets/)​ to learn more about the different access levels. -Contact an Organization owner or a member with the necessary permissions to request rights to the resources you require access to. - -## How can I report spam content that I received? - -You can report spam easily by installing the Signal Spam plugin, which is available for web browsers, email clients, and iOS devices. The plugin, represented by an owl-shaped button, allows you to flag unwanted emails or malicious URLs (such as phishing or scams) directly from your inbox. - -When you report spam, your information is processed in real-time and shared with authorized entities that can take appropriate actions, such as identifying spammers, enforcing legal measures, and blacklisting harmful URLs. While Signal Spam does not filter emails or act as an antivirus, your reports help improve security measures and contribute to a safer online environment. - -To get started, install the [plugin](https://www.signal-spam.fr/en/nos-modules/) (available for Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera browers and Mac Mail, Outlook, and Thunderbird mail clients) or follow the official reporting path at [Signal Spam](https://www.signal-spam.fr/en/parcours-signalant/) for further support. - - -## I would like to delete my Scaleway account and data - -Refer to the [How to delete your account and personal data](/account/how-to/close-account/) documentation. - - - Once you request the deletion of your account and personal data, you will no longer be able to access your account or invoices. The request will take at least 72 hours to be processed. You must make sure all your bills are paid, and that you have not used any resources since the beginning of the current calendar month. - - -## I have created a resource in the wrong Project. Can I move it? - -At this moment, it is not possible to move a resource from one Project to another. - -If you need to move a resource, you must delete it and create it again in the right Project. - -## Where can I find my Organization ID? - -You can find your Organization ID by accessing the [Settings](https://console.scaleway.com/organization/settings) page of your Organization dashboard. - -In the first section, **Organization Information**, you will find the ID and a shortcut to copy it, if necessary. - -## I've been invited to an Organization, but can’t see any resources - -When you create a Scaleway account after being invited to join a specific Organization, a personal Organization is automatically created for you. - -If you only want to work on the Project you have been invited to, you can switch Organizations and Projects using the drop-down menu on the console dashboard. - - +Contact an Organization owner or a member with the necessary permissions to request rights to the resources you require access to. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/faq/apple-silicon.mdx b/faq/apple-silicon.mdx index bf80f0231a..ce9c06866a 100644 --- a/faq/apple-silicon.mdx +++ b/faq/apple-silicon.mdx @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ meta: content: h1: Apple silicon dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 category: bare-metal productIcon: AppleSiliconProductIcon --- diff --git a/faq/assets/scaleway-vpc-pn-diag.webp b/faq/assets/scaleway-vpc-pn-diag.webp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26d89b4957 Binary files /dev/null and b/faq/assets/scaleway-vpc-pn-diag.webp differ diff --git a/faq/billing.mdx b/faq/billing.mdx index fccfe19769..045b18efce 100644 --- a/faq/billing.mdx +++ b/faq/billing.mdx @@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ meta: content: h1: Billing dates: - validation: 2024-08-13 + validation: 2025-02-17 category: console productIcon: BillingProductIcon --- +## Billing and invoicing -## How am I billed for Scaleway services? - +### How am I billed for Scaleway services? All Public Cloud services are based on the "pay as you go" model, which means that you only pay for what you use. Your monthly invoice is calculated at the end of each month and based on your hourly resource usage during the month. @@ -28,8 +28,7 @@ The Stardust1-s indicated at €0,0025 excl/hour can be split up as follows: For more information, refer to our dedicated [pricing page](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/). -## When does the billing of an Instance start and stop? - +### When does the billing of an Instance start and stop? The final price of your Instance is calculated according to the characteristics of your resource. Each of these resources is billed separately for a minimum of 60 minutes. Each uninterrupted period between a start and a stop billing event will be considered a unique resource. It is the number of these unique resources noted within a month that are displayed in the consumption table of your invoice. @@ -46,57 +45,49 @@ Below is a detailed list of what is considered start and stop billing events for | Volume storage | Once a volume has been created. | Once a volume has been deleted. | | | Snapshot storage | Once a snapshot has been created. | Once a snapshot has been deleted. | | -## What does pro-rata billing for Dedibox and Web Hosting services mean? - +### What does pro-rata billing for Dedibox and Web Hosting services mean? You are billed pro-rata for the initial month of a subscription. This means the charge is adjusted to reflect the portion of the first month you used the service. Starting from the second month onward, you are billed in full at the beginning of each month, covering the entire upcoming billing period in advance. This billing model ensures that you pay for the service based on your actual usage for the first month and then in advance for subsequent months. -## How to read my invoice? - +### How to read my invoice? Refer to the [Reading an invoice](/billing/additional-content/reading-an-invoice/) documentation page for a detailed description of your invoices. -## When are invoices issued? - +### When are invoices issued? Invoices are issued each month based on the resource consumption of the previous month. Our reference billing period is the definition of a calendar month in the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) time zone. The automatic payment of invoices occurs in the first few days of a month, once the invoice is issued and is processed by using the preferred payment method of your account. -## How can I manage my billing? - +### How can I manage my billing? You can manage your billing from the [billing section](https://console.scaleway.com/billing/overview) of the Scaleway console. Your recent invoices as well as the consumption report for the current month are available for download. Alternatively, you can retrieve your consumption information and download your invoices using the [API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/billing/). -## What does the status of my invoice mean? - +### What does the status of my invoice mean? The status of an invoice can be: -* **Draft**: Refers to the invoice for the current calendar month. The billing period has not yet finished, so the invoice is not finalized and is subject to change. -* **Stopped**: Refers to invoices where the billing period (calendar month) has ended, but the invoice is not yet issued. -* **Issued**: Refers to a final invoice awaiting payment. It has a unique number and is non-repudiable. The invoice charges for the resources consumed over the corresponding billing period. -* **Paid**: Refers to a fully paid invoice. No further action is required. -* **Incomplete**: Refers to invoices where the user has provided incorrect billing details or payment information, or elements of this information are missing. The user must update this information as soon as possible to avoid having their account deleted. -* **Outdated**: Refers to invoices where there has been a change in billing information, for example, a discount has been applied, or the client has amended their billing details. An updated invoice will be issued soon. -* **Voided**: Refers to invoices with an amount of €0 before any discounts are applied. No further action is required. - -## Do the prices shown on the website include EU VAT? - -Prices announced on our website exclude all taxes. - -Because we are a European company, we are required to charge VAT on all orders made by European individual customers (B2C). -The appropriate VAT rate is automatically applied to your invoice, depending on your fiscal residence. Just make sure the administrative details on your profile, such as postal address, recipient name, and phone number are in order. -No other additional taxes, but European VAT is collected. - -If you are not located in one of the 27 member states of the European Union, no other tax will be added to your invoice, per application of EU laws. -European B2B customers (excluding French B2B customers) are exempted from VAT, as long as they provide a registered VAT number. Just add your VAT registry number to your profile, and your invoice will be updated accordingly. - -If you do not provide a valid VAT number, you will be considered an individual customer (B2C), and the local rate will be applied. +- **Draft** - Refers to the invoice for the current calendar month. The billing period has not yet finished, so the invoice is not finalized and is subject to change. +- **Stopped** - Refers to invoices where the billing period (calendar month) has ended, but the invoice is not yet issued. +- **Issued** - Refers to a final invoice awaiting payment. It has a unique number and is non-repudiable. The invoice charges for the resources consumed over the corresponding billing period. +- **Paid** - Refers to a fully paid invoice. No further action is required. +- **Incomplete** - Refers to invoices where the user has provided incorrect billing details or payment information, or elements of this information are missing. The user must update this information as soon as possible to avoid having their account deleted. +- **Outdated** - Refers to invoices where there has been a change in billing information, for example, a discount has been applied, or the client has amended their billing details. An updated invoice will be issued soon. +- **Voided** - Refers to invoices with an amount of €0 before any discounts are applied. No further action is required. +- **No due** - Refers to an invoice that does not require payment from the user. The invoice has been issued, but the amount due is €0 or has been waived, and no further action is required from the user. + +### How long do I have to pay my invoice before my resources get locked? +After your invoice is issued, you have ten days to pay it. If you fail to settle your invoice within this period, your account will be suspended, and your resources will become inaccessible. You will have another ten days to pay your invoice before your resources are deleted. + +### Why have I been billed for resources that are deactivated or powered off? +If you were billed for resources that have been correctly stopped, please [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create), providing the name of the product and resource, and the date of deactivation. -## Which payment methods does Scaleway accept? +### I deleted my account, but still received an invoice. Why? +Scaleway invoices are calculated at the end of each month, so you may receive a final invoice the month after closing your account. That corresponds to your outstanding consumption for your final month of activity. -We accept Visa, MasterCard, CB, UnionPay, American Express, and SEPA. Note that you must add a credit card to your account before setting up a SEPA mandate. +## Payments and payment methods -## How can I pay my invoice? +### Which payment methods does Scaleway accept? +We accept Visa, MasterCard, CB, UnionPay, American Express, and SEPA. Virtual and pre-paid credit cards are not accepted. Note that you must add a credit card to your account before setting up a SEPA mandate. +### How can I pay my invoice? We automatically initiate one payment transaction from your preferred payment method at the start of each new month. Once an invoice is issued, you have 10 days to regularize it (see section 6.3 of our Terms of Service). As a reminder, the due date of payment is displayed on each invoice once issued. If the automatic payment fails, you will be notified by mail of payment failure and invited to initiate a new transaction from your account. @@ -111,79 +102,81 @@ If after several manual attempts you cannot manage to trigger a successful trans If you are unable to settle your invoice after the due date, your account is going to be suspended and your resources will be unreachable. You will then have another ten days to regularize your invoice before your resources are deleted. -## How can I add a billing contact to my account? - -The billing contact is an additional contact linked to your account which will receive your monthly invoices. This can be useful if invoices in your Organization are handled by another department. -You can add a billing contact directly from the User Account section of your Scaleway console. - -1. Log into your Scaleway console. -2. On the Organization drop-down menu, click **Billing**. The billing section displays. -3. Enter the new billing contact e-mail address. -4. Click **Save**. - - The billing contact is only an administrative contact. It can not be used to connect to the Scaleway console. - +### Can I use a virtual or prepaid card as a payment method? +No. Virtual or prepaid cards are **not** accepted as payment methods. When using a credit card, ensure you are using a physical card, protected by 3D secure. -## How can I obtain a SEPA Mandate? +### Can I pay my invoice using a different payment method? +Unpaid invoices have to be paid with a credit card. You can [add new credit cards](/billing/how-to/add-payment-method/) to your account. +### How can I obtain a SEPA Mandate? Refer to the [How to add a payment method](/billing/how-to/add-payment-method#how-to-add-a-sepa-mandate) documentation page for a complete guide on how to add a SEPA mandate. -## My credit card validation code expired. What should I do? - +### My credit card validation code expired. What should I do? If your validation code expires, please [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) to request a new code. -## I tried to add a credit card but received the message 'Card already registered' - +### I tried to add a credit card but received the message 'Card already registered' A credit card can only be registered once across all Organizations. If you receive this message, make sure you do not have the same card already registered to another Scaleway account. If you only have one payment method and need to use it on more than one account, [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) to request an individual verification. -## I've added a physical credit card, but it was declined. Why? - +### I added a physical credit card, but it was declined. Why? If your credit card complies with the payment requirements but still was declined, please [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) for assistance. -## I added a credit card but didn’t receive a magic code. What do I do? - -It usually takes up to 24 hours to receive a magic code. - -If after that period you still do not receive it, contact your bank or credit card provider for assistance or [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) to request a new code. - -## How long does it take to receive a magic code? - -Usually, the magic code (transaction code) shows up in your bank statement in up to 24 hours. - -## Why can’t I delete my credit card? +### I added a credit card but didn’t receive the validation code. What do I do? +It usually takes up to 24 hours to receive the validation code. +### Why can’t I delete my credit card? You must always have a valid credit card registered to your account. If you have only one credit card registered, it will not be possible to delete it from your account, even if you use a SEPA debit as payment method. It is also not possible to remove a credit card from your account if you have one or more outstanding invoices. If that is the case, make sure you have paid any issued invoice(s) and have no consumption in the current calendar month, and retry. If your case does not match the situations above and you still cannot remove your credit card, [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) for a manual verification. -## How can I change the country or region registered to my account? +### Can I extend an expired voucher code? +No, voucher codes cannot be extended. They have a limited validity period. + +## Account and billing management + +### How can I add a billing contact to my account? +The billing contact is an additional contact linked to your account which will receive your monthly invoices. This can be useful if invoices in your Organization are handled by another department. +You can add a billing contact directly from the User Account section of your Scaleway console. + +1. Log into your Scaleway console. +2. On the Organization drop-down menu, click **Billing**. The billing section displays. +3. Enter the new billing contact e-mail address. +4. Click **Save**. + + The billing contact is only an administrative contact. It can not be used to connect to the Scaleway console. + +### How can I change the country or region registered to my account? It is not possible to edit your country and region directly from the Scaleway console. Please [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) if you need to change this information. Be prepared to inform us of your new address, including country, region, city, postal code, and street address. Our team will then proceed to update your account details. -## Why have I been billed for resources that are deactivated or powered off? +## VAT and taxes -If you were billed for resources that have been correctly stopped, please [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create), providing the name of the product and resource, and the date of deactivation. - -## Can I use a virtual or prepaid card as a payment method? +### Do the prices shown on the website include EU VAT? +Prices announced on our website exclude all taxes. -No. Virtual or prepaid cards are **not** accepted as payment methods. When using a credit card, ensure you are using a physical card, protected by 3D secure. +Because we are a European company, we are required to charge VAT on all orders made by European individual customers (B2C). +The appropriate VAT rate is automatically applied to your invoice, depending on your fiscal residence. Just make sure the administrative details on your profile, such as postal address, recipient name, and phone number are in order. +No other additional taxes, but European VAT is collected. -## Why is my Savings Plan charge lower than expected? -When you commit to an amount and purchase a Savings Plan, you receive a monthly discount based on your committed rate and the duration of your plan. If you find that the rate you pay monthly is smaller than the committed rate, this is because your discount was applied. +If you are not located in one of the 27 member states of the European Union, no other tax will be added to your invoice, per application of EU laws. +European B2B customers (excluding French B2B customers) are exempted from VAT, as long as they provide a registered VAT number. Just add your VAT registry number to your profile, and your invoice will be updated accordingly. -Refer to the [Understanding Savings Plan](/billing/additional-content/understanding-savings-plans/) documentation page for more information. +### Do I have to provide a VAT number? +If you do not provide a valid VAT number, you will be considered an individual customer (B2C), and the local rate will be applied. -## Why am I incurring charges while my Savings Plan utilization is less than 100%? -When you purchase a Savings Plan, you commit to a monthly rate in resource consumption. This means that even if you do not consume enough resources, you are still billed for the full committed rate with discounts. +### How can I remove or update my VAT number? +It is impossible to edit your VAT number once a value has been set. [Contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create) if you need to update it. -Refer to the [Understanding Savings Plan](/billing/additional-content/understanding-savings-plans/) documentation page for more information. +## Savings plans and discounts -## I deleted my account, but still received an invoice. Why? +### Why is my Savings Plan charge lower than expected? +When you commit to an amount and purchase a Savings Plan, you receive a monthly discount based on your committed rate and the duration of your plan. If you find that the rate you pay monthly is smaller than the committed rate, this is because your discount was applied. Refer to the [Understanding Savings Plan](/billing/additional-content/understanding-savings-plans/) documentation page for more information. -Scaleway invoices are calculated at the end of each month, so you may receive a final invoice the month after closing your account. That corresponds to your outstanding consumption for your final month of activity. \ No newline at end of file +### Why am I incurring charges while my Savings Plan utilization is less than 100%? +When you purchase a Savings Plan, you commit to a monthly rate in resource consumption. This means that even if you do not consume enough resources, you are still billed for the full committed rate with discounts. +Refer to the [Understanding Savings Plan](/billing/additional-content/understanding-savings-plans/) documentation page for more information. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/faq/blockstorage.mdx b/faq/blockstorage.mdx index 1d2ad53fe4..b761f97d34 100644 --- a/faq/blockstorage.mdx +++ b/faq/blockstorage.mdx @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ meta: content: h1: Block Storage dates: - validation: 2025-01-07 + validation: 2025-03-03 category: storage productIcon: BlockStorageProductIcon --- @@ -24,6 +24,20 @@ Block Storage allows you to create bigger volumes and those volumes are persiste | **Latency** | Average | Local NVMe | | **Volume size** | Max 10 TB/volume | Up to 600 GB (GP1-XL) | +## What is the difference between Block Storage volume types? + +| Volume type | IOPS | Underlying hardware | Latency | Max volume size | Recommended use cases | Availability & resilience | +|-----------------------------------|----------|--------------------------------|---------------------|----------------------|-------------------------|----------------------------| +| `b_ssd` (Block Storage 5K legacy) | 5,000 | Legacy SSDs | High | Up to 10 TB | General-purpose workloads that do not demand high IOPS or low latency | Data is replicated three times across multiple disks for high availability and integrity | +| `sbs_5k` (Block Low Latency 5K) | 5,000 | Modern NVMe disks | Low | 5 GB to 10 TB | Development environments, web servers, and applications needing consistent performance | 99.99% SLA, triple-replicated data to safeguard against hardware failures | +| `sbs_15k` (Block Low Latency 15K) | 15,000 | Modern NVMe disks | Very low | 5 GB to 10 TB | High-performance databases, transactional applications, and I/O-intensive workloads | 99.99% SLA, triple-replicated data to safeguard against hardware failures | + +You can attach a maximum of 16 volumes (including the mandatory boot volume) to a single Instance. + + + Refer to the [dedicated documentation](/block-storage/reference-content/differences-between-5kiops-volumes/) for more information on the differences between Block Storage 5K legacy volumes and Block Storage Low Latency 5K volumes. + + ## What are the performances expected from a block volume? Block Storage offers 5,000 input/output operations per second (IOPS) through powerful SSDs. diff --git a/faq/containerregistry.mdx b/faq/containerregistry.mdx index 1d5eb611bc..00cdacd7ae 100644 --- a/faq/containerregistry.mdx +++ b/faq/containerregistry.mdx @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ meta: content: h1: Container Registry dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 category: containers productIcon: RegistryProductIcon --- diff --git a/faq/data-lab.mdx b/faq/data-lab.mdx index 1651a99039..deed008c88 100644 --- a/faq/data-lab.mdx +++ b/faq/data-lab.mdx @@ -3,29 +3,67 @@ meta: title: Distributed Data Lab FAQ description: Discover Scaleway Distributed Data Lab powered by Apache Spark, and how to use it. content: - h1: Distributed Data Lab FAQ + h1: Distributed Data Lab dates: - validation: 2025-02-06 + validation: 2025-02-18 category: managed-services productIcon: DistributedDataLabProductIcon --- -## What is Apache Spark? +## General + +### What workloads is Distributed Data Lab suited for? + +Distributed Data Lab supports a range of workloads, including: + +- Complex analytics. +- Machine learning tasks. +- High-speed operations on large datasets. + +It offers scalable CPU and GPU instances with flexible node limits, and robust Apache Spark library support. + +### What is Apache Spark? Apache Spark is an open-source unified analytics engine designed for large-scale data processing. It provides an interface for programming entire clusters with implicit data parallelism and fault tolerance. Spark offers high-level APIs in Java, Scala, Python, and R, and an optimized engine that supports general execution graphs. -## How does Apache Spark work? +### How does Apache Spark work? Apache Spark processes data in memory, which allows it to perform tasks up to 100 times faster than traditional disk-based processing frameworks like [Hadoop MapReduce](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/MapReduce). It uses Resilient Distributed Datasets (RDDs) to store data across multiple nodes in a cluster and perform parallel operations on this data. -## How am I billed for Distributed Data Lab? +### How am I billed for Distributed Data Lab? Distributed Data Lab is billed based on two factors: - the main node configuration selected - the worker node configuration selected, and the number of worker nodes in the cluster -## Can I upscale or downscale a Distributed Data Lab? +## Clusters + +### Can I upscale or downscale a Distributed Data Lab? + +Yes, you can upscale a Data Lab cluster to distribute your workloads across more worker nodes for faster processing. You can also scale it down to zero to reduce costs, while retaining your configuration and context. + +You can still access the notebook of a Data Lab cluster with zero worker nodes, but you cannot perform any calculations. You can resume the activity of your cluster by provisioning at least one worker node. + +### Can I run a Distributed Data Lab using GPUs? + +Yes, you can run your cluster on either CPUs or GPUs. Scaleway leverages Nvidia's [RAPIDS Accelerator For Apache Spark](https://www.nvidia.com/en-gb/deep-learning-ai/software/rapids/), an open-source suite of software libraries and APIs to execute end-to-end data science and analytics pipelines entirely on GPUs. This technology allows for significant acceleration of data processing tasks compared to CPU-based processing. + +## Storage + +### What data source options are available? + +Data Lab natively integrates with Scaleway Object Storage for reading and writing data, making it easy to process data directly from your buckets. Your buckets are accessible using the Scaleway console, or any other Amazon S3-compatible CLI tool. + +### Can I connect to S3 buckets from other cloud providers? + +Currently, connections are limited to Scaleway's Object Storage environment. + +## Notebook + +### What notebook is included with Dedicated Data Labs? + +The service provides a JupyterLab notebook running on a dedicated CPU instance, fully integrated with the Apache Spark cluster for seamless data processing and calculations. -Yes, you can upscale a Data Lab cluster to distribute your workloads across a greater number of worker nodes for faster processing. You can also scale it down to zero to reduce costs, while retaining your configuration and context. +### Can I connect my local JupyterLab to the Data Lab? -You can still access the notebook of a Data Lab cluster with zero worker nodes, but you cannot perform any calculation. You can resume the activity of your cluster by provisioning at least one worker node. \ No newline at end of file +Remote connections to a Data Lab cluster are currently not supported. diff --git a/faq/databases-for-redis.mdx b/faq/databases-for-redis.mdx index 7d14e28198..a173722fda 100644 --- a/faq/databases-for-redis.mdx +++ b/faq/databases-for-redis.mdx @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ meta: content: h1: Managed Database for Redis™ dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 category: managed-databases productIcon: RedisProductIcon --- diff --git a/faq/dedibox.mdx b/faq/dedibox.mdx index 5030924d6e..ab1a0fca40 100644 --- a/faq/dedibox.mdx +++ b/faq/dedibox.mdx @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ meta: content: h1: Dedibox dates: - validation: 2024-08-30 + validation: 2025-03-03 category: bare-metal productIcon: DediboxProductIcon --- @@ -149,4 +149,8 @@ If you exceed this limit, your connection speed will be reduced for the remainde The speed of your connection will return to normal at the start of the next billing cycle when your data allocation resets. ### How secure is a Dedibox VPS? -Each Dedibox VPS is isolated from other virtual servers on the same host, ensuring security. However, best security practices, including regular updates, strong passwords, and firewall configurations, are essential to enhance security further. \ No newline at end of file +Each Dedibox VPS is isolated from other virtual servers on the same host, ensuring security. However, best security practices, including regular updates, strong passwords, and firewall configurations, are essential to enhance security further. + +### Are IP addresses for Dedibox VPS assigned statically? +IP addresses for Dedibox VPS are generally assigned statically. However, in rare cases, such as maintenance or replacement of a faulty host node, we may perform IP migrations, which can result in a change of IP address. +You can find your updated IP address in the Dedibox console. Please note that we do not currently notify users of such changes. You can contact our [support team](https://console.online.net/en/assistance/ticket) if you experience any issues. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/faq/environmental-footprint.mdx b/faq/environmental-footprint.mdx index f89588a4c3..ba1fe07ad3 100644 --- a/faq/environmental-footprint.mdx +++ b/faq/environmental-footprint.mdx @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ content: dates: validation: 2025-01-29 category: environmental-footprint +productIcon: EnvironmentalFootprintCalculatorProductIcon --- ## How is my environmental footprint calculated? diff --git a/faq/generative-apis.mdx b/faq/generative-apis.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c24f8ff94f --- /dev/null +++ b/faq/generative-apis.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Generative APIs FAQ + description: Get answers to the most frequently asked questions about Scaleway Generative APIs. +content: + h1: Generative APIs +dates: + validation: 2025-02-12 +category: ai-data +productIcon: GenerativeApiProductIcon +--- + +### What are Scaleway Generative APIs? +Scaleway's Generative APIs provide access to pre-configured, serverless endpoints of leading AI models, hosted in European data centers. This allows you to integrate advanced AI capabilities into your applications without managing underlying infrastructure. + +## Which models are supported by Generative APIs? +Our Generative APIs support a range of popular models, including: +- Chat / Text Generation models: Refer to our dedicated [documentation](/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models/#chat-models) for a list of supported chat models. +- Vision models: Refer to our dedicated [documentation](/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models/#vision-models) for a list of supported vision models. +- Embedding models: Refer to our dedicated [documentation](/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models/#embedding-models) for a list of supported embedding models. + +## How does the free tier work? +The free tier allows you to process up to 1,000,000 tokens without incurring any costs. After reaching this limit, you will be charged per million tokens processed. Free tier usage is calculated by adding all input and output tokens consumed from all models used. +For more information, refer to our [pricing page](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/model-as-a-service/#generative-apis). + +## How can I monitor my token consumption? +You can see your token consumption in [Scaleway Cockpit](/cockpit/). You can access it from the Scaleway console under the [Metrics tab](https://console.scaleway.com/generative-api/metrics). +Note that: +- Cockpits are isolated by Projects, hence you first need to select the right project in the Scaleway console before accessing Cockpit to see your token consumption for this Project (you can see the `project_id` in the Cockpit URL: `https://{project_id}.dashboard.obs.fr-par.scw.cloud/`. +- Cockpit graphs can take up to 1 hour to update token consumption, see [Troubleshooting](https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/generative-apis/troubleshooting/fixing-common-issues/#tokens-consumption-is-not-displayed-in-cockpit-metrics) for further details. + +## Can I configure a maximum billing threshold? +Currently, you cannot configure a specific threshold after which your usage will blocked. However: +- You can [configure billing alerts](/billing/how-to/use-billing-alerts/) to ensure you are warned when you hit specific budget thresholds. +- Your total billing remains limited by the amount of tokens you can consume within [rate limits](/generative-apis/reference-content/rate-limits/). +- If you want to ensure fixed billing, you can use [Managed Inference](https://www.scaleway.com/en/inference/), which provides the same set of OpenAI-compatible APIs and a wider range of models. + +## How can I access and use the Generative APIs? +Access is open to all Scaleway customers. You can start by using the Generative APIs Playground in the Scaleway console to experiment with different models. For integration into applications, you can use the OpenAI-compatible APIs provided by Scaleway. Detailed instructions are available in our [Quickstart guide](/generative-apis/quickstart/). + +## Where are the inference servers located? +All models are currently hosted in a secure data center located in Paris, France, operated by [OPCORE](https://www.opcore.com/). This ensures low latency for European users and compliance with European data privacy regulations. + +## Where can I find the privacy policy regarding Generative APIs? +You can find the privacy policy applicable to all use of Generative APIs [here](/generative-apis/reference-content/data-privacy/). + +## Can I use OpenAI libraries and APIs with Scaleway's Generative APIs? +Yes, Scaleway's Generative APIs are designed to be compatible with OpenAI libraries and SDKs, including the OpenAI Python client library and LangChain SDKs. This allows for seamless integration with existing workflows. + +## What is the difference between Generative APIs and Managed Inference? +- **Generative APIs**: A serverless service providing access to pre-configured AI models via API, billed per token usage. +- **Managed Inference**: Allows deployment of curated or custom models with chosen quantization and instances, offering predictable throughput and enhanced security features like private network isolation and access control. Managed Inference is billed by hourly usage, whether provisioned capacity is receiving traffic or not. + +## How do I get started with Generative APIs? +To get started, explore the [Generative APIs Playground](/generative-apis/quickstart/#start-with-the-generative-apis-playground) in the Scaleway console. For application integration, refer to our [Quickstart guide](/generative-apis/quickstart/), which provides step-by-step instructions on accessing, configuring, and using a Generative APIs endpoint. + +## Are there any rate limits for API usage? +Yes, API rate limits define the maximum number of requests a user can make within a specific time frame to ensure fair access and resource allocation between users. If you require increased rate limits (by a factor from 2 to 5 times), you can request them by [creating a ticket](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create). If you require even higher rate limits, especially to absorb infrequent peak loads, we recommend using [Managed Inference](https://console.scaleway.com/inference/deployments) instead with dedicated provisioned capacity. +Refer to our dedicated [documentation](/generative-apis/reference-content/rate-limits/) for more information on rate limits. + +## What is the model lifecycle for Generative APIs? +Scaleway is dedicated to updating and offering the latest versions of generative AI models, ensuring improvements in capabilities, accuracy, and safety. As new versions of models are introduced, you can explore them through the Scaleway console. Learn more in our dedicated [documentation](/generative-apis/reference-content/model-lifecycle/). + +## What are the SLAs applicable to Generative APIs? +We are currently working on defining our SLAs for Generative APIs. We will provide more information on this topic soon. + +## What are the performance guarantees (vs Managed Inference)? +We are currently working on defining our performance guarantees for Generative APIs. We will provide more information on this topic soon. + +## Do model licenses apply when using Generative APIs? +Yes, you need to comply with model licenses when using Generative APIs. Applicable licenses are available for [each model in our documentation](/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models/#vision-models) and in Console Playground. diff --git a/faq/iam.mdx b/faq/iam.mdx index 4341396643..1ac9f59bf7 100644 --- a/faq/iam.mdx +++ b/faq/iam.mdx @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ IAM enables you to manage access control to all Scaleway products. You may decide yourself whether to leave these automatically-created IAM applications and policies in place, [edit the policies](/iam/how-to/manage-policies/) to change permissions as required, or [generate new API keys for individual users](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) to define rights per-user via the creation of [new policies](/iam/how-to/create-policy/) for those users. ## What are applications, and why do I need them? -Applications represent the identity of non-human users (such as a CI pipeline, a custom script, or a Terraform provider). They are used to attach permissions and API keys to these operations - without being linked to specific users and their own rights. +Applications represent the identity of non-human users (such as a CI pipeline, a custom script, or a Terraform/OpenTofu provider). They are used to attach permissions and API keys to these operations - without being linked to specific users and their own rights. ## Why do I have to select a preferred Project for Object Storage when I create an API key? Due to limitations on the Object Storage API, API keys cannot perform Object Storage actions on several projects at the same time. Whenever you generate an API key that will be used on Object Storage, you must specify a preferred project where the API key will be able to perform actions. For more information, refer to the [Using IAM API keys with Object Storage](/iam/api-cli/using-api-key-object-storage/) documentation page. diff --git a/faq/key-manager.mdx b/faq/key-manager.mdx index 9a31a12d22..2f07b96fa6 100644 --- a/faq/key-manager.mdx +++ b/faq/key-manager.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: dates: validation: 2025-02-06 category: identity-and-access-management -productIcon: KeyManagerProductIcon +productIcon: KmsProductIcon --- ## Why should you use Scaleway Key Manager? diff --git a/faq/managed-inference.mdx b/faq/managed-inference.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03594e72ba --- /dev/null +++ b/faq/managed-inference.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +--- + +meta: + title: Managed Inference FAQ + description: Get answers to the most frequently asked questions about Scaleway Managed Inference. +content: + h1: Managed Inference +dates: + validation: 2025-02-12 +category: ai-data +productIcon: InferenceProductIcon +--- + +## What is Scaleway Managed Inference? +Scaleway's Managed Inference is a fully managed service that allows you to deploy, run, and scale AI models in a dedicated environment. +It provides optimized infrastructure, customizable deployment options, and secure access controls to meet the needs of enterprises and developers looking for high-performance inference solutions. + +## Where are the inference servers located? +All models are currently hosted in a secure data center located in Paris, France, operated by [OPCORE](https://www.opcore.com/). This ensures low latency for European users and compliance with European data privacy regulations. + +## What is the difference between Managed Inference and Generative APIs? +- **Managed Inference**: Allows deployment of curated or custom models with chosen quantization and instances, offering predictable throughput and enhanced security features like private network isolation and access control. Managed Inference is billed by hourly usage, whether provisioned capacity is receiving traffic or not. +- **Generative APIs**: A serverless service providing access to pre-configured AI models via API, billed per token usage. + +## Where can I find information regarding the data, privacy, and security policies applied to Scaleway's AI services? +You can find detailed information regarding the policies applied to Scaleway's AI services in our [Data, privacy, and security for Scaleway's AI services](/managed-inference/reference-content/data-privacy-security-scaleway-ai-services/) documentation. + +## Is Managed Inference compatible with Open AI APIs? +Managed Inference aims to achieve seamless compatibility with OpenAI APIs. Find detailed information in the [Scaleway Managed Inference as drop-in replacement for the OpenAI APIs](/managed-inference/reference-content/openai-compatibility/) documentation. + +## What are the SLAs applicable to Managed Inference? +We are currently working on defining our SLAs for Managed Inference. We will provide more information on this topic soon. + +## What are the performance guarantees (vs. Generative APIs)? +Managed Inference provides dedicated resources, ensuring predictable performance and lower latency compared to Generative APIs, which are a shared, serverless offering optimized for infrequent traffic with moderate peak loads. Managed Inference is ideal for workloads that require consistent response times, high availability, custom hardware configurations or generate extreme peak loads during a narrow period of time. +Compared to Generative APIs, no usage quota is applied to the number of tokens per second generated, since the output is limited by the GPU Instances size and number of your Managed Inference Deployment. + +## How can I monitor performance? +Managed Inference metrics and logs are available in [Scaleway Cockpit](https://console.scaleway.com/cockpit/overview). You can follow your deployment metrics in realtime, such as tokens throughput, requests latency, GPU power usage and GPU VRAM usage. + +## What types of models can I deploy with Managed Inference? +You can deploy a variety of models, including: +* Large language models (LLMs) +* Image processing models +* Audio recognition models +* Custom AI models (through API only yet) +Managed Inference supports both open-source models and your own uploaded proprietary models. + +## How do I deploy a model using Managed Inference? +Deployment is done through Scaleway's [console](https://console.scaleway.com/inference/deployments) or [API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/inference/). You can choose a model from Scaleway’s selection or import your own directly from Hugging Face's repositories, configure [Instance types](/gpu/reference-content/choosing-gpu-instance-type/), set up networking options, and start inference with minimal setup. + +## Can I fine-tune or retrain my models within Managed Inference? +Managed Inference is primarily designed for deploying and running inference workloads. If you need to fine-tune or retrain models, you may need to use a separate training environment, such as [Scaleway’s GPU Instances](/gpu/quickstart/), and then deploy the trained model in Managed Inference. + +## What Instance types are available for inference? +Managed Inference offers different Instance types optimized for various workloads from Scaleway's [GPU Instances](/gpu/reference-content/choosing-gpu-instance-type/) range. +You can select the Instance type based on your model’s computational needs and compatibility. + +## How is Managed Inference billed? +Billing is based on the Instance type and usage duration. Unlike [Generative APIs](/generative-apis/quickstart/), which are billed per token, Managed Inference provides predictable costs based on the allocated infrastructure. +Pricing details can be found on the [Scaleway pricing page](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/model-as-a-service/#managed-inference). + +## Can I run inference on private models? +Yes, Managed Inference allows you to deploy private models with access control settings. You can restrict access to specific users, teams, or networks. + +## Does Managed Inference support model quantization? +Yes, Scaleway Managed Inference supports model [quantization](/managed-inference/concepts/#quantization) to optimize performance and reduce inference latency. You can select different quantization options depending on your accuracy and efficiency requirements. + +## Is Managed Inference suitable for real-time applications? +Yes, Managed Inference is designed for low-latency, high-throughput applications, making it suitable for real-time use cases such as chatbots, recommendation systems, fraud detection, and live video processing. + +## Can I use Managed Inference with other Scaleway services? +Absolutely. Managed Inference integrates seamlessly with other Scaleway services, such as [Object Storage](/object-storage/quickstart/) for model hosting, [Kubernetes](/kubernetes/quickstart/) for containerized applications, and [Scaleway IAM](/iam/quickstart/) for access management. + +## Do model licenses apply when using Managed Inference? +Yes, model licenses need to be complied with when using Managed Inference. Applicable licenses are available for [each model in our documentation](/managed-inference/reference-content/). +- For models provided in the Scaleway catalog, you need to accept licenses (including potential EULA) before creating any Managed Inference deployment. +- For custom models you choose to import on Scaleway, you are responsible for complying with model licenses (as with any software you choose to install on a GPU Instance for example). diff --git a/faq/messaging-and-queuing.mdx b/faq/messaging-and-queuing.mdx index 3fb2f5f958..ac227136be 100644 --- a/faq/messaging-and-queuing.mdx +++ b/faq/messaging-and-queuing.mdx @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ The following subscriber types are supported: For more details on supported and unsupported Topics and Events features, see our [dedicated page](/messaging/reference-content/sns-support/). -## Can I configure Scaleway NATS via Terraform? +## Can I configure Scaleway NATS via Terraform/OpenTofu? -Yes, check out our [tutorial](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/scaleway/scaleway/latest/docs/guides/mnq_with_nats_terraform_provider) on how to configure Scaleway NATS with the Terraform [NATS Jetstream provider](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/nats-io/jetstream/latest/docs). +Yes, check out our [tutorial](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/scaleway/scaleway/latest/docs/guides/mnq_with_nats_terraform_provider) on how to configure Scaleway NATS with the Terraform/OpenTofu [NATS Jetstream provider](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/nats-io/jetstream/latest/docs). ## How are NATS, Queues, and Topics and Events billed? diff --git a/faq/public-gateways.mdx b/faq/public-gateways.mdx index d9c6da2e35..d426af6ecc 100644 --- a/faq/public-gateways.mdx +++ b/faq/public-gateways.mdx @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Moreover, the Public Gateway supports [static NAT](/public-gateways/how-to/confi On 12 July 2023, DHCP functionality moved from Public Gateways to Private Networks. See our [dedicated migration documentation](/vpc/reference-content/vpc-migration/) for full details. -Pre-existing static leases created via the Public Gateway were fully migrated and still work for your attached resources on a Private Network. Manual static lease configuration is still available via the API and other devtools, but is no longer available via the Scaleway console. We recommend that you use [Scaleway IPAM](/ipam/) to reserve private IP addresses on specific Private Networks, which you can then use when attaching resources. +Pre-existing static leases created via the Public Gateway were fully migrated and still work for your attached resources on a Private Network. Manual static lease configuration is still available via the API and other developer tools, but is no longer available via the Scaleway console. We recommend that you use [Scaleway IPAM](/ipam/) to reserve private IP addresses on specific Private Networks, which you can then use when attaching resources. ## Why is my Public Gateway labelled as Legacy? diff --git a/faq/vpc.mdx b/faq/vpc.mdx index f5a594a265..aba83479b5 100644 --- a/faq/vpc.mdx +++ b/faq/vpc.mdx @@ -10,32 +10,70 @@ category: network productIcon: VpcProductIcon --- -## What is the difference between VPC and a Private Network? +## VPC basics + +### What is the difference between VPC and a Private Network? One default VPC (**V**irtual **P**rivate **C**loud) for every available region is automatically created in each Scaleway [Project](/organizations-and-projects/concepts/#project). A VPC offers layer 3 network isolation. -Within each VPC, you can create multiple **Private Networks** and attach Scaleway resources to them, as long as the resources are in an AZ within the network's region. Attached resources can then communicate between themselves in an isolated and secure layer 2 network, away from the public internet. +Within each VPC, you can create multiple **Private Networks** and attach Scaleway resources to them, as long as the resources are in an AZ within the network's region. Resources attached to a Private Network can then communicate between themselves in an isolated and secure layer 2 network, away from the public internet. VPC routing facilitates communication between resources on the different Private Networks within the VPC. + + In the future, VPC will allow you to interconnect your VPC with other networks, define access control lists and more. -## Can I route traffic between different Private Networks on the same VPC? +### What happened to my classic, mono-AZ Private Network? + +When VPC and regional Private Networks moved from Public Beta to General Availability, all mono-AZ Private Networks were automatically migrated to be regional. [Read the documentation](/vpc/reference-content/vpc-migration/) to find out more about the migration process. + +### What is a default VPC and why can I not delete it? + +Scaleway currently has three regions: Paris, Amsterdam and Warsaw. One default VPC is automatically created for each region, in each Scaleway [Project](/organizations-and-projects/concepts/#project). Any new Private Networks that you create will be added to the default VPC for their region, unless you override this by specifying a different VPC. + +You cannot delete a default VPC, but you can rename it, and/or create other VPCs and use those rather than the default VPCs, if you prefer. + + +Default VPCs do not prevent you from deleting an otherwise empty Project. + + +### How much does it cost to create a VPC, Private Network or reserved private IP addresses? + +The following resources and features are free of charge: + +- VPCs and VPC routing +- Private Networks (except for [Elastic Metal servers](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/elastic-metal/) and [Apple silicon](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/apple-silicon/)) +- Reserved private IP addresses on IPAM + +### Why can I not delete my Private Network even though it is empty? + +You might have a reserved IP address that is blocking the deletion - check out our [troubleshooting page](/vpc/troubleshooting/cant-delete-vpc-pn/). + +## VPC routing + +### Can I route traffic between different Private Networks on the same VPC? Yes, [VPC routing](/vpc/concepts#routing) allows you to automize the routing of traffic between resources in different Private Networks within the same VPC. -## Can I route traffic between different Private Networks in different VPCs or different Scaleway Projects? +### Can I route traffic between different Private Networks in different VPCs or different Scaleway Projects? This is not currently possible. You may consider using a VPN tunnel to achieve this, for example [IPsec](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPsec) or [WireGuard](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WireGuard). Scaleway also offers an [OpenVPN InstantApp](/tutorials/openvpn-instant-app/), making it easy to install a VPN directly on an Instance. -## What happened to my classic, mono-AZ Private Network? +### Why can I not route traffic to my Managed Database on another Private Network? -When VPC and regional Private Networks moved from Public Beta to General Availability, all mono-AZ Private Networks were automatically migrated to be regional. [Read the documentation](/vpc/reference-content/vpc-migration/) to find out more about the migration process. +Managed Databases do not currently support VPC routing - see our [dedicated documentation](/vpc/reference-content/understanding-routing/#limitations) + +## IPAM and IP addressing + +### What is IPAM? + +**IP** **A**ddress **M**anager (IPAM) is Scaleway’s tool for planning, tracking, and managing the IP address space of Scaleway products. It acts as a single source of truth for the IP addresses of Scaleway resources, and has a number of associated functionalities to help manage your Scaleway IPs, such as the ability to reserve an IP on a Private Network and attach it to a specific resource. See our [IPAM FAQ](/faq/ipam/) for more detail. -## Do resources' IP addresses on a Private Network risk changing when allocated by managed DHCP? +### Do resources' IP addresses on a Private Network risk changing when allocated by managed DHCP? -With managed DHCP, the IP is allocated when the resource is attached to a Private Network, and released only when the resource is detached or deleted. The IP address remains stable across reboots and long power offs, and will not change except upon deletion or detachment from the Private Network. +With Private Networks' inbuilt managed DHCP, a private IP is allocated when the resource is attached to a Private Network, and released only when the resource is detached or deleted. The IP address remains stable across reboots and long power offs, and will not change except upon deletion or detachment from the Private Network. Nonetheless, you can also reserve specific IPs from a Private Network's CIDR block, and use these IPs to attach specific resources, if you prefer. See our documentation on [how to reserve IPs](/ipam/how-to/reserve-ip/). -## How can I manage IP addresses for my Proxmox Virtual Machines (VMs) on Elastic Metal servers? +### How can I attach my VMs on a Proxmox cluster on Elastic Metal to a Private Network? We recommend that you use our IPAM product for this purpose. See [how to reserve a private IP address with an attached MAC address](/ipam/how-to/reserve-ip/#how-to-reserve-a-private-ip-address-with-an-attached-mac-address). \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/console/create-account.mdx b/macros/console/create-account.mdx index 85640d0e4b..a0ee757512 100644 --- a/macros/console/create-account.mdx +++ b/macros/console/create-account.mdx @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ --- macro: create-account --- -1. Open the [Scaleway website](https://www.scaleway.com/en/) in a web browser. -2. Click **Sign Up** in the upper right corner of the page. You are redirected to the account creation page. -3. Select an account type (**Personal** or **Professional**) and fill out the form with the requested information. -4. Select a sign-up method, and follow the corresponding steps below. +1. Click **Sign Up** in the upper right corner of the page. You are redirected to the account creation page. +2. Select an account type (**Personal** or **Professional**) and fill out the form with the requested information. +3. Select a sign-up method, and follow the corresponding steps below. To sign up using Google, Microsoft, or GitHub SSO, follow the steps to complete the creation of your account. @@ -17,32 +16,23 @@ macro: create-account -## Add your phone number +### Add your phone number 1. Enter your phone number and click **Send code**. 2. Enter the 6-digit code you received on your phone number. 3. Click **Verify phone number**. -## Add your billing information - +### Add your billing information Fill out the required fields, then click **Add billing address**. This address will be used in your invoices. You can click **Add later** to [enter your billing information at a later time](/billing/how-to/add-payment-method/), and directly access your Organization dashboard in the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/organization). However, you will need to add a valid credit card to order Scaleway resources. -## Add your credit card - - - Prepaid cards and some virtual cards are not accepted as a payment method. - - -1. Enter your credit card information, then click **Add credit card**. We will send you an authorization charge of €1, which will be automatically reimbursed within two days. A [3D Secure](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/3-D_Secure) validation is initiated. Depending on your bank, you may be asked to enter a code received by SMS or to confirm via an application on your smartphone. - - You can click **Add later** to [enter your billing information at a later time](/billing/how-to/add-payment-method/), and directly access your Organization dashboard in the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/organization). However, you will need to add a valid credit card to order Scaleway resources. - - -## Validate your credit card +### Add your credit card +Enter your credit card information, then click **Add credit card**. We will send you an authorization charge of €1, which will be automatically reimbursed within two days. A [3D Secure](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/3-D_Secure) validation is initiated. Depending on your bank, you may be asked to enter a code received by SMS or to confirm via an application on your smartphone. +Note that prepaid cards and some virtual cards are not accepted as a payment method. +### Validate your credit card This step is necessary for security purposes, but does not prevent you from using Scaleway resources. **You have 10 days to validate your credit card** once it's added. diff --git a/macros/developer-tools/scaleway-environment-variables.mdx b/macros/developer-tools/scaleway-environment-variables.mdx index 21145c94ff..a1f214e270 100644 --- a/macros/developer-tools/scaleway-environment-variables.mdx +++ b/macros/developer-tools/scaleway-environment-variables.mdx @@ -2,21 +2,21 @@ macro: scaleway-environment-variables --- -# Reserved environment variables +## Reserved environment variables The following standardized Scaleway environment variables are used for the CLI and API. | Variable | Description | Legacy variables | | :----------------------------- | :----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | :------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| `$SCW_ACCESS_KEY` | The [access key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) of a token | `$SCALEWAY_ACCESS_KEY` (used by Terraform) | -| `$SCW_SECRET_KEY` | The [secret key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) of a token | `$SCW_TOKEN` (used by the CLI), `$SCALEWAY_TOKEN` (used by Terraform), `$SCALEWAY_ACCESS_KEY` (used by Terraform) | | -| `$SCW_DEFAULT_REGION` | Your default [region](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/#regions-and-zones) | `$SCW_REGION` (used by the CLI),`$SCALEWAY_REGION` (used by Terraform) | -| `$SCW_DEFAULT_ZONE` | Your default [Availability Zone](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/#regions-and-zones) | `$SCW_ZONE` (used by the CLI),`$SCALEWAY_ZONE` (used by Terraform) | +| `$SCW_ACCESS_KEY` | The [access key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) of a token | `$SCALEWAY_ACCESS_KEY` (used by Terraform/OpenTofu) | +| `$SCW_SECRET_KEY` | The [secret key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) of a token | `$SCW_TOKEN` (used by the CLI), `$SCALEWAY_TOKEN` (used by Terraform/OpenTofu), `$SCALEWAY_ACCESS_KEY` (used by Terraform/OpenTofu) | | +| `$SCW_DEFAULT_REGION` | Your default [region](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/#regions-and-zones) | `$SCW_REGION` (used by the CLI),`$SCALEWAY_REGION` (used by Terraform/OpenTofu) | +| `$SCW_DEFAULT_ZONE` | Your default [Availability Zone](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/#regions-and-zones) | `$SCW_ZONE` (used by the CLI),`$SCALEWAY_ZONE` (used by Terraform/OpenTofu) | | `$SCW_API_URL` | URL of the API | - | | `$SCW_INSECURE` | Set this variable to `true` to enable the [insecure mode](/iot-hub/concepts/#insecure-connection) | `$SCW_TLSVERIFY` (inverse flag used by the CLI) | | `$SCW_PROFILE` | Set the configuration profile to use | - | | `$SCW_PROJECT_ID` | Your [Project ID](https://console.scaleway.com/project/settings) | `$SCW_DEFAULT_PROJECT_ID` | -| `$SCW_ORGANIZATION_ID` | Your [Organization ID](https://console.scaleway.com/organization/settings) | `$SCW_DEFAULT_ORGANIZATION_ID`, `$SCW_ORGANIZATION` (used by the CLI),`$SCALEWAY_ORGANIZATION` (used by Terraform) | +| `$SCW_ORGANIZATION_ID` | Your [Organization ID](https://console.scaleway.com/organization/settings) | `$SCW_DEFAULT_ORGANIZATION_ID`, `$SCW_ORGANIZATION` (used by the CLI),`$SCALEWAY_ORGANIZATION` (used by Terraform/OpenTofu) | ## Environment variables priority @@ -26,6 +26,6 @@ The order of precedence, from highest to lowest is the following. 1. Environment variables defined in your command-line environment. -2. Static variables (i.e. variables set in a Terraform configuration file). +2. Static variables (i.e. variables set in a Terraform/OpenTofu configuration file). 3. Variables defined in the [Scaleway configuration file](/scaleway-sdk/reference-content/scaleway-configuration-file/) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/macros/serverless/cron-schedules.mdx b/macros/serverless/cron-schedules.mdx index f4e32e4cd9..4057ed8f55 100644 --- a/macros/serverless/cron-schedules.mdx +++ b/macros/serverless/cron-schedules.mdx @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ Cron jobs are expressed using the `* * * * *` format, which corresponds to the f ``` ┌───────────── minute - │ ┌───────────── hour - │ │ ┌───────────── day of the month - │ │ │ ┌───────────── month + │ ┌───────────── hour + │ │ ┌───────────── day of the month + │ │ │ ┌───────────── month │ │ │ │ ┌───────────── day of the week - │ │ │ │ │ + │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ * * * * * @@ -50,6 +50,25 @@ Several operators can be added to each field to further refine your schedule. ## Cron schedule examples +### Simple + +Some examples of simple cron schedules expressions, useful for tasks like regular backups or file analysis. + +| Cron expression | Description | +|----------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------| +| `* * * * *` | Runs every minute | +| `*/5 * * * *` | Runs every 5 minutes | +| `*/15 * * * *` | Runs every 15 minutes | +| `0 * * * *` | Runs every hour | +| `0 0 * * *` | Runs every day at midnight | +| `0 9 * * *` | Runs every day at 9:00 | +| `0 0 * * 0` | Runs every Sunday at midnight | +| `0 0 1 * *` | Runs once a month at midnight | + +### Advanced + +Advanced example for more specific use cases. + | Cron expression | Description | |----------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------| | `0 12 * * *` | Runs at 12:00 (noon) every day | @@ -68,4 +87,4 @@ Several operators can be added to each field to further refine your schedule. - Serverless Functions and Serverless Containers [CRON triggers](/serverless-functions/concepts#cron-trigger) use the **UTC** time zone. This parameter cannot be modified. -- Serverless Jobs allow modifying the time zone of their schedules via the Job **Settings** tab. Refer to [the job scheduling documentation](/serverless-jobs/how-to/manage-job-schedule/) for more information. \ No newline at end of file +- Serverless Jobs allow modifying the time zone of their schedules via the Job **Settings** tab. Refer to [the job scheduling documentation](/serverless-jobs/how-to/manage-job-schedule/) for more information. diff --git a/menu/changelogs.json b/menu/changelogs.json index fae01161e7..39450bd8d1 100644 --- a/menu/changelogs.json +++ b/menu/changelogs.json @@ -276,6 +276,6 @@ { "category": "environmental-footprint", "label": "Environmental Footprint", - "icon": "EnvFootprint" + "icon": "envFootprint" } ] diff --git a/menu/filters.json b/menu/filters.json index 651af8b6e7..fb8e7ca89d 100644 --- a/menu/filters.json +++ b/menu/filters.json @@ -54,6 +54,10 @@ "category": "secret-manager", "label": "Secret Manager" }, + { + "category": "key-manager", + "label": "Key Manager" + }, { "category": "audit-trail", "label": "Audit Trail" diff --git a/menu/navigation.json b/menu/navigation.json index 42823a2293..608b2b9106 100644 --- a/menu/navigation.json +++ b/menu/navigation.json @@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ "label": "Use multifactor authentication", "slug": "use-2fa" }, + { + "label": "Change a password", + "slug": "change-password" + }, { "label": "Recover a lost password", "slug": "recover-a-lost-password" @@ -115,6 +119,14 @@ { "label": "Scaleway network information", "slug": "scaleway-network-information" + }, + { + "label": "Protecting yourself against phishing and fraud", + "slug": "protecting-yourself-fraud-phishing" + }, + { + "label": "Subscribing to Scaleway status updates", + "slug": "scaleway-status-updates" } ], "label": "Additional Content", @@ -129,10 +141,6 @@ { "label": "I cannot erase my account and personal data", "slug": "cannot-erase-account" - }, - { - "label": "Protecting yourself against phishing and fraud", - "slug": "protecting-yourself-fraud-phishing" } ], "label": "Troubleshooting", @@ -229,6 +237,20 @@ ], "label": "Additional Content", "slug": "additional-content" + }, + { + "items": [ + { + "label": "Fix common billing issues", + "slug": "fix-common-billing-issues" + }, + { + "label": "I cannot add a payment method", + "slug": "cannot-add-payment-method" + } + ], + "label": "Troubleshooting", + "slug": "troubleshooting" } ], "label": "Billing", @@ -437,7 +459,7 @@ "items": [ { "label": "I am not allowed to perform actions on resources", - "slug": "cannot-use-resources-using-api" + "slug": "cannot-use-resources" } ], "label": "Troubleshooting", @@ -643,15 +665,15 @@ }, { "label": "Rotate Key Manager keys", - "slug": "rotate-km-keys" + "slug": "rotate-kem-keys" }, { "label": "Disable Key Manager keys", - "slug": "disable-km-key" + "slug": "disable-km-keys" }, { "label": "Delete Key Manager keys", - "slug": "delete-km-key" + "slug": "delete-km-keys" } ], "label": "How to", @@ -716,9 +738,62 @@ ], "label": "Security & Identity", "category": "identity-and-access-management" + }, + { + "icon": "envFootprint", + "items": [ + { + "items": [ + { + "label": "Overview", + "slug": "../environmental-footprint" + }, + { + "label": "Concepts", + "slug": "concepts" + }, + { + "label": "FAQ", + "slug": "../faq/environmental-footprint" + }, + { + "items": [ + { + "label": "Track your monthly environmental footprint report", + "slug": "track-monthly-footprint" + } + ], + "label": "How to", + "slug": "how-to" + }, + { + "items": [ + { + "label": "Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown", + "slug": "environmental-footprint-calculator" + }, + { + "label": "Environmental footprint calculator product integration", + "slug": "environmental-footprint-integration" + }, + { + "label": "Understanding your environmental footprint estimation", + "slug": "environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation" + } + ], + "label": "Additional Content", + "slug": "additional-content" + } + ], + "label": "Environmental Footprint", + "slug": "environmental-footprint" + } + ], + "label": "Environmental Footprint", + "category": "environmental-footprint" } ], - "label": "Platform" + "label": "Management & Governance" }, { "items": [ @@ -956,6 +1031,18 @@ { "label": "Data privacy", "slug": "data-privacy" + }, + { + "label": "Adding AI to VS Code using Continue", + "slug": "adding-ai-to-vscode-using-continue" + }, + { + "label": "Adding AI to IntelliJ IDEA using Continue", + "slug": "adding-ai-to-intellij-using-continue" + }, + { + "label": "Integrating Generative APIs with popular AI tools", + "slug": "integrating-generative-apis-with-popular-tools" } ], "label": "Additional Content", @@ -1042,6 +1129,10 @@ "label": "Reinstall a Mac mini", "slug": "reinstall-mac-mini" }, + { + "label": "Manage your commitment plan", + "slug": "manage-commitment-plan" + }, { "label": "Delete a Mac mini", "slug": "delete-mac-mini" @@ -1052,18 +1143,6 @@ }, { "items": [ - { - "label": "Troubleshooting issues related to FileVault preventing system boot", - "slug": "filevault-preventing-system-boot" - }, - { - "label": "Troubleshooting inaccessibility issues to Mac minis", - "slug": "mac-mini-inaccessible" - }, - { - "label": "Troubleshooting Mac mini installation issues", - "slug": "mac-mini-installation-issues" - }, { "label": "Troubleshooting remote desktop connections to Mac mini servers", "slug": "cant-connect-using-vnc" @@ -2044,10 +2123,6 @@ "label": "Modifying kernel parameters in a Kubernetes cluster using a DaemonSet", "slug": "modifying-kernel-parameters-kubernetes-cluster" }, - { - "label": "Moving Kubernetes nodes to routed IPs", - "slug": "move-kubernetes-nodes-routed-ip" - }, { "label": "Creating and configuring a Load Balancer service", "slug": "kubernetes-load-balancer" @@ -2167,6 +2242,16 @@ ], "label": "API/CLI", "slug": "api-cli" + }, + { + "items": [ + { + "label": "Common errors when pushing images to Container Registry", + "slug": "common-errors-when-pushing-images-to-container-registry" + } + ], + "label": "Troubleshooting", + "slug": "troubleshooting" } ], "label": "Container Registry", @@ -2407,6 +2492,10 @@ { "label": "Understanding the autohealing feature", "slug": "autohealing" + }, + { + "label": "PostgreSQL version updates", + "slug": "pg-version-updates" } ], "label": "Additional Content", @@ -2426,6 +2515,10 @@ "label": "Setting up and using the pgaudit extension", "slug": "pg-audit" }, + { + "label": "Setting up and using the pg_cron extension", + "slug": "using-pgcron" + }, { "label": "Verifying Servers' Certificate Authority on PostgreSQL", "slug": "verify-ca-postgresql" @@ -2437,6 +2530,10 @@ { "label": "Importing data into Managed PostgreSQL Databases", "slug": "import-data-to-managed-postgresql-databases" + }, + { + "label": "Setting up logical replication as a subscriber", + "slug": "logical-replication-as-subscriber" } ], "label": "API/CLI", @@ -2559,7 +2656,7 @@ { "items": [ { - "label": "MongoDB® Overview", + "label": "Overview", "slug": "../managed-mongodb-databases" }, { @@ -2576,6 +2673,10 @@ "label": "Create a Database Instance", "slug": "create-a-database-instance" }, + { + "label": "Connect a Database Instance to a Private Network", + "slug": "connect-database-private-network" + }, { "label": "Connect to a Database Instance", "slug": "connect-database-instance" @@ -3215,6 +3316,14 @@ { "label": "I am experiencing SSL/DNS errors and conflicts", "slug": "pn-name" + }, + { + "label": "I can't delete my VPC or Private Network", + "slug": "cant-delete-vpc-pn" + }, + { + "label": "I am experiencing connectivity or routing issues", + "slug": "vpc-pn-routing-connectivity-issues" } ], "label": "Troubleshooting", @@ -3764,7 +3873,7 @@ "slug": "configure-alerts-for-scw-resources" }, { - "label": "Access Grafana and managed dashboards", + "label": "Access Grafana and preconfigured dashboards", "slug": "access-grafana-and-managed-dashboards" }, { @@ -3920,6 +4029,10 @@ "label": "Monitor function logs and metrics", "slug": "monitor-function" }, + { + "label": "Configure alerts for a function", + "slug": "configure-alerts-functions" + }, { "label": "Delete a function", "slug": "delete-a-function" @@ -3972,6 +4085,10 @@ "label": "Functions handlers", "slug": "functions-handlers" }, + { + "label": "Functions autoscaling", + "slug": "functions-autoscaling" + }, { "label": "Code examples", "slug": "code-examples" @@ -4106,6 +4223,10 @@ "label": "Add a trigger to a container", "slug": "add-trigger-to-a-container" }, + { + "label": "Configure alerts for a container", + "slug": "configure-alerts-containers" + }, { "label": "Delete a container", "slug": "delete-a-container" @@ -4158,6 +4279,10 @@ "label": "Containers concurrency", "slug": "containers-concurrency" }, + { + "label": "Containers autoscaling", + "slug": "containers-autoscaling" + }, { "label": "Containers billing", "slug": "containers-billing" @@ -4256,6 +4381,10 @@ "label": "Reference secrets in a job", "slug": "reference-secret-in-job" }, + { + "label": "Configure alerts for a job", + "slug": "configure-alerts-job" + }, { "label": "Delete a job", "slug": "delete-job" @@ -4887,6 +5016,10 @@ "label": "Managing a volume", "slug": "managing-a-volume" }, + { + "label": "Increasing volume size via the API", + "slug": "increasing-volume-size" + }, { "label": "Identifying the API managing Block Storage volumes and snapshots", "slug": "identifying-volume-snapshot-api" @@ -5377,24 +5510,12 @@ "slug": "configure-dell-perc-h200" }, { - "label": "Configure a DELL PERC H310 RAID controller", - "slug": "configure-dell-perc-h310" + "label": "Configure a DELL PERC H310/H700/H710/H730-P/LSI9361 RAID controller", + "slug": "configure-dell-perc-h310-h700-h710-h730p-lsi9361" }, { - "label": "Configre a DELL PERC H700/H710/H730/H730P RAID controller", - "slug": "configure-dell-perc-h700" - }, - { - "label": "Configure a DELL PERC H800 RAID controller", - "slug": "configure-dell-perc-h800" - }, - { - "label": "Configure an HP Smart Array P410 RAID controller", - "slug": "configure-hp-smart-array-p410" - }, - { - "label": "Configure an HP Smart Array P420 RAID controller", - "slug": "configure-hp-smart-array-p420" + "label": "Configure an HP Smart Array (P222 / P410 / P420) RAID controller", + "slug": "configure-hp-smart-array" }, { "label": "Configure the DELL PERC H200 RAID controller from the KVM", @@ -5890,59 +6011,6 @@ ], "label": "Partners", "category": "partners" - }, - { - "icon": "envFootprint", - "items": [ - { - "items": [ - { - "label": "Environmental Footprint Overview", - "slug": "../environmental-footprint" - }, - { - "label": "Concepts", - "slug": "concepts" - }, - { - "label": "FAQ", - "slug": "../faq/environmental-footprint" - }, - { - "items": [ - { - "label": "Track your monthly environmental footprint report", - "slug": "track-monthly-footprint" - } - ], - "label": "How to", - "slug": "how-to" - }, - { - "items": [ - { - "label": "Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown", - "slug": "environmental-footprint-calculator" - }, - { - "label": "Environmental footprint calculator product integration", - "slug": "environmental-footprint-integration" - }, - { - "label": "Understanding your environmental footprint estimation", - "slug": "environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation" - } - ], - "label": "Additional Content", - "slug": "additional-content" - } - ], - "label": "Environmental Footprint", - "slug": "environmental-footprint" - } - ], - "label": "Environmental Footprint", - "category": "environmental-footprint" } ], "label": "Additional Services" diff --git a/package.json b/package.json index 4f96213967..f2d7ca102b 100644 --- a/package.json +++ b/package.json @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ ] }, "devDependencies": { - "@commitlint/cli": "^19.7.1", - "@commitlint/config-conventional": "^19.7.1", + "@commitlint/cli": "^19.8.0", + "@commitlint/config-conventional": "^19.8.0", "husky": "^8.0.3", "lint-staged": "^15.4.3", "prettier": "^3.4.2" diff --git a/pages/account/assets/closed-account.webp b/pages/account/assets/closed-account.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 673fe150c8..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/account/assets/closed-account.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/account/assets/scaleway-account-closed.webp b/pages/account/assets/scaleway-account-closed.webp new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1350839346 Binary files /dev/null and b/pages/account/assets/scaleway-account-closed.webp differ diff --git a/pages/account/concepts.mdx b/pages/account/concepts.mdx index 2fad1c9675..0e09d38b33 100644 --- a/pages/account/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/account/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Understand key concepts related to Scaleway accounts. tags: active-session abuse api-key billing-alert kyc 2fa ssh-key mac-address dates: - validation: 2024-08-13 + validation: 2025-02-24 categories: - console --- @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ categories: [Abuse](https://www.scaleway.com/en/abuse-notice/) of Scaleway services includes cyber-crime, copyright violation, illegal or offensive content, spamming and malware distribution. Abuse should be [reported in the console](https://console.scaleway.com/support/abuses/create). -Multiple instances of abuse from the same offending resource for the same reason within a given timeframe are grouped by case. An abuse report either creates a case if no case is currently open or joins an existing case. Scaleway clients are responsible for taking the appropriate security measures to solve the case and related abuse reports. +Multiple instances of abuse from the same offending resource for the same reason within a given time frame are grouped by case. An abuse report either creates a case if no case is currently open or joins an existing case. Scaleway clients are responsible for taking the appropriate security measures to solve the case and related abuse reports. ## Active session @@ -24,15 +24,15 @@ An active session begins when a computer or device signs into your account. To c ## Console -The Scaleway console allows you to view and manage your Scaleway products, billing information, support tickets and more. [Access the Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/organization). +The Scaleway console allows you to view and manage your Scaleway products, billing information, support tickets, and more. [Access the Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/organization). ## KYC -**K**now **Y**our **C**ustomer is the process of verifying a client's identity. An ID document such as a passport, driver's license or identity card is required to [complete KYC verification](/account/how-to/verify-identity/). +**K**now **Y**our **C**ustomer is the process of verifying a client's identity. An ID document such as a passport, driver's license, or identity card is required to [complete KYC verification](/account/how-to/verify-identity/). ## Login information -Consists of the **e-mail address** your account is registered to and its corresponding [**password**](#password). With your login information, you can connect to your Scaleway Organization via the Scaleway console. As an alternative to using a password, you can use login using a [magic link](#magic-link). +Consists of the **e-mail address** your account is registered to and its corresponding [**password**](#password). With your login information, you can connect to your Scaleway Organization via the Scaleway console. As an alternative to using a password, you can login using a [magic link](#magic-link). ## MAC Address @@ -46,10 +46,6 @@ A magic link provides quick and secure access to your account without the hassle Multifactor authentication (MFA) is any form of verification that requires two factors to authenticate to a device you wish to connect to. Scaleway supports MFA for Cloud accounts in the form of a security code that you use in addition to your [password](#password) when you log in. You can receive the code via SMS or an authenticator app on your smartphone. Enabling MFA adds an additional layer of security against unauthorized access to your account. -## Organization Quotas - -Every [Organization](/organizations-and-projects/concepts/#organization) has quotas, which are limits on the number of Scaleway resources they can use. Quotas are per product (e.g. Instances) and product type (e.g. GP1-L Instance). Quotas are designed to prevent abuse, and can be viewed on the [Organization dashboard](https://console.scaleway.com/organization/settings) of the console. - ## Password A password is a string of characters associated to your account's email address that allows you to access the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/). It is personal and must not be shared with anyone. Alternatively, you can use a [magic link](#magic-link) to authenticate yourself. diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-disable.webp b/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-disable.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 36dcc90b40..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-disable.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-login.webp b/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-login.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 25f2d24956..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-login.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-popup-1.webp b/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-popup-1.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 39c224dc0b..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-popup-1.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-popup-2.webp b/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-popup-2.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 0e942bdb43..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/account/how-to/assets/scaleway-2FA-popup-2.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/change-console-appearance.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/change-console-appearance.mdx index 75f1d5822e..92707853ff 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/change-console-appearance.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/change-console-appearance.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Customize the appearance of the Scaleway console. tags: color-scheme change color theme dark-mode change-color dates: - validation: 2024-11-04 + validation: 2025-02-28 posted: 2022-10-12 categories: - console @@ -20,18 +20,14 @@ You can choose the color scheme of the [Scaleway console](/account/concepts/#con - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -1. Click on your name in the top right corner of the Scaleway console. A pop-up menu opens. - -2. Click **Profile** to view your Scaleway user profile. - -3. Scroll to the **Appearance** section and select the color scheme for your Scaleway console. You can choose from four options: - * A light color scheme - * A dark color scheme - * A darker color scheme - * A color scheme based on your system preferences - - - - Your selection is saved automatically once you have chosen a color scheme. - - +1. Access the [Profile](https://console.scaleway.com/account/profile) tab of your **User Account** page. + Alternatively, click your Organization name on the top-right corner of the console navigation menu, then click **Profile**. +2. Scroll to the **Appearance** section and select the color scheme for your Scaleway console. You can choose from four color scheme options: + * Light + * Dark + * Darker + * System + + + Your selection is saved automatically once you have chosen a color scheme. + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/change-language.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/change-language.mdx index 3bb22bbf40..8e7c021e99 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/change-language.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/change-language.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Switch languages in the Scaleway account interface. tags: account language change dates: - validation: 2024-07-29 + validation: 2025-02-28 posted: 2021-06-22 categories: - console @@ -20,10 +20,9 @@ You can choose which language you would like to view the [Scaleway console](/acc - A [Scaleway account](https://console.scaleway.com) 1. Log into the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com). -2. Click your Organization name in the top right corner of the console to open the Organization drop-down menu (A), then click the **Profile** button (B). The **User Account** screen displays: - -3. In the User information section, click the **Edit profile** button. The **Edit your account profile** screen displays: - -4. Choose your preferred language from the drop-down list, then click **Confirm changes**. +2. Access the [Profile](https://console.scaleway.com/account/profile) tab of your **User Account** page. + Alternatively, click your Organization name on the top-right corner of the console navigation menu, then click **Profile**. +3. Click the **Edit profile** button, in the **User information** section. A pop-up displays. +4. Select your preferred language from the drop-down list, then click **Confirm changes**. -Your console will now be displayed in your preferred language, which will also be used for all marketing and product communications you receive. You can change your preferred language at any time by repeating this procedure. +Your console will now be displayed in your chosen language, which will also be used for all marketing and product communications you receive. You can change your preferred language at any time by repeating this procedure. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/change-password.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/change-password.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..899a57a17e --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/account/how-to/change-password.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +meta: + title: How to change a password + description: This page shows you how to change the password of your Scaleway account. +content: + h1: How to change a password + paragraph: This page shows you how to change the password of your Scaleway account. +tags: account password recovery login +dates: + validation: 2025-03-10 + posted: 2025-03-10 +categories: + - console +--- + +This page shows you how to change your [Scaleway account](https://console.scaleway.com) password. + + + +- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) + +1. Access the **User Account** page on the Scaleway console, then click the [Security](https://console.scaleway.com/account/security) tab. +2. Scroll down to the **Change password** section and click the **Change password** button. A pop-up appears. +3. Enter your current password in the first box, then a new password in the second field. + If you prefer, you can click the magic wand icon to autogenerate a strong password. +4. Click **Update password** to confirm the changes. + + Your password is now updated. + +If you have lost your password and cannot access the Scaleway console, refer to the [How to recover a lost password](/account/how-to/recover-a-lost-password) documentation for help regaining access to your account. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/close-account.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/close-account.mdx index 0d81e2492b..4f2524ec5a 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/close-account.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/close-account.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Close your Scaleway account securely. tags: account close cancel delete deactivate close-account dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-02-28 posted: 2021-06-22 categories: - console @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ Closing your account will permanently delete your Organization’s servers, reso - -1. Access the [Settings](https://console.scaleway.com/organization/settings) tab of your Organization dashboard (alternatively, you can go to the [User account](https://console.scaleway.com/account/profile) page). -2. Scroll down to the **Close** account section. -3. Click the **Close account** button once you have read and agreed with the warning message. -4. Type **CLOSE**, then click **Continue closing** to confirm your decision. +1. Access the [Settings](https://console.scaleway.com/organization/settings) tab of your Organization dashboard. + Alternatively, go to the [User Account](https://console.scaleway.com/account/profile) page. +2. Scroll down to the **Close account** section. +3. Click the **Close account** button. +4. Type **Close**, then click **Continue closing** to confirm your decision, once you have read and agreed with the deletion terms. 5. Select the reasons why you are closing your account. 6. Click **Close account**. A message appears to confirm that closing has been scheduled. ## How to reopen your account -When your account is closed, you can still access the Scaleway console. A red banner in the top navigation bar will display to inform you that your account has been closed. If you want to reopen it, you can create a support ticket by clicking the link in the banner. +When your account is closed, you can still access the Scaleway console. A red banner at the top navigation bar will display to inform you that your account has been closed. If you want to reopen it, you can [open a support ticket](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create). - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/configure-support-plans.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/configure-support-plans.mdx index 2ca43582e1..93f2433610 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/configure-support-plans.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/configure-support-plans.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Set up and configure support plans in Scaleway. tags: support-plans support-plan configure dates: - validation: 2024-07-29 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-06-22 categories: - console @@ -18,14 +18,18 @@ categories: - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -The default support plan for an Organization is the **Basic** plan, but it can be upgraded on the **Support Plan** tab of the Organization page: +The default support plan for an Organization is the **Basic** plan, but it can be upgraded from the Scaleway console. - +1. Click on the name of your Organization in the top-right corner of the console, then select **Support plan**. -- Select a plan and click **Select Plan** to proceed. A pop-up displays a disclaimer message informing you that your payment will be made automatically on the current month's invoice. Make sure you have carefully read the message. -- Click **I understand** to confirm the change. + - + +2. Select a plan, and click **Select Plan** to proceed. A pop-up displays a disclaimer message informing you that your payment will be made automatically on the current month's invoice. + +3. Read the message carefully, then click **I understand** to confirm the change. + + An overview of your previous and current plans is available under **Support Plans History**. diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/enforce-mfa.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/enforce-mfa.mdx index 0bc3b7e3b1..43ef077a71 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/enforce-mfa.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/enforce-mfa.mdx @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ --- meta: title: How to enforce Multifactor Authentication for an Organization - description: Enable and enforce Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA). + description: Enable and enforce Multifactor Authentication (MFA). content: h1: How to enforce Multifactor Authentication for an Organization - paragraph: Enable and enforce Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA). -tags: authentication 2FA two-factor two multi factor security google authenticator authenticator mfa + paragraph: Enable and enforce Multifactor Authentication (MFA). +tags: authentication 2FA two-factor two multifactor security google authenticator authenticator mfa dates: validation: 2025-01-15 posted: 2023-06-12 @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ categories: 5. Type **STOP**. 6. Click **Stop enforcing MFA** to confirm. - The Owner of your Organization will receive an informative email saying MFA is no longer enforced. + The Owner of your Organization will receive an informative email saying MFA is no longer enforced. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/manage-my-personal-data-gdpr.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/manage-my-personal-data-gdpr.mdx index eab476e9c6..30c3aadf9c 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/manage-my-personal-data-gdpr.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/manage-my-personal-data-gdpr.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Manage personal data under GDPR regulations in Scaleway. tags: personal-data manage privacy portability dates: - validation: 2024-07-29 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-28 categories: - console @@ -29,11 +29,10 @@ This page offers you a number of possibilities to manage your personal data and ## How to access your personal data 1. Scroll to the **Access your personal data** panel. -2. Either: - - Check the first box to obtain information about your personal data processed by Scaleway, or - - Check the second box to obtain a copy of your personal data processed by Scaleway -3. Check the box marked **I certify that I have the necessary rights to make this request**. -4. Click **Send request**. +2. Check the first box to obtain information about your personal data processed by scaleway. +3. Check the second box to obtain a copy of your personal data processed by Scaleway. +4. Check the box marked **I certify that I have the necessary rights to make this request**. +5. Click **Send request**. ## How to rectify your personal data diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/recover-a-lost-password.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/recover-a-lost-password.mdx index 3f116bade8..6d2c02cced 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/recover-a-lost-password.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/recover-a-lost-password.mdx @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ Besides the usual guidelines you should follow to create a complex password (mus - Never give your password to anyone. Especially not via email, IRC, Slack, WhatsApp, or any messaging system. Scaleway employees will never ask you for your password. - Use [multifactor authentication](https://console.scaleway.com/account/profile) to add an extra layer of security. - Do not write down your password. - - Always log out of your account at the end of each session, or if you are away from your computer. + - Always log out of your account at the end of each session, or if you are away from your computer. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/resolve-abuse.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/resolve-abuse.mdx index a7da0aeb50..fb43769df7 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/resolve-abuse.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/resolve-abuse.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Take actions to resolve abuse issues in Scaleway. tags: resolve abuse complaint ticket scaleway dates: - validation: 2024-08-28 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2024-02-19 categories: - account diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/use-2fa.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/use-2fa.mdx index 85696dddf4..8e1e55c081 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/use-2fa.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/use-2fa.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to use Multifactor Authentication (MFA) paragraph: Enable and use Two-Factor Authentication (2FA) in Scaleway. -tags: authentication 2FA two-factor two multi factor security google authenticator authenticator +tags: authentication 2FA two-factor two multifactor security google authenticator authenticator dates: - validation: 2025-01-15 + validation: 2025-02-28 posted: 2022-01-14 categories: - console @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ categories: You can enable multifactor authentication on your Scaleway account for heightened security. Once enabled, an additional security code generated by your phone is required to access your account. -Multifactor authentication provides extra layers of security. In addition to your password (the first factor), other factors (such as an MFA app) are required to gain access to your account. Even in the event of a leaked password, your account is protected. +Multifactor authentication provides extra layers of security. In addition to your password (the first factor), other factors (such as an MFA app) are required to access your account. Even in the event of a leaked password, your account is protected. @@ -32,17 +32,17 @@ Download the app of your choice and install it onto your smartphone. ## How to enable MFA -1. Click to open the Organization drop-down menu in the top-right corner of the console, and select **My Profile**. - -2. Scroll to the bottom of your profile page, and click **Enable MFA**. A pop-up displays. - +1. Access the [Security](https://console.scaleway.com/account/security) tab of your **User Account** page. + Alternatively, click your Organization name on the top-right corner of the console navigation menu, click **Profile**, then **Security**. +2. Click **Enable MFA**, in the **Multifactor authentication** section. A pop-up displays. 3. Enter the code shown on the pop-up into your MFA app, or scan the QR code into your app. - Your app sets up MFA for your Scaleway account and displays a 6-digit code. -4. Enter the 6-digit code given by your app into the pop-up box, and click **Submit**. A pop-up displays: - -5. Download or copy the backup codes shown, and save them in a safe place. These codes will be the only way you can regain access to your account without your MFA app. + Your app sets up MFA for your Scaleway account and displays a 6-digit code. +4. Enter the 6-digit authentication code given by your app into the pop-up box, then click **Submit**. A pop-up displays. +5. Download or copy the backup codes shown, and save them in a safe place. These codes will be the only way to regain access to your account without your MFA app. -MFA is now enabled. Next time you log in to your Scaleway account, you will be prompted for an MFA code. Use your MFA app to get the code and enter it in the Scaleway console. +MFA is now enabled on your account. + +Next time you log in to your Scaleway account, you will be prompted for an MFA code. Use your MFA app to get the code and enter it in the Scaleway console. ## How to update MFA @@ -58,12 +58,13 @@ If you no longer have access to the device in which you set up your MFA, you can If you have lost access to your account and are not able to log in, follow the [Cannot log into my account](/account/troubleshooting/cannot-log-into-my-account/) troubleshooting procedure. -1. Click to open the Organization drop-down menu in the top-right corner of the console, and select **My Profile**. -2. Scroll to the bottom of your profile page, and click **Update MFA**. A pop-up displays. +1. Access the [Security](https://console.scaleway.com/account/security) tab of your **User Account** page. + Alternatively, click your Organization name on the top-right corner of the console navigation menu, click **Profile**, then **Security**. +2. Click **Update MFA**, in the **Multifactor authentication** section. A pop-up displays. 3. Enter the code shown on the pop-up into your MFA app, or scan the QR code into your app. - Your app sets up MFA for your Scaleway account and displays a 6-digit code. + Your app sets up MFA for your Scaleway account and displays a 6-digit code. 4. Enter the 6-digit code given by your app into the pop-up box, and click **Submit**. A pop-up displays. -5. Download or copy the backup codes shown, and save them in a safe place. These codes will be the only way you can regain access to your account without your MFA app. +5. Download or copy the backup codes shown, and save them in a safe place. These codes will be the only way to regain access to your account without your MFA app. ## How to disable MFA @@ -71,33 +72,35 @@ If you no longer have access to the device in which you set up your MFA, you can You cannot disable MFA if you are a member of one or more Organizations where MFA is enforced. If you wish to disable MFA, you must first leave these Organizations. If you do not know which of your Organizations enforce MFA, follow the procedure below until step 2. The Organizations will be listed in the **Disable MFA** pop-up. -1. Click to open the Organization drop-down menu in the top-right corner of the console, and select **My Profile**. -2. Scroll to the bottom of the page, and click **Disable MFA**. A pop-up displays. - -3. Type **DISABLE** in the box to confirm, and click **Disable**. +1. Access the [Security](https://console.scaleway.com/account/security) tab of your **User Account** page. + Alternatively, click your Organization name on the top-right corner of the console navigation menu, click **Profile**, then **Security**. +2. Click **Disable MFA**, in the **Multifactor authentication** section. A pop-up displays. +3. Type **DISABLE** in the box to confirm, then click **Disable**. + +MFA is now disabled on your account. ## How to regain access to your account ### If you lose your MFA device -If you lose your MFA device, you can use the backup codes that were generated when you activated MFA to regain access. +If you lose your authentication device, you can regain access to your account using the backup codes that were generated when you enabled MFA. -When you log into your account, you are prompted for an MFA code: +When you log into your account, you are prompted for an MFA code. - - -Enter one of your backup codes (instead of a code generated by your MFA device in real-time) and click **Send token**. You are logged into your account, and can disable MFA if you wish by [following the instructions above](#how-to-disable-mfa). +Enter one of your **backup codes** instead of a code generated by your MFA device in real-time, then click **Log in**. You are logged into your account and can [disable MFA](#how-to-disable-mfa) if you wish. ### If you lose your MFA device and backup codes -If you lose both your MFA device and backup codes, it is more difficult to regain access to your account. You will need to go through a manual identity verification process. +If you lose both your MFA device and backup codes, you must go through a manual identity verification process to regain access to your account. + +Contact our support team with the following information: + * Email address, + * Postal address, + * Two different documents proving your identity (passport or local ID card for individual accounts + certificate of incorporation for companies), + * A contact phone number, + * A copy of your last Scaleway invoice, or details about the amount charged if you do not have a copy, + * A card or bank statement showing your Scaleway invoice debit. -The only way to regain access to your account is to contact our support team with the following information: - * Email address - * Postal address - * Two different documents proving your identity (passport or local ID card for individual accounts + certificate of incorporation for companies) - * A contact phone number - * A copy of your last Scaleway invoice, or details about the amount charged if you do not have a copy - * A card or bank statement showing your Scaleway invoice debit +Once you have collected all this information, send it to [document@scaleway.com](mailto:document@scaleway.com). -Once you have collected all this information, send it to [document@scaleway.com](mailto:document@scaleway.com). \ No newline at end of file +Our team will then proceed with an identity verification to determine if you can regain access to your account. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/account/how-to/verify-identity.mdx b/pages/account/how-to/verify-identity.mdx index 680755d552..2229570451 100644 --- a/pages/account/how-to/verify-identity.mdx +++ b/pages/account/how-to/verify-identity.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Verify your identity for secure Scaleway account access. tags: verification identify account id id-verification dates: - validation: 2024-07-29 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-06-11 categories: - console diff --git a/pages/account/quickstart.mdx b/pages/account/quickstart.mdx index c4893f0e23..d1f8c2e677 100644 --- a/pages/account/quickstart.mdx +++ b/pages/account/quickstart.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Quickly get started with managing Scaleway accounts. tags: create-account delete-account create-resources create corporate dates: - validation: 2024-07-29 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - console diff --git a/pages/account/troubleshooting/protecting-yourself-fraud-phishing.mdx b/pages/account/reference-content/protecting-yourself-fraud-phishing.mdx similarity index 92% rename from pages/account/troubleshooting/protecting-yourself-fraud-phishing.mdx rename to pages/account/reference-content/protecting-yourself-fraud-phishing.mdx index a051786819..d5aa9c643b 100644 --- a/pages/account/troubleshooting/protecting-yourself-fraud-phishing.mdx +++ b/pages/account/reference-content/protecting-yourself-fraud-phishing.mdx @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ meta: content: h1: Protecting yourself against phishing and fraud paragraph: Protect yourself from fraud and phishing in Scaleway. -tags: login unrecognized-ip phising fraud +tags: login unrecognized-ip phishing fraud dates: validation: 2024-12-05 posted: 2024-05-22 @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ Phishing is a method where attackers trick you into providing personal informati ## Securing your account -### Multi-factor authentication (MFA) +### Multifactor authentication (MFA) -Enable [Multi-factor authentication (MFA) on your Scaleway account](/account/how-to/use-2fa/#how-to-update-mfa) to add an extra layer of security. MFA requires a second form of verification beyond just a password. +Enable [Multifactor authentication (MFA) on your Scaleway account](/account/how-to/use-2fa/#how-to-update-mfa) to add an extra layer of security. MFA requires a second form of verification beyond just a password. ### Strong password practices diff --git a/pages/account/reference-content/scaleway-status-updates.mdx b/pages/account/reference-content/scaleway-status-updates.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ceccae72b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/account/reference-content/scaleway-status-updates.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Subscribing to Scaleway status updates + description: Learn how to subscribe to Scaleway status updates +content: + h1: Subscribing to Scaleway status updates + paragraph: Learn how to subscribe to Scaleway status updates +tags: troubleshooting status +dates: + validation: 2025-03-04 + posted: 2025-03-04 +categories: + - console +--- +Stay informed about Scaleway’s service status by subscribing to our [status page](https://status.scaleway.com/). This page provides real-time updates on incidents, maintenance, and service disruptions affecting our services. + +## How to subscribe to email notifications: +1. Visit the [Scaleway status](https://status.scaleway.com/) page. +2. Click **Manage your updates** on the top right. +3. Enter the email address where you want to receive notifications. +4. Click **Subscribe via email**. +6. Select the specific services you want to receive notifications for. +7. Click **Save** at the bottom to update your preferences. +8. Click **Confirm subscription** on the email you received. + +## How to unsubscribe or manage preferences: +1. Visit the [Scaleway status](https://status.scaleway.com/) page. +2. Click **Manage your updates**. +3. Enter the email address used for status updates. An OTP (One Time Password) will be sent to your email address. +4. Enter the OTP sent to your email address. You will be redirected to your personal subscription management page. +5. Adjust your notification preferences or deselect all categories to unsubscribe. +6. Click **Save** to confirm your changes. + +## How to receive status notifications on Slack +1. Visit the [Scaleway status](https://status.scaleway.com/) page. +2. Click **Manage your updates**. +3. Click the **Slack icon** (third tab). +4. Sign in to your Slack workspace and allow the required permissions. +5. Select which Slack channel you want notifications posted in. + +You may need to send an authorization request to your App Manager before you can install it. +Once installed, you get a success message on the status page you subscribed to, and a welcome message from the Status page app. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/concepts.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/concepts.mdx index 0b7013ae1e..e7c60c5d9e 100644 --- a/pages/apple-silicon/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/apple-silicon/concepts.mdx @@ -20,6 +20,12 @@ Scaleway Apple silicon as-a-Service uses [Apple Mac mini](#mac-mini) hardware. T Apple silicon as-a-Service is tailored for developing, building, testing, and signing applications for Apple devices such as iPhones, iPads, Mac computers, and more. The Mac mini boasts a sophisticated neural engine that significantly enhances machine learning capabilities. +## Commitment plan + +The Commitment Plan for Apple silicon is a flexible pricing option that allows customers to choose between a fully flexible pay-as-you-go pricing or a long-term monthly commitment period for their Apple silicon servers. +By committing to a plan, you can enjoy better rates compared to pay-as-you-go pricing. The commitment period can be adjusted or cancelled at any time after the initial commitment, providing flexibility to adapt to changing workload requirements. +At the end of your initial commitment period, you can switch back to a no-commitment plan. By switching back to pay-as-you-go pricing the standard fare for your Mac mini will be billed. + ## Mac mini The Mac mini is a physical hardware designed by Apple, powered by the [Apple silicon](#apple-silicon) chip. It is the basis for Scaleway's [Apple silicon as-a-service](#apple-silicon-as-a-service) offer. diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/assets/scaleway-apple-silicon-dashboard.webp b/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/assets/scaleway-apple-silicon-dashboard.webp deleted file mode 100644 index a040f7dd63..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/assets/scaleway-apple-silicon-dashboard.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/create-mac-mini.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/create-mac-mini.mdx index c029f2cf57..c05e99b217 100644 --- a/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/create-mac-mini.mdx +++ b/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/create-mac-mini.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to create a Mac mini tags: mac-mini mac-mini apple-silicon dates: - validation: 2024-12-19 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ This page shows how to create your first [Mac mini](/apple-silicon/concepts/#mac Due to license constraints, the minimum lease for Apple silicon is 24 hours. As a result, the earliest you can delete a Mac mini is 24 hours after the start of its lease. -1. Click **Apple silicon** in the **Bare Metal** section of the side menu. The Apple silicon splash page displays. +1. Click **Apple silicon** in the **Bare Metal** section of the side menu. The [Apple silicon splash page](https://console.scaleway.com/asaas/servers) displays. Should your account already contain Mac minis, a list of these will be displayed rather than the Apple silicon splash page. Alongside, you will see a (+ Create Mac mini) button, which you can click to create a new Mac mini. @@ -38,8 +38,11 @@ This page shows how to create your first [Mac mini](/apple-silicon/concepts/#mac - Choose a macOS version. Note that if you choose a macOS other than the one installed by default, there will be a delay of about 1 hour before the Mac mini is made available. - Choose whether to activate the **Private Networks 1 Gbps** feature. This lets you attach your Mac mini to one or more Scaleway Private Networks in a [VPC](/vpc/), enabling secure communication with other attached resources. - Enter a **Name** for your Mac mini, or leave the randomly-generated name in place. +4. Choose the commitment terms for your Mac mini. Two options are available: + - No commitment: You can terminate the subscription of your Mac mini at any time after the initial 24 hours, which is a mandatory period required by Apple's software license. [Learn more about Apple's software license requirements (Section 3.A)](https://www.apple.com/legal/sla/docs/macOSSequoia.pdf). + - Commitment: You subscribe to a [Commitment Plan for Apple silicon](/apple-silicon/concepts/#commitment-plan) and benefit from a discounted monthly price depending on your commitment. You can switch back to **No commitment** at any time after completing the initial committed rental term. - Verify the **Estimated cost** for your Mac mini based on your chosen specifications. -4. Click **Create Mac mini** to finish. The installation of your Apple silicon is launched, and you are informed when it is ready. +5. Click **Create Mac mini** to finish. The installation of your Apple silicon is launched, and you are informed when it is ready. Mac mini and macOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used by Apple under license. Scaleway is not affiliated with Apple Inc. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/delete-mac-mini.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/delete-mac-mini.mdx index d45ab31adf..a508b3c44c 100644 --- a/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/delete-mac-mini.mdx +++ b/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/delete-mac-mini.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to delete a Mac mini tags: mac-mini mac-mini-m1 m1 apple-silicon dates: - validation: 2024-12-19 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal @@ -23,12 +23,12 @@ This page shows how to delete your [Mac mini](/apple-silicon/concepts/#mac-mini) Deleting your Mac mini is an irreversible action. Any data stored on it will be lost. + The deletion process takes about 30 minutes to complete. 1. Click **Apple silicon** in the **Bare Metal** section of the side menu. A list of your Mac minis displays. - 2. Click next to the Mac mini you want to delete and select **Delete** from the drop-down menu. A pop-up asks you to confirm the action. -3. Type **DELETE** and then click **Delete Mac mini** to confirm the deletion of your Mac mini. +3. Type **DELETE**, then click **Delete Mac mini** to confirm the deletion of your Mac mini. You are returned to the list of your Mac minis, where the machine you deleted no longer appears. diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/manage-commitment-plan.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/manage-commitment-plan.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ff62976726 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/apple-silicon/how-to/manage-commitment-plan.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +meta: + title: How to manage the Commitment Plan for a Mac mini + description: This page explains how to manage the Commitment Plan for Scaleway's Mac mini servers. +content: + h1: How to manage the Commitment Plan for a Mac mini + paragraph: This page explains how to manage the Commitment Plan for Scaleway's Mac mini servers. +tags: apple-silicon, mac-mini, commitment-plan +dates: + validation: 2025-02-11 + posted: 2025-02-11 +categories: + - bare-metal +--- + +**Commitment Plan for Apple silicon** is a flexible pricing option that allows customers to choose between a fully flexible pay-as-you-go pricing or a long-term monthly commitment period for their Apple silicon servers. +By committing to a plan, you can enjoy better rates compared to pay-as-you-go pricing. The commitment period can be adjusted or cancelled at any time after the initial commitment, providing flexibility to adapt to changing workload requirements. +At the end of your initial commitment period, you can switch back to a no-commitment plan. By switching back to pay-as-you-go pricing the standard fare for your Mac mini will be billed. + + + +- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) +- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization +- A [Mac mini](/apple-silicon/how-to/create-mac-mini/) + +1. Click **Apple silicon** in the **Bare Metal** section of the side menu. A list of your Mac minis displays. + +2. Click the Mac mini you want to configure. Your Mac mini information page displays. +3. Scroll down to the **Commitment plan** section. You can see information about your current commitment plan. Click **Manage plan**. A pop-up displays. +4. Select the commitment plan for Mac mini. Two options are available: + - No commitment: You can terminate the subscription of your Mac mini at any time after the initial 24 hours, which is a mandatory period required by Apple's software license. [Learn more about Apple's software license requirements (Section 3.A)](https://www.apple.com/legal/sla/docs/macOSSequoia.pdf). + - Commitment: You subscribe to a [Commitment Plan for Apple silicon](/apple-silicon/concepts/#commitment-plan) and befefit from a discounted monthly price depending on your commitment. You can switch back to **No commitment** at any time after completing the initial committed rental term. + - Click **Review** to visualize a summary of your choice. +5. Verify your new commitment plan and click **Update plan** to confirm. + + Changes to your commitment plan will only take effect after your current commitment period has ended. If you switch to hourly billing, you'll have the option to re-commit to a plan starting from your next billing cycle. + diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/index.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/index.mdx index 9320c87a70..f56fff6c8c 100644 --- a/pages/apple-silicon/index.mdx +++ b/pages/apple-silicon/index.mdx @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ meta: /> -1. Click **Apple silicon** in the **Bare Metal** section of the side menu. The Apple silicon creation page displays. +1. Click **Apple silicon** in the **Bare Metal** section of the side menu. The [Apple silicon creation page](https://console.scaleway.com/asaas/servers) displays. 2. Click **Create Mac mini**. The Mac mini creation wizard displays. 3. Complete the following steps in the wizard: - Choose an **Availability Zone**, which is the geographical region where your Mac mini will be deployed. The available Mac mini configurations depend on the Availability Zone: - Mac mini M4, M2 pro, and M2 are available in PARIS 1 - Mac mini M1 are available in PARIS 3 - - Choose a macOS version. + - Choose a macOS version. If you choose a macOS other than the one installed by default, there will be a delay of about 1 hour before the Mac mini is made available. - Enter a **Name** for your Mac mini, or leave the randomly-generated name in place. +4. Choose the commitment terms for your Mac mini. Two options are available: + - No commitment: You can terminate the subscription of your Mac mini at any time after the initial 24 hours, which is a mandatory period required by Apple's software license. [Learn more about Apple's software license requirements (Section 3.A)](https://www.apple.com/legal/sla/docs/macOSSequoia.pdf). + - Commitment: You subscribe to a [Commitment Plan for Apple silicon](/apple-silicon/concepts/#commitment-plan) and benefit from a discounted monthly price depending on your commitment. You can switch back to **No commitment** at any time after completing the initial committed rental term. - Verify the **Estimated cost** for your Mac mini based on your chosen specifications. -4. Click **Create Mac mini** to finish. The installation of your Apple silicon is launched, and you are informed when it is ready. +5. Click **Create Mac mini** to finish. The installation of your Apple silicon is launched, and you are informed when it is ready. ## How to connect to your Mac mini @@ -72,9 +75,14 @@ Refer to our detailed documentation for Windows, Linux, and macOS for OS specifi ## How to delete a Mac mini + + Deleting your Mac mini is an irreversible action. Any data stored on it will be lost. + The deletion process takes about 30 minutes to complete. + + 1. Click **Apple silicon** in the **Bare Metal** section of the side menu. A list of your Mac minis displays. 2. Click next to the Mac mini you want to delete and select **Delete** from the drop-down menu. A pop-up asks you to confirm the action. -3. Type **DELETE** and then click **Delete Mac mini**. +3. Type **DELETE**, then click **Delete Mac mini**. You are returned to the list of your Mac minis, where the machine you deleted no longer appears. diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/filevault-preventing-system-boot.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/filevault-preventing-system-boot.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index b0704d815f..0000000000 --- a/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/filevault-preventing-system-boot.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Troubleshooting issues related to FileVault preventing system boot - description: This page explains how to prevent FileVault from stopping your system from booting. -content: - h1: Troubleshooting issues related to FileVault preventing system boot - paragraph: This page explains how to prevent FileVault from stopping your system from booting. -tags: filevault boot booting -dates: - validation: 2025-01-30 - posted: 2021-05-26 -categories: - - bare-metal ---- - - -- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) -- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -- An [SSH key](/organizations-and-projects/how-to/create-ssh-key/) -- A [Mac mini](/apple-silicon/how-to/create-mac-mini/) - -## Problem -FileVault encryption is preventing your Mac mini from booting properly. - -### Symptoms -- The Mac mini does not complete the boot process. -- A FileVault password prompt appears at startup. -- Remote access via SSH or VNC is unavailable after a reboot. - -### Possible causes -- FileVault is enabled on the system disk. -- The Mac mini rebooted and requires a FileVault password to proceed. -- Remote access is blocked because the system is waiting for manual decryption. - -### Solution - -#### Verify if FileVault is enabled -To check FileVault status: -1. Open **System Preferences**. -2. Go to **Security & Privacy**. -3. Click the **FileVault** tab. -4. If FileVault is enabled, it will indicate that disk encryption is active. - -#### Disable FileVault to ensure boot continuity -1. Open **System Preferences**. -2. Click **Security & Privacy** > **FileVault**. -3. Click **Turn Off FileVault**. -4. Enter the administrator password if prompted. -5. Allow the decryption process to complete. - -#### Reboot and verify boot success -After turning off FileVault: -- Reboot your Mac mini and confirm that it starts up without requesting the FileVault password. -- Test remote access via SSH or VNC to ensure connectivity remains available. - - -If FileVault is enabled and your Mac mini reboots unexpectedly, you will be required to enter the FileVault password manually. Remote access will not be possible until the disk is unlocked, and you may risk data loss. - - -## Preventing future issues -To prevent FileVault from causing boot issues in the future: -- **Avoid enabling FileVault** on Scaleway Mac minis. -- **Use alternative encryption methods** that do not require manual intervention on reboot. -- **Ensure proper backups** before making changes to encryption settings. - -## Further troubleshooting -If the issue persists, contact [Scaleway's support](https://console.scaleway.com/support) for further troubleshooting. diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/index.mdx index 5698c14351..23a7f7ff66 100644 --- a/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/index.mdx +++ b/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -1,8 +1,67 @@ --- meta: title: Apple silicon - Troubleshooting - description: Apple silicon Troubleshooting + description: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Apple silicon. content: - h1: Troubleshooting - paragraph: Apple silicon Troubleshooting + paragraph: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Apple silicon. +dates: + posted: 2025-03-10 +categories: + - apple-silicon --- + + + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + + + + + + + +## Apple silicon troubleshooting pages + +- [Troubleshooting SSH connection issues to Scaleway Mac mini servers](/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/cant-connect-using-ssh/) +- [Troubleshooting remote desktop connections to Mac mini servers](/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/cant-connect-using-vnc/) +- [Troubleshooting account creation for hosted Mac minis](/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/cant-create-apple-account/) +- [Troubleshooting deletion issues with Mac minis](/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/cant-delete-mac-mini/) diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/mac-mini-inaccessible.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/mac-mini-inaccessible.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 822051e896..0000000000 --- a/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/mac-mini-inaccessible.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Troubleshooting inaccessibility issues with Mac mini - description: Steps to troubleshoot and regain access to your Scaleway Apple silicon Mac mini. -content: - h1: Troubleshooting inaccessibility issues with Mac mini - paragraph: Steps to troubleshoot and regain access to your Scaleway Apple silicon Mac mini. -tags: access, connectivity, mac-mini -dates: - validation: 2025-01-31 - posted: 2025-01-31 -categories: - - bare-metal ---- - - -- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) -- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -- An [SSH key](/organizations-and-projects/how-to/create-ssh-key/) -- A [Mac mini](/apple-silicon/how-to/create-mac-mini/) - -## Problem -My Mac mini is inaccessible. - -### Symptoms -Your Mac mini is inaccessible when you try to reach it on its IP address or hostname. - -## Possible causes -- Network configuration errors. -- Firewall settings blocking access. -- System crashes or unresponsive states. - -### Solution -1. Check the network configuration: - - Ensure that your Mac mini is correctly configured with the appropriate IP settings. - -2. Review firewall settings: - - Verify that firewall settings are not blocking incoming connections. - -3. Reboot the Mac mini: - - Use the Scaleway console to reboot your Mac mini. - -4. Contact support: - - If the issue persists, contact [Scaleway support](https://console.scaleway.com/support) for further troubleshooting. diff --git a/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/mac-mini-installation-issues.mdx b/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/mac-mini-installation-issues.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 1b3c9a44a9..0000000000 --- a/pages/apple-silicon/troubleshooting/mac-mini-installation-issues.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Troubleshooting Mac mini installation issues - description: Learn how to resolve common installation problems with Scaleway Apple silicon Mac mini. -content: - h1: Troubleshooting Mac mini installation issues - paragraph: Learn how to resolve common installation problems with Scaleway Apple silicon Mac mini. -tags: installation, setup, mac-mini -dates: - validation: 2025-01-31 - posted: 2025-01-31 -categories: - - bare-metal ---- - - -- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) -- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -- An [SSH key](/organizations-and-projects/how-to/create-ssh-key/) -- A [Mac mini](/apple-silicon/how-to/create-mac-mini/) - -## Problem -The installation of your Mac mini failed. - -### Symptoms -The installation of your hosted Mac mini could not be completed successfully. - -### Possible causes -- Incompatible installation image. -- Network interruptions during installation. -- Hardware compatibility issues. - -### Solution -1. Verify installation image: - - Ensure that the installation image is compatible with your Mac mini version. If unsure, try a different version and relaunch the installation process. - -2. Check network connectivity: - - Confirm that your network connection is stable throughout the installation process. - -3. Reinstall macOS: - - Navigate to the Scaleway console, select your Mac mini, and initiate a [reinstallation of macOS](/apple-silicon/how-to/reinstall-mac-mini/). - -4. Contact support: - - If issues persist, reach out to [Scaleway's support](https://console.scaleway.com/support) for further troubleshooting. diff --git a/pages/audit-trail/index.mdx b/pages/audit-trail/index.mdx index 801677a263..69925b04c6 100644 --- a/pages/audit-trail/index.mdx +++ b/pages/audit-trail/index.mdx @@ -45,6 +45,16 @@ meta: /> +## Tutorials + + + + + + Refer to the [Billing FAQ](/faq/billing/#what-does-the-status-of-my-invoice-mean) for a description of each existing invoice status. + - **Seller information (3):** Contact details of Scaleway SAS along with their VAT number. - **Customer details (4):** Includes postal address, email address, Organization ID, and for business accounts, the EU VAT number. - **Project table (5):** Provides information on invoiced Projects, including Project names, consumed resources, and total Project amounts based on consumption during the accounting period. diff --git a/pages/billing/additional-content/understanding-savings-plans.mdx b/pages/billing/additional-content/understanding-savings-plans.mdx index 102dfd2bbd..4f237d1557 100644 --- a/pages/billing/additional-content/understanding-savings-plans.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/additional-content/understanding-savings-plans.mdx @@ -19,25 +19,50 @@ Scaleway's Savings Plan is a commitment-based discount program that provides mor When you purchase a Savings Plan, you: -- Commit to a specific amount of resource usage each month, calculated before taxes and discounts. This is the usage amount you will be billed for at the Savings Plan rate. -- Will be charged at the Savings Plan's discounted rate for any usage within your committed amount. - - This means that: - - If you use less than what you committed to, you will still be billed for the committed amount with the Savings Plan discount applied. - - If you use more than the committed amount, the extra usage will be charged at the regular on-demand rate. - -- The Savings Plan discount will apply to the committed amount. +1. Commit to a certain amount of spending per month for a set period of time (3 years, for example). Commitment rates are calculated based on the public prices of resources before taxes and do not include any discounts. +2. Receive a discount on your monthly bill in exchange. +3. Have the discount applied to the total amount of resources you use, up to the committed amount. + + Keep in mind that: + - If you use less than you committed to, you will still be billed for the committed amount with the Savings Plan discount applied. + - If you use more resources than the committed amount, you will be charged the standard prices for the excess amount. + +### Example + +If you have a Compute Savings Plan with a committed amount of 900€ per month over 3 years, a 10% discount is applied. Your consumption within the Savings Plan will cost you 810€ per month. + +If in the month of March you consume: + +| Number of Instances | Instance Type | Hourly Price | Usage (in hours) | Monthly total | +| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | +| 1 | DEV-1S | €0.008 | 744 | €5.95 | +| 1 | POP2-64C-256G | €2.35 | 381 | €895.35 | +| | | | **Total** | **€901.30** | + +You will be charged: + +| Detail | Amount | +| --- | --- | +| Savings plan committed amount | €900 | +| Savings plan 10% discount | -€90 | +| Additional consumption | €1.03 | +| **Total untaxed bill** | **€811.03** | + +To sum up: + +Since the Savings Plan has a committed amount of **€900**, you would be charged the discounted monthly fee for the committed amount (**€810**) added to the excess amount used above the committed amount, charged at the standard price (**€1.03**) equating to your total untaxed bill in March (**€811.03**). + ### Eligibility and quotas Your Organization is eligible to purchase a Savings Plan if: - - It does not have any ongoing contracts with Scaleway + - It does not have any ongoing signed sales agreements with Scaleway - You have verified your identity via the Scaleway console - Does not have any outstanding invoices @@ -72,13 +97,15 @@ Understanding this order helps you optimize your savings and ensure that you mak Savings plans cannot be canceled or exchanged. -If you need to request a change to your savings plan, [contact the sales team](https://www.scaleway.com/en/contact-sales/). +If you need to request a change to your savings plan, [contact the sales team](http://scaleway.com/en/cancel-saving-plans/ ). We do not make refunds for savings plans that have already been invoiced. ### Taxes and currency -The total cost displayed for the Savings Plan does not include applicable taxes. Taxes are displayed on a dedicated section of the invoice. +The total cost displayed for the Savings Plan does not include applicable taxes. Taxes are displayed on a dedicated section of the invoice, under the summary of your Projects' total consumption. + + Currently, we invoice all customers in euros (EUR). If your primary currency is different, our Payment Service Providers (PSPs) apply the prevailing exchange rate. @@ -104,4 +131,4 @@ The following resources are **not** covered by the Savings Plan discount: The list of products included in the Compute Savings plan is subject to periodic changes. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/pages/billing/concepts.mdx b/pages/billing/concepts.mdx index 531be45f11..6aff3a5c74 100644 --- a/pages/billing/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Understand the key billing concepts in the Scaleway console. tags: billing account pricing payment dates: - validation: 2024-08-13 + validation: 2025-02-17 categories: - billing --- @@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ Scaleway offers free tiers for certain products. This means these products can b A free trial provides users access to specific products at no cost. However, it is available only for a limited duration and usage quantity. -## IAM billing permission +## IAM billing permissions IAM billing permissions can be given to users to allow them to read and/or manage the Organization's billing. There are two permission sets linked to billing: - - **Billing read only:** List and read access to billing information. This allows the user to view consumption, invoices, discounts, budget alerts and payment methods. - - **Billing Manager:** Full access to billing management. This allows the user to list, read and edit billing contact information, payment information, billing alerts and invoices. + - `BillingReadOnly` - List and read access to billing information. This allows the user to view consumption, invoices, discounts, budget alerts and payment methods. + - `BillingManager` - Full access to billing management. This allows the user to list, read and edit billing contact information, payment information, billing alerts and invoices. You can give users permissions via [policies](/iam/concepts/#policy), or by adding them to a [group](/iam/concepts/#group) already attached to a relevant policy. diff --git a/pages/billing/how-to/add-billing-contact.mdx b/pages/billing/how-to/add-billing-contact.mdx index 02c90649ab..75e1f12ef0 100644 --- a/pages/billing/how-to/add-billing-contact.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/how-to/add-billing-contact.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to add a billing contact in the Scaleway console. tags: billing payment contact dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2024-02-16 categories: - billing @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ categories: Alternatively, you can reach the [billing page](https://console.scaleway.com/billing/overview) from your [Organization Dashboard](https://console.scaleway.com/organization) by clicking **Go to Billing** above the **Current consumption** area. -2. Click **Payment and billing** and scroll down to find **Billing contacts**. -3. Click in the **Billing contacts** area. A pop-up displays. -4. Enter the new billing contact email address and click **Save** to validate. +2. Click **Payment and billing** and scroll down to find **Billing contact**. +3. Enter the email of the new billing contact in the box. +4. Click **Save** to validate. The billing contact is only an administrative contact and cannot connect to the Scaleway console. diff --git a/pages/billing/how-to/add-payment-method.mdx b/pages/billing/how-to/add-payment-method.mdx index ccee5a42bd..a01490dac0 100644 --- a/pages/billing/how-to/add-payment-method.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/how-to/add-payment-method.mdx @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ content: paragraph: Step-by-step guide to adding a payment method to your Scaleway account. tags: billing payment sepa credit-card dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-02-16 categories: - billing --- -Before you can order Scaleway resources, you must add a payment method to your account. You can choose between two payment methods: **credit card** or **SEPA mandate**. +Before you can order Scaleway resources, you must add a payment method to your account. You can choose between two payment methods: **credit card** or **SEPA mandate**. Virtual and pre-paid credit cards are not accepted. @@ -21,8 +21,10 @@ Before you can order Scaleway resources, you must add a payment method to your a - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization ## How to add a credit card - - + +Follow our guided tour or read the instructions below. + + 1. Access the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/organization). 2. On the **Billing** page, click the [Payment and billing](https://console.scaleway.com/billing/payment) tab. 3. Scroll down to **Payment methods** and open the **Credit card** tab. @@ -44,11 +46,6 @@ Before you can order Scaleway resources, you must add a payment method to your a You have up to 10 days to enter your validation code in the console. - - - - - You can follow the procedure below to add a **debit** card as well. diff --git a/pages/billing/how-to/change-billing-information.mdx b/pages/billing/how-to/change-billing-information.mdx index dee9d98013..5ce9957380 100644 --- a/pages/billing/how-to/change-billing-information.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/how-to/change-billing-information.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Instructions for changing your billing information in the Scaleway console. tags: billing payment change address dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-02-15 categories: - billing diff --git a/pages/billing/how-to/change-payment-method.mdx b/pages/billing/how-to/change-payment-method.mdx index 42fbe2748a..93658e88cd 100644 --- a/pages/billing/how-to/change-payment-method.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/how-to/change-payment-method.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to update and manage your payment method in the Scaleway console. tags: billing change default payment dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-02-15 categories: - billing @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ If you have registered both a **credit card** and a **SEPA mandate**, you can ch - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - A valid credit card added to your account, even if you have set up SEPA as the default payment method. - 1. Click **Billing** in the Organization drop-down menu to go to the **Billing Overview** page. Alternatively, you can reach the [billing page](https://console.scaleway.com/billing/overview) from your [Organization Dashboard](https://console.scaleway.com/organization) by clicking **Go to Billing** above the **Current consumption** area. diff --git a/pages/billing/how-to/download-an-invoice.mdx b/pages/billing/how-to/download-an-invoice.mdx index f7cf2bd7d3..9792240d5e 100644 --- a/pages/billing/how-to/download-an-invoice.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/how-to/download-an-invoice.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Guide to downloading invoices from the Scaleway console. tags: billing payment invoice download dates: - validation: 2024-08-27 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2024-02-23 categories: - billing diff --git a/pages/billing/how-to/use-billing-alerts.mdx b/pages/billing/how-to/use-billing-alerts.mdx index d00d91d6b5..969244ed6b 100644 --- a/pages/billing/how-to/use-billing-alerts.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/how-to/use-billing-alerts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Set up billing alerts to monitor your Scaleway spending. tags: billing-alert alerts billing budget dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-02-14 categories: - billing diff --git a/pages/billing/index.mdx b/pages/billing/index.mdx index 7815846b6a..7e2e70cb29 100644 --- a/pages/billing/index.mdx +++ b/pages/billing/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> - Before you can order Scaleway resources, you must add your payment method to your account. @@ -49,7 +48,6 @@ You can choose between two payment methods: **credit card** or **SEPA mandate**. - You have up to 10 days to enter your validation code in the console. This helps us secure your account. diff --git a/pages/billing/troubleshooting/cannot-add-payment-method.mdx b/pages/billing/troubleshooting/cannot-add-payment-method.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..84df642642 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/billing/troubleshooting/cannot-add-payment-method.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +meta: + title: I cannot add a payment method + description: Resolve issues encountered when adding a new payment method to your Scaleway account. +content: + h1: I cannot add a payment method + paragraph: Resolve issues encountered when adding a new payment method to your Scaleway account. +tags: billing credit card +dates: + validation: 2025-02-24 + posted: 2025-02-24 +categories: + - billing +--- + +## I can't find my credit card validation code + +### Cause +When adding a new credit card to your Scaleway account, a €1 authorization charge is made to verify the card's validity. This transaction includes a 4-digit validation code which appears on your bank statement. It typically appears on your bank statement within 24 hours. + +### Solution +- **Wait for the code to appear**: the validation code typically appears on your bank statement within 24 hours. If you do not see it immediately, please wait for this period. +- **Check your bank statement**: review your bank account statement for the €1 authorization charge from Scaleway. The 4-digit validation code should be included in the transaction details. +- **Contact Scaleway support**: if you still need help, please contact Scaleway's support team to validate your credit card. + +## I tried to add a credit card, but I got a "card already registered" message + +### Cause +A credit card can only be registered once across all Scaleway Organizations. This means that if your card is already linked to another Scaleway account, you will not be able to add it again. + +### Solution +- Ensure that the credit card is not already registered to another Scaleway account. If you have multiple accounts, verify if the card is linked to one of them. +- If the card is already in use, consider adding a different credit card to your account. diff --git a/pages/billing/troubleshooting/fix-common-billing-issues.mdx b/pages/billing/troubleshooting/fix-common-billing-issues.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c7d8d8e48 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/billing/troubleshooting/fix-common-billing-issues.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Fix common billing issues + description: Troubleshoot issues preventing you from paying your Scaleway invoice. +content: + h1: Fix common billing issues + paragraph: Troubleshoot issues preventing you from paying your Scaleway invoice. +tags: billing credit card invoice +dates: + validation: 2025-02-24 + posted: 2025-02-24 +categories: + - billing +--- + +## I cannot pay my invoice + +### Cause +Your payment may have failed due to insufficient funds, an issue with your payment method, or incorrect SEPA mandate details. + +### Solution +**If you are paying by credit card, try the following:** + - Ensure you have enough funds in your bank account. + - If payment still does not work, the reason for the failure is indicated in the error message in the console + + A `card_declined` error message means the payment was refused by your bank. Contact your bank for more details. + + +**If you are paying via SEPA direct debit, try the following:** +- Verify that your SEPA mandate is correctly set up to ensure future payments are processed. +- Verify that your billing address matches the country of your bank account. +- Retry the payment. + + Unpaid invoices must be paid by credit card. + + +## I did not receive my invoice + +### Cause +Your invoice may not have been delivered due to an incorrect billing contact email or an issue with email delivery. + +### Solution +**Verify your billing email address:** +- Check the [billing contact](/faq/billing/#how-can-i-add-a-billing-contact-to-my-account) section in your Scaleway console to ensure the email address is correct. +- Check your spam or junk folder. + + You can also [download the your invoices](/billing/how-to/download-an-invoice/) from the console. + + +## I have no access to my invoices + +### Cause +Access to invoices is restricted based on your role and permissions within the Scaleway Organization. Only users with the necessary IAM rights can view the billing section. + +### Solution +- [Check your permissions within your Organization](/iam/quickstart/#how-to-give-permissions-to-users-and-applications-via-policies): if you are not the owner of the Organization, ensure that you have the appropriate IAM rights to access the billing section. +- If you do not have the necessary permissions, ask the Organization owner for access. + +## I deleted my resources but I still receive invoices + +### Cause +Some resources may continue to generate charges even after deletion. Common reasons include: +- **Elastic Metal servers**: billing continues until the server is fully deleted. If the server is only powered off but not deleted, charges will still apply. +- **Flexible IP addresses**: reserved flexible IPs are billed even if they are not attached to an active resource. +- **Volumes and snapshots**: detached volumes or stored snapshots from deleted Instances may still incur storage charges. +- **Pro-rata billing**: Scaleway operates on a pay-as-you-go model, so you may receive an invoice for usage incurred before deletion, even if the resource was removed before the end of the billing cycle. + +### Solution +**Verify deleted resources:** +- Check your Scaleway console to ensure that all associated resources (e.g., servers, IPs, volumes, snapshots) have been fully deleted. +- Review your billing details. + +## My voucher code did not work + +### Cause +Your voucher code may be incorrect, expired, or not applicable to your resources. + +### Solution +**Verify the voucher code:** +- Double-check that you entered the code correctly without any typos. +- Check the [voucher scope](/billing/how-to/redeem-voucher-code/#understanding-voucher-scope) +If you still need help with your voucher code, contact our Support team. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/billing/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/billing/troubleshooting/index.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..07427b41eb --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/billing/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +--- +meta: + title: &title Billing - Troubleshooting + description: &desc Billing Troubleshooting +content: + h1: *title + paragraph: *desc +--- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/block-storage/api-cli/increasing-volume-size.mdx b/pages/block-storage/api-cli/increasing-volume-size.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cd5f5c0d7c --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/block-storage/api-cli/increasing-volume-size.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +--- +meta: + title: &title Increasing the size of Block Storage volumes via the Scaleway API + description: &desc This page explains how to increase the size of a Block Storage volume using the Scaleway API. +content: + h1: *title + paragraph: *desc +tags: increase expand increment raise storage volume block +dates: + validation: 2025-03-04 + posted: 2025-03-04 +categories: + - block-storage + - storage +--- + +The Block storage API allows you to interact with Block Storage volumes programmatically through API calls. Refer to the [Developers reference website](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/block/) for more information on how to use the Block Storage API. + + + +- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) +- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization +- A valid [API key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) +- A [Block Storage volume](/instances/api-cli/creating-a-volume/) + +1. Run the command below to list your Block Storage volumes. Do not forget to replace the `{zone}` placeholder with the desired Availability Zone (`fr-par-1`, `nl-ams-2`, etc.): + ``` + curl -X GET \ + -H "X-Auth-Token: $SCW_SECRET_KEY" \ + "https://api.scaleway.com/block/v1alpha1/zones/{zone}/volumes" + ``` + + An output similar to the following displays: + + ``` + {"volume": {"creation_date": "2020-06-02T08:04:50.094118+00:00", "server": null, "id": "", "size": 25000000000, "name": "myAwesomeVolume", "zone": "", "export_uri": null, "volume_type": "b_ssd", "modification_date": "2020-06-02T08:04:50.094118+00:00", "state": "available", "organization": ""}} + ``` + +2. To modify the volume size, run the request below. Do not forget to replace the placeholders with the appropriate value: + ``` + curl -X PATCH \ + -H "X-Auth-Token: $SCW_SECRET_KEY" \ + -H "Content-Type: application/json" \ + -d '{"size" : "{size_in_bytes}"}' \ + "https://api.scaleway.com/block/v1alpha1/zones/{zone}/volumes/{volume_id}" + ``` + + You can only increase the size of a Block Storage volume. Reducing its size is not permitted due to technical constraints. + + An output similar to the following displays: + ``` + {"volume": {"creation_date": "2020-06-02T08:04:50.094118+00:00", "server": null, "id": "VOLUME_ID", "size": 26000000000, "name": "new_name", "zone": "REGION", "export_uri": null, "volume_type": "b_ssd", "modification_date": "2020-06-02T08:08:27.385208+00:00", "state": "resizing", "organization": "ORGANIZATION_ID"}} + ``` + +The size of your volume has been updated. diff --git a/pages/block-storage/how-to/create-a-volume.mdx b/pages/block-storage/how-to/create-a-volume.mdx index e1c3869364..0acf030353 100644 --- a/pages/block-storage/how-to/create-a-volume.mdx +++ b/pages/block-storage/how-to/create-a-volume.mdx @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ categories: - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - This procedure refers to low latency block volumes. To create legacy block volumes, refer the [dedicated documentation](/instances/how-to/create-a-block-volume/). + This procedure refers to low latency block volumes. To create legacy block volumes, refer to the [dedicated documentation](/block-storage/how-to/create-a-volume/). 1. Click **Block Storage** in the **Storage** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. The Block Storage page displays. diff --git a/pages/block-storage/reference-content/advantages-migrating-to-sbs.mdx b/pages/block-storage/reference-content/advantages-migrating-to-sbs.mdx index ac09e40abc..3120c2deeb 100644 --- a/pages/block-storage/reference-content/advantages-migrating-to-sbs.mdx +++ b/pages/block-storage/reference-content/advantages-migrating-to-sbs.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn the key advantages of migrating to the Block Storage API for managing your Block Storage volumes and snapshots. tags: volumes block-storage 5kiops 10kiops sbs low-latency migration dates: - validation: 2025-01-14 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2025-01-14 categories: - storage @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ The key differences between the Instance API and the Block Storage API lie in th ### Storage classes -The Instance API handles only **BSSD (Basic SSD)** volumes. +The Instance API handles only **BSSD (Block SSD)** volumes. The Block Storage API supports a broader range of storage classes, including: - **BSSD volumes** @@ -76,6 +76,20 @@ The Block Storage API supports a broader range of storage classes, including: - **Performance**: Enhanced performance with up to 5K IOPS (SBS 5K) and 15K IOPS (SBS 15K). - **Latency**: Lower latency, ideal for workloads demanding rapid and reliable data access. +### Comparison of Block Storage volume types + +| Volume type | IOPS | Underlying hardware | Latency | Max volume size | Recommended use cases | Availability & resilience | +|-----------------------------------|----------|--------------------------------|---------------------|----------------------|-------------------------|----------------------------| +| `b_ssd` (Block Storage 5K legacy) | 5,000 | Legacy SSDs | High | Up to 10 TB | General-purpose workloads that do not demand high IOPS or low latency | Data is replicated three times across multiple disks for high availability and integrity | +| `sbs_5k` (Block Low Latency 5K) | 5,000 | Modern NVMe disks | Low | 5 GB to 10 TB | Development environments, web servers, and applications needing consistent performance | 99.99% SLA, triple-replicated data to safeguard against hardware failures | +| `sbs_15k` (Block Low Latency 15K) | 15,000 | Modern NVMe disks | Very low | 5 GB to 10 TB | High-performance databases, transactional applications, and I/O-intensive workloads | 99.99% SLA, triple-replicated data to safeguard against hardware failures | + +You can attach a maximum of 16 volumes (including the mandatory boot volume) to a single Instance. + + + Refer to the [dedicated documentation](/block-storage/reference-content/differences-between-5kiops-volumes/) for more information on the differences between Block Storage 5K legacy volumes and Block Storage Low Latency 5K volumes. + + ## Why transition to the Block Storage API? By transitioning to the Block Storage API, you align with Scaleway's consolidated storage management approach and gain access to advanced storage features and flexibility. While migrating to the Block Storage API does not inherently change the performance of BSSD volumes, you benefit from: @@ -98,4 +112,4 @@ When transitioning to the Block Storage API, you may notice changes in how volum --- -This transition ensures Scaleway can continue to provide robust, scalable, and high-performance storage solutions tailored to your needs. If you have questions or need assistance, [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create). \ No newline at end of file +This transition ensures Scaleway can continue to provide robust, scalable, and high-performance storage solutions tailored to your needs. If you have questions or need assistance, [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/tickets/create). diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/concepts.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/concepts.mdx index 1bec03c521..e38d867348 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to Webhosting Classic tags: webhosting alias cloud-hosting ftp-account ftp htaccess php dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 categories: - webhosting --- diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/access-logcenter.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/access-logcenter.mdx index af8774a60a..25e0915405 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/access-logcenter.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/access-logcenter.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to access the logcenter of a Webhosting Classic tags: webhosting logcenter dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ The logcenter allows you to visualize real-time error logs of your hosting. That -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** plan ## How to create or reset a password for the logcenter -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. 3. Click **Statistics and logs** in the side menu. The statistics and logs overview page displays. 4. Go to the **Logs** section and click **Define password**. If you want to reset your password, click **Reset password**. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The logcenter allows you to visualize real-time error logs of your hosting. That ## How to access the logcenter 1. Access the [logcenter](https://logcenter.online.net/). -2. Enter your domain name as login and the password set in the previous step. Then click **Connexion**. The logs of your webhosting displays in real-time. +2. Enter your domain name as login and the password set in the previous step. Then click **Connexion**. The logs of your webhosting display. ## How to download the log files diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/access-statistics.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/access-statistics.mdx index 44d452b977..4ae1b98586 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/access-statistics.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/access-statistics.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to access the website statistics paragraph: This page explains how to access the website statistics of a Webhosting Classic -tags: webhosting statistics webhosting-classic +tags: webhosting statistics webhosting-classic dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -15,11 +15,11 @@ categories: -With each of our Webhosting Classic offers, we provide the possibility to visualize the statistics of your website (number of visits, number of unique visitors, bandwidth used, etc…). +With each of our Webhosting Classic offers, we provide the possibility to visualize the statistics of your website (number of visits, number of unique visitors, bandwidth used, etc.). -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** plan ## How to create or reset a password for the statistics @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ With each of our Webhosting Classic offers, we provide the possibility to visual ## How to access the statistics 1. Open the following URL in your web browser: `https://stats.online.net/domain/example.com/` (replace `example.com` with your domain name) to access the statistics. -2. Enter the password set in the previous step. Then press Enter. The statistics dashboard displays. +2. Enter the password set in the previous step and hit `Enter`. The statistics dashboard displays. The dashboard contains the following information: diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-email-account-password.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-email-account-password.mdx index 98f0a4a9e9..c59552e70a 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-email-account-password.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-email-account-password.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to change the password of an email account on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic tags: password email-account email account webhosting dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -31,5 +31,3 @@ categories: - The status of the account changes to **Waiting for update**. During this time, no other change to the email account is possible. - The new password will be set in a maximum delay of one hour. - - diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-ftp-account-password.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-ftp-account-password.mdx index 9cbbc51776..ca829a0090 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-ftp-account-password.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-ftp-account-password.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: How to change the password of an FTP account for Scaleway Web Hosting Classic - description: This page shows you how to change the password of an FTP account + description: This page shows you how to change the password of an FTP account content: h1: How to change the password of an FTP account for Scaleway Web Hosting Classic - paragraph: This page shows you how to change the password of an FTP account -tags: webhosting ftp-account ftp account password + paragraph: This page shows you how to change the password of an FTP account +tags: webhosting ftp-account ftp account password dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-password-postgresql-database.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-password-postgresql-database.mdx index 173dfbadcf..94826e7c6f 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-password-postgresql-database.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/change-password-postgresql-database.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to change the password of a PostgreSQL database tags: webhosting password postgresql database dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** plan - [Created](/classic-hosting/how-to/create-postgresql-database/) a PostgreSQL database -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **PostgreSQL databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. -4. Click the **cogwheel** > **Update password**. A pop-up displays. +3. Click **PostgreSQL databases** under **Databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. +4. Click the **cogwheel icon**, then **Update password**. A pop-up displays. 5. Enter the new password for your PostgreSQL database and its confirmation. Then click **Edit password**. The status of your database has changed to **Waiting for update**. Your password will be updated within one hour. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/check-emails.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/check-emails.mdx index 3ae7104731..becf4ad404 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/check-emails.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/check-emails.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to check your emails paragraph: This page shows you how to check your emails -tags: email configuration account webmail pop3 webhosting +tags: email configuration account webmail pop3 webhosting dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** plan - Configured an email account @@ -52,16 +52,16 @@ We recommend choosing a protocol adapted to your usage habits: ## How to check your emails using a webmail interface -1. Go to the [Scaleway webmail interface](https://webmail.online.net/). -2. Log in by entering the following information: - * The **Login** which corresponds to your complete email address ([you@domain.ex](mailto:you@domain.ex) for example). - * The **Password** which is related to your email account. +1. Access the [Scaleway webmail interface](https://webmail.online.net/). +2. Log in with the following credentials: + * The **Login** corresponds to your complete email address ([you@domain.ex](mailto:you@domain.ex) for example). + * The **Password** related to your email account. - - If you do not know your password, you can recover it from the [Dedibox console](https://console.online.net). - - Log into the [Dedibox console](https://console.online.net). - - Click **Hosting** > **Manage** > **E-mail accounts**. A list of your email addresses displays. - - Click the settings icon (cogwheel) next to your email address and click **Update password** to change it. + If you do not know your password, you can recover it from the [Online console](https://console.online.net). + 1. Log into the [console](https://console.online.net). + 2. Click **Hosting** then **Manage**, then **E-mail accounts**. A list of your email addresses displays. + 3. Click the settings icon (cogwheel) next to your email address and click **Update password** to change it. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-backup-option.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-backup-option.mdx index bd773b4a90..7d785e65b4 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-backup-option.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-backup-option.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to configure the backup option for wehbosting tags: webhosting backup dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -28,20 +28,19 @@ The offer includes: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** plan ## How to subscribe to the backup option for webhosting -1. Log into the [Dedibox console](https://console.online.net). -2. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage** next to the webhosting you wish to backup. The **Configure hosting** page displays. -3. Click **Backup** then click **Order the backup option to be safe**. You are redirected to the **Change hosting offer** page. -4. Check the **Option Hosting backup** box and click **Confirm your offer**. -5. Select your payment mode, then check the mandatory boxes. +1. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage** next to the webhosting you wish to backup. The **Configure hosting** page displays. +2. Click **Backup** then click **Order the backup option to be safe**. You are redirected to the **Change hosting offer** page. +3. Check the **Option Hosting backup** box and click **Confirm your offer**. +4. Select your payment mode, then check the mandatory boxes. * We recommend you activate automatic renewal 62 days before the expiration date by checking the corresponding box. -6. Click **Confirm my order** to subscribe to the backup option. +5. Click **Confirm my order** to subscribe to the backup option. * Your backup will be set up within the hour of your order. @@ -52,10 +51,9 @@ The offer includes: - Set up the backup option for your webhosting -1. Log into the [Dedibox console](https://console.online.net). -2. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage** next to your webhosting. -3. Click **Backup** to find the data required to configure your backup. A page displays your identifier and password to access your backup with an FTP client. -4. Launch [FileZilla](https://filezilla-project.org/) on your computer and enter your credentials to connect to the backup. +1. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage** next to your webhosting. +2. Click **Backup** to find the data required to configure your backup. A page displays your identifier and password to access your backup with an FTP client. +3. Launch [FileZilla](https://filezilla-project.org/) on your computer and enter your credentials to connect to the backup. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-htaccess-file.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-htaccess-file.mdx index 7c0d8ee664..455560180c 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-htaccess-file.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-htaccess-file.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to configure an .htaccess file on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic. tags: htaccess, error-message, directory, authentication, php, html dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -154,4 +154,4 @@ For example, to rewrite the URL `http://www.URLexample/index.php/` with the page RewriteRule ^([^\.]+)\.html /index.php?page=$1 [L] ``` 2. Upload the file using FTP to the folder of the concerned subdomain (e.g., `www` for `www.URLexample`, `blog` for `blog.URLexample`) and rename it `.htaccess`. -3. Open the `http://www.URLexample/test.html/` file in your web browser. The `index.php` file will be executed with the argument “test”. \ No newline at end of file +3. Open the `http://www.URLexample/test.html/` file in your web browser. The `index.php` file will be executed with the argument “test”. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-outlook.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-outlook.mdx index 22c4070a3b..a5f5788747 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-outlook.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-outlook.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to configure Outlook to receive and send emails on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic tags: configuration outlook email webhosting dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-php.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-php.mdx index 50e0ae22a3..89dec9a5de 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-php.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/configure-php.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to configure PHP paragraph: This page explains how to configure PHP. -tags: webhosting php antispam +tags: webhosting php antispam dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ categories: -## How to configure PHP at Scaleway +## How to configure PHP at Scaleway `phpinfo` is a function of the PHP language, that allows you to see the active modules, the configuration of the server, the restrictions, and the compilation parameters of the language: diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/connect-via-ftp.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/connect-via-ftp.mdx index 0baddf64ea..403409ce91 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/connect-via-ftp.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/connect-via-ftp.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to connect to your website via FTP using FileZilla on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic. tags: webhosting, ftp dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2022-02-24 categories: - webhosting diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-alias.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-alias.mdx index c5f17bb62c..796e80b9b7 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-alias.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-alias.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to add a domain name as an alias on Web Hosting Classic paragraph: This page explains how to add a domain name as an alias on Scaleway Web Hosting classic -tags: webhosting domain alias domain-name +tags: webhosting domain alias domain-name dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -36,5 +36,3 @@ On our web hosting offers, you can link an additional domain name as an alias to The domain name is now linked as an alias to your existing webhosting. - - diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-account.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-account.mdx index e927ba966f..aae5bcc6fa 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-account.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-account.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to create an email account on Web Hosting Classic paragraph: This page shows you how to create an email account on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic -tags: email-account email account webhosting +tags: email-account email account webhosting dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -28,5 +28,3 @@ categories: 3. Click **Add account** to create a new mailbox. 4. Enter the details of the email address you are adding and click **Add account**. 5. Your account will be "active" and ready to use within an hour. - - diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-redirection.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-redirection.mdx index 93fd72ad5f..970833c1c3 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-redirection.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-redirection.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to create an email redirection tags: webhosting email-redirection email redirect dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -21,16 +21,18 @@ This allows you to have multiple email addresses without needing to have multipl -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** 1. Click **Hosting**, then click **Manage** next to your webhosting. -2. Scroll down to **E-mail accounts**, then click **E-mail redirections**. +2. Scroll down to the **E-mail accounts** section in the side menu, then click **E-mail redirections**. 3. Click **Add e-mail redirection**. - + -4. Enter the required information for the alias (the name of the redirection and the recipient) to create the redirection. This may take up to one hour. -5. Once the redirection is activated, the yellow dot next to your alias will turn green. +4. Enter the required information for the alias (the name of the redirection and the recipient) to create the redirection. +5. Click **Add account** to confirm. + +The redirection may take up to one hour complete. Once the redirection is activated, the yellow dot next to your alias will turn green. To add more than one recipient to a redirection, repeat the steps above for each recipient. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-transfer.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-transfer.mdx index f91823c7a4..492848050d 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-transfer.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-email-transfer.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to create an email transfer tags: webhosting email-transfer email transfer dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -15,11 +15,11 @@ categories: -Emails transfer allow you to forward the incoming mail of an existing account to another address of your choice. +Email transfers allow you to forward the incoming mail of an existing account to another address of your choice. -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** @@ -27,8 +27,9 @@ Emails transfer allow you to forward the incoming mail of an existing account to 1. Click **Hosting**, then click **Manage** next to your webhosting. -2. Scroll down to **E-mail accounts**, then click **E-mail forwarding**. -3. Click **Add E-mail Forward**. -4. Select the existing address and enter the email address of your choice. Your transfer is created. +2. Scroll down to **E-mail accounts** section, then click **E-mail forwarding**. +3. Click **Add e-mail forward**. +4. Select the existing address and enter the email address of your choice. +5. Click **Add forward**. Your transfer is created. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-ftp-account.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-ftp-account.mdx index 60fa0f9ffc..d8543ae1dc 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-ftp-account.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-ftp-account.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to create an FTP account on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic tags: webhosting ftp account ftp-account dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ categories: 2. Click the **FTP accounts** tab. A form displays. 3. Fill in the form to create your FTP account, entering the following values: - * a **username** (eg `webmaster`) - * a **password** of your choice - * a **path**, which has to be an existing directory on your FTP. Enter `/` to create an account with access to the whole directory, or a specific path to limit access to certain directories. + * **Username** (eg `webmaster`) + * **Password** of your choice + * **Path**, which has to be an existing directory on your FTP. Enter `/` to create an account with access to the whole directory, or a specific path to limit access to certain directories. 4. Validate your entries. Your FTP account appears in the account list with the status **Waiting to create**. Your account will be activated in approximately one hour. @@ -58,5 +58,3 @@ To limit access to an FTP account, create the folder you want to access (example Ensure that you follow the syntax `/www/directory/` in order for your account to work. - - diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-mysql-database.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-mysql-database.mdx index 145df4aebe..8fc9dc3ffe 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-mysql-database.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-mysql-database.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to create a MySQL database paragraph: This page explains how to create a MySQL database -tags: webhosting mysql database +tags: webhosting mysql database dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,19 +17,19 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **MySQL databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. +3. Click **MySQL databases** under **Databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. 4. Click **Add database**. A pop-up displays. 5. Enter the database name, the database password, and its confirmation. Then click **Create MySQL database**. For a strong password, combine lowercase, uppercase, numbers, and special characters. -Your database is created and displays in the list of your MySQL databases. +Once created, your database displays in the list of your MySQL databases. ## Limitations diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-postgresql-database.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-postgresql-database.mdx index 6547714f5f..21c6837cb1 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-postgresql-database.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-postgresql-database.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to create a PostgreSQL database tags: webhosting postgresql database dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ However, it has the following limitations: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** - [Created](/classic-hosting/how-to/create-postgresql-database/) a PostgreSQL database -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **PostgreSQL databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. +3. Click **PostgreSQL databases** under **Databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. 4. Click **Add database**. A pop-up displays. 5. Enter the database name, the database password, and its confirmation. Then click **Create PostgreSQL database**. For a strong password, combine lowercase, uppercase, numbers, and special characters. -Your database is being created and displays in the list of your PostgreSQL databases. +Once created, your database displays in the list of your PostgreSQL databases. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-subdomain.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-subdomain.mdx index 9b70abc1da..463288f89e 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-subdomain.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/create-subdomain.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to create subdomains paragraph: This page explains how to create subdomains -tags: webhosting subdomain +tags: webhosting subdomain dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -19,14 +19,14 @@ Subdomains are an additional part to extend your main domain name. Mostly, they -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** ## How to create a subdomain from the Dedibox console -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **Subdomains** in the side menu. The list of your subdomains displays. +3. Click **Subdomains** under **Linked domains** in the side menu. The list of your subdomains displays. 4. Click **Add subdomain**. A pop-up displays. 5. Enter the name of your subdomain and click **Add subdomain**. The new subdomain will appear in the list of your subdomains. @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ Subdomains are an additional part to extend your main domain name. Mostly, they 1. Connect to your webhosting using your [FTP account](/classic-hosting/concepts/#ftp-account). A listing of your remote files and folders displays in the right part of the FTP client: -2. Double-click on the folder named like your subdomain to enter it. Then upload your files into this directory. +2. Double-click the folder with the same name as your subdomain to access it. +3. Upload your files into this directory. The directory where you usually upload your files on the server is `www`. To upload your files into the folder for your subdomain, you have to choose the one named after it. @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ It is also possible to create subdomains directly using your FTP client, without 2. Create a new folder in the document root of your hosting, named after your subdomain: -3. Enter the newly created directory and upload your files into it: +3. Enter the newly created directory and upload your files into it: You now can access the files located in this directory as a subdomain of your webhosting. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-account.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-account.mdx index b907fb6ae0..a448321880 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-account.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-account.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to delete your email account on Web Hosting Classic paragraph: This page shows you how to delete your email account on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic -tags: webhosting email-account +tags: webhosting email-account dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -33,5 +33,3 @@ categories: The email account is now scheduled to be deleted within the hour. - - diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-redirection.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-redirection.mdx index 5c4bbc824e..0995767811 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-redirection.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-redirection.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to delete an email redirection tags: webhosting email redirect email-redirection dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** 1. Click **Hosting**, then click **Manage** next to your webhosting. -2. Scroll down to **E-mail accounts**, then click **E-mail redirections**. +2. Scroll down to the **E-mail accounts** section, then click **E-mail redirections**. 3. Click **Delete** next to the email redirection you wish to delete. -4. Click **Delete** to confirm. The redirection is scheduled for deletion. +4. Click **Delete** to confirm. The redirection is scheduled for deletion. Once the redirection is deleted, it will no longer be visible in the list of your aliases. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-transfer.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-transfer.mdx index 126ef425e8..fbfe176529 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-transfer.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-email-transfer.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to delete an email transfer tags: webhosting email-transfer email transfer dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,13 +17,12 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** -1. Click **Hosting**, then click **Manage** next to your web hosting. -2. Scroll down to **E-mail accounts**, then click **E-mail forwarding**. +1. Click **Hosting**, then click **Manage** next to the relevant hosting. +2. Scroll down to the **E-mail accounts** section, then click **E-mail forwarding**. 3. Click **Delete** next to the email transfer you wish to delete. -4. Confirm the deletion. - Your transfer is now deleted. +4. Click **Delete** to confirm the deletion. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-ftp-account.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-ftp-account.mdx index 918a60b1ac..5188b4347a 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-ftp-account.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-ftp-account.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: - title: How to delete an FTP account - description: This page shows you how to delete an FTP account + title: How to delete an FTP account + description: This page shows you how to delete an FTP account content: - h1: How to delete an FTP account - paragraph: This page shows you how to delete an FTP account -tags: ftp-account ftp webhosting + h1: How to delete an FTP account + paragraph: This page shows you how to delete an FTP account +tags: ftp-account ftp webhosting dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,15 +17,16 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** - An [FTP account](/classic-hosting/how-to/create-ftp-account/) -1. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage**. -2. Click the **FTP accounts** tab. -3. Click **Delete** next to the settings icon (cogwheel). The deletion will take up to one hour. +1. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage** next to the relevant hosting. +2. Click **FTP accounts**. +3. Click **Delete** next to the **cogwheel** icon. +4. Click **Confirm**. The deletion may take up to one hour to complete. - This will not delete the data on the FTP server. + This will not delete any data on the FTP server. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-mysql-database.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-mysql-database.mdx index 4ae4625db8..e9dfaadf62 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-mysql-database.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-mysql-database.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to delete a MySQL database paragraph: This page explains how to delete a MySQL database -tags: webhosting mysql database +tags: webhosting mysql database dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** - [Created](/classic-hosting/how-to/create-mysql-database/) a MySQL database -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **MySQL databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. +3. Click **MySQL databases** under **Databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. 4. Click **Delete** next to the database you want to delete. A pop-up displays. -5. Confirm the database deletion by clicking on **Delete**. +5. Click **Delete** to confirm the database deletion. All data stored in your database will be deleted. This operation cannot be undone. Make sure you have a backup of your data before deleting your MySQL database. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-postgresql-database.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-postgresql-database.mdx index b074df6585..7dcf5ac2d1 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-postgresql-database.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-postgresql-database.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to delete a PostgreSQL database tags: webhosting postgresql database dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,15 +17,15 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** - [Created](/classic-hosting/how-to/create-postgresql-database/) a PostgreSQL database -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **PostgreSQL databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. +3. Click **PostgreSQL databases** under **Databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. 4. Click **Delete** next to the database you want to delete. A pop-up displays. -5. Confirm the database deletion by clicking on **Delete**. +5. Click **Delete** to confirm the database deletion. All data stored in your database will be deleted. This operation cannot be undone. Make sure you have a backup of your data before deleting your PostgreSQL database. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-subdomain.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-subdomain.mdx index 3209478b2a..bce7511aa1 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-subdomain.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/delete-subdomain.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to delete subdomains tags: webhosting subdomain dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** 1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **Subdomains** in the side menu. The list of your subdomains displays. +3. Click **Subdomains** under the **Linked domains** section in the side menu. The list of your subdomains displays. 4. Click **Delete** next to the subdomain you want to remove from your webhosting. A pop-up displays. -5. Click **Delete subdomain** to remove the subdomain. +5. Click **Delete subdomain** to delete the subdomain. This action is irreversible and permanently deletes all data stored in your subdomain. Make sure you have a backup of your data before deleting subdomains. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/enable-https.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/enable-https.mdx index 794933463c..2ce809ca83 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/enable-https.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/enable-https.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to enable HTTPS for Webhosting Classic paragraph: This page explains how to enable HTTPS for Webhosting Classic -tags: webhosting https webhosting-classic ios +tags: webhosting https webhosting-classic ios dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** Scaleway Dedibox offers HTTPS on all its webhosting services by default. HTTPS allows you to secure the exchanges between the client (visitor of your site) and the server (our platform). diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/encrypt-emails-with-pgp-using-webmail.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/encrypt-emails-with-pgp-using-webmail.mdx index 0b99f7372d..c97d8748b9 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/encrypt-emails-with-pgp-using-webmail.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/encrypt-emails-with-pgp-using-webmail.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to encrypt your emails with PGP using the Scaleway webmail paragraph: This page shows you how to encrypt your emails with PGP using the Scaleway webmail -tags: webhosting pgp webmail encryption encrypt +tags: webhosting pgp webmail encryption encrypt dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The [Scaleway webmail interface](https://webmail.online.net) currently offers on -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** - Configured an email account diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-email-filter.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-email-filter.mdx index 4a62550186..2a7f3eb875 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-email-filter.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-email-filter.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: How to manage your email filters on Web Hosting Classic - description: This page shows you how to manage your email filters on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic. + description: This page shows you how to manage your email filters on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic. content: h1: How to manage your email filters on Web Hosting Classic - paragraph: This page shows you how to manage your email filters on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic. -tags: webhosting email-filter filter email + paragraph: This page shows you how to manage your email filters on Scaleway Web Hosting Classic. +tags: webhosting email-filter filter email dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting @@ -64,5 +64,3 @@ Email filters allow you to sort your emails based on the sender, subject, and mo 6. Type in **[Auto reply]** in **Message subject**. 7. Click **Save**. - - diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-mysql-database-phpmyadmin.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-mysql-database-phpmyadmin.mdx index 0c2ddcd7aa..0edd83ca65 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-mysql-database-phpmyadmin.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-mysql-database-phpmyadmin.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to manage MySQL databases with phpMyAdmin tags: webhosting mysql phpmyadmin database dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** - [Created](/classic-hosting/how-to/create-mysql-database/) a MySQL database -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **MySQL databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. -4. Click on the **Server** link for your database to access the phpMyAdmin interface. The phpMyAdmin interface displays in a new browser tab: +3. Click **MySQL databases** under **Databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. +4. Click on the **Server** link for your database to access the phpMyAdmin interface. The phpMyAdmin interface displays in a new browser tab. You can access phpMyAdmin directly at [https://phpmyadmin.online.net](https://phpmyadmin.online.net). -5. Enter your MySQL database login as user and the database password to connect. +5. Enter your MySQL database login as user and the database password to connect, then click **Log in**. diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-postgresql-database-adminer.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-postgresql-database-adminer.mdx index 6641a367f3..99038b068a 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-postgresql-database-adminer.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/manage-postgresql-database-adminer.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to manage PostgreSQL databases with Adminer paragraph: This page explains how to manage PostgreSQL databases with Adminer -tags: webhosting postgresql adminer database +tags: webhosting postgresql adminer database dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - webhosting @@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ categories: -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - Created a **Webhosting Classic** - [Created](/classic-hosting/how-to/create-postgresql-database/) a PostgreSQL database -1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. +1. Click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **PostgreSQL databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. -4. Click on the **Server** link for your database to access the Adminer interface. The Adminer interface displays in a new browser tab: +3. Click **PostgreSQL databases** under **Databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. +4. Click on the **Server** link for your database to access the Adminer interface. The Adminer interface displays in a new browser tab. You can access Adminer directly at [https://adminer.online.net](https://adminer.online.net). -5. Enter your PostgreSQL database login as user and the database password to connect. \ No newline at end of file +5. Enter your PostgreSQL database login as user and the database password to connect, then click **Log in**. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/retrieve-headers-of-email.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/retrieve-headers-of-email.mdx index d994f90779..3197f2db43 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/retrieve-headers-of-email.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/how-to/retrieve-headers-of-email.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: How to retrieve the header of an email - description: This guide shows you how to retrieve the header of an email on Scaleway Web Hosting using different email clients like Thunderbird, Gmail, Outlook, and Mail for Mac. + description: This guide shows you how to retrieve the header of an email on Scaleway Web Hosting using different email clients like Thunderbird, Gmail, Outlook, and Mail for Mac. content: h1: How to retrieve the header of an email - paragraph: This guide shows you how to retrieve the header of an email on Scaleway Web Hosting using different email clients like Thunderbird, Gmail, Outlook, and Mail for Mac. -tags: webhosting email header thunderbird + paragraph: This guide shows you how to retrieve the header of an email on Scaleway Web Hosting using different email clients like Thunderbird, Gmail, Outlook, and Mail for Mac. +tags: webhosting email header thunderbird dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - webhosting diff --git a/pages/classic-hosting/index.mdx b/pages/classic-hosting/index.mdx index 34f1dd208c..7539f472e7 100644 --- a/pages/classic-hosting/index.mdx +++ b/pages/classic-hosting/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> -Scaleway Webhosting Classic is our historical Webhosting service. It allows you to host your personal website and create personalized email addresses using your domain name. +Webhosting Classic is Scaleway's historical web hosting service. It allows you to host your personal website and create personalized email addresses using your domain name. * Webhosting Classic reached its end of life and is no longer available for new customers. We recommend our [Cloud Hosting](https://www.scaleway.com/en/web-hosting/) offers for new subscriptions. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Scaleway Webhosting Classic is our historical Webhosting service. It allows you -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox account logged into the Online [console](https://console.online.net) - A **Webhosting Classic** and a domain name ## How to create an email account @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Scaleway Webhosting Classic is our historical Webhosting service. It allows you 3. Click **Manage** in the **E-mail accounts** section of the side menu. The email accounts overview page displays. 4. Click **Add account**. A pop-up displays. -5. Enter the login (the part before the @) for your email address, a password and its confirmation. Then click **Add account**. +5. Enter the login (the part before the `@`) for your email address, your password and confirm your password. Then click **Add account**. - The status of the account changes to **Waiting for update**. During this time, no other change to the email account is possible. - The new email account will be created within one hour maximum. @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ Scaleway Webhosting Classic is our historical Webhosting service. It allows you ## How to change the password of my email account -1. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage**. +1. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage** next to the relevant hosting. 2. Scroll down to **E-mail accounts** and click **Manage**. -3. Click the settings icon next to the email account you wish to update. -4. Click **Update password**. A window displays. +3. Click the settings icon next to the email account you wish to update. A drop-down menu displays. +4. Click **Update password**. A confirmation pop-up displays. 5. Type in your new password and confirm it, then click **Update Password**. Your new password is now registered. @@ -63,18 +63,20 @@ Scaleway Webhosting Classic is our historical Webhosting service. It allows you ## How to create an FTP account -1. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage**. -2. Click the **FTP accounts** tab. -3. A form displays. Fill it out to create your FTP account. +1. Click **Hosting** then click **Manage** next to the relevant hosting. +2. Click **FTP accounts**. +3. Click **Add account**. A form displays. Fill it out to create your FTP account. 4. Enter the following values: * Your username * Your password * The path which has to be an already existing directory on your FTP -5. Validate your entries. +5. Click **Add account**. - - Your FTP account appears in the account list with the status **Waiting to create**. Your account will be activated in about one hour. + Your FTP account appears in the account list with the status **Waiting to create**. Your account will be activated in about one hour. -6. When you connect to your FTP account, the following folders display: + +When you connect to your FTP account, the following folders display: + * `awffull` (contains your old access statistics, if they were activated) * `www` (should contain your website) * `logs` (contains your old access statistics, if they were activated) @@ -89,7 +91,7 @@ Scaleway Webhosting Classic is our historical Webhosting service. It allows you 1. From your Dedibox console, click **Hosting**. A list of your webhosting accounts displays. 2. Click **Manage** next to the hosting you want to configure. The webhosting overview page displays. -3. Click **MySQL databases** in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. +3. Click **MySQL databases** under the **Databases** section in the side menu. The list of your databases displays. 4. Click **Add database**. A pop-up displays. 5. Enter the database name, the database password, and its confirmation. Then click **Create MySQL database**. diff --git a/pages/cockpit/concepts.mdx b/pages/cockpit/concepts.mdx index d42eb72576..bcb4a28438 100644 --- a/pages/cockpit/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/cockpit/concepts.mdx @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ A Grafana user is any individual who can log in to [Grafana](https://grafana.com - an editor: can build and view dashboards - - Managed dashboards in the "Scaleway" folder are always read-only, regardless of your role. + - Preconfigured dashboards in the "Scaleway" folder are always read-only, regardless of your role. - The `admin` user is not yet available for creation. @@ -124,11 +124,6 @@ Preconfigured alerts are regionalized alerting rules that Scaleway defines for y You must enable the alert manager to enable preconfigured alerts. Preconfigured alerts will only be active in the regions where you have enabled the alert manager. - -## Managed dashboards - -A managed dashboard is a set of one or more panels that Scaleway sets up and updates for you to visualize the metrics and logs associated with your Scaleway products. - ## Metric A metric is a lifecycle-related numerical representation of data (e.g. disk usage and CPU usage) measured over intervals of time. Metrics give you a bird's eye view of your infrastructure. @@ -139,6 +134,10 @@ You can push metrics with any Prometheus-compatible agent such as [Prometheus](h [Grafana Mimir](https://github.com/grafana/mimir) is an open source software project that allows you to store your metrics by providing long-term storage for [Prometheus](https://prometheus.io/docs/introduction/overview/#what-is-prometheus). +## Preconfigured dashboards + +A preconfigured dashboard is a set of one or more panels that Scaleway sets up and updates for you to visualize the metrics and logs associated with your Scaleway products. + ## Prometheus Remote Write `Prometheus Remote Write` is the protocol used to push your metrics to your Cockpit's metrics' endpoint. diff --git a/pages/cockpit/how-to/access-grafana-and-managed-dashboards.mdx b/pages/cockpit/how-to/access-grafana-and-managed-dashboards.mdx index f94ee2db2f..5a0dd767ad 100644 --- a/pages/cockpit/how-to/access-grafana-and-managed-dashboards.mdx +++ b/pages/cockpit/how-to/access-grafana-and-managed-dashboards.mdx @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ --- meta: - title: How to access Grafana and your managed dashboards - description: Learn to access your Grafana managed dashboards, including steps to log in, navigate, and view your resources. + title: How to access Grafana and your preconfigured dashboards + description: Learn to access your Grafana preconfigured dashboards, including steps to log in, navigate, and view your resources. content: - h1: How to access Grafana and your managed dashboards - paragraph: Learn to access your Grafana managed dashboards, including steps to log in, navigate, and view your resources. -tags: observability cockpit grafana managed-dashboard + h1: How to access Grafana and your preconfigured dashboards + paragraph: Learn to access your Grafana preconfigured dashboards, including steps to log in, navigate, and view your resources. +tags: observability cockpit grafana preconfigured-dashboard categories: - observability dates: @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ dates: posted: 2022-10-31 --- -Scaleway provides you with managed dashboards you can access in Grafana, for [Scaleway resources integrated with Cockpit](/cockpit/reference-content/cockpit-limitations/#product-integration-into-cockpit). +Scaleway provides you with preconfigured dashboards you can access in Grafana, for [Scaleway resources integrated with Cockpit](/cockpit/reference-content/cockpit-limitations/#product-integration-into-cockpit). -This page shows you how to access [managed dashboards](/cockpit/concepts/#managed-dashboards). +This page shows you how to access [preconfigured dashboards](/cockpit/concepts/#preconfigured-dashboards). @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ This page shows you how to access [managed dashboards](/cockpit/concepts/#manage 1. Click **Cockpit** in the Observability section of the [console](https://console.scaleway.com/) side menu. The **Cockpit** overview page displays. -2. Click **Open dashboards** to open your managed dashboards in Grafana. You are redirected to the Grafana website. +2. Click **Open dashboards** to open your preconfigured dashboards in Grafana. You are redirected to the Grafana website. 3. Enter your [Grafana credentials](/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials/). 4. Click **Log in**. The Grafana overview page displays. 5. Click the **Home** icon at the top left of your screen. -6. Click **Dashboard**. The Scaleway folder appears, with a list of all available managed dashboards for Scaleway resources. +6. Click **Dashboard**. The Scaleway folder appears, with a list of all available preconfigured dashboards for Scaleway resources. 7. Click the dashboard you want to view. - Managed dashboards in the “Scaleway” folder are always read-only. + Preconfigured dashboards in the “Scaleway” folder are always read-only. diff --git a/pages/cockpit/how-to/configure-alerts-for-scw-resources.mdx b/pages/cockpit/how-to/configure-alerts-for-scw-resources.mdx index db79d0a1f2..2ff4183bcd 100644 --- a/pages/cockpit/how-to/configure-alerts-for-scw-resources.mdx +++ b/pages/cockpit/how-to/configure-alerts-for-scw-resources.mdx @@ -50,3 +50,7 @@ This page shows you how to configure alerts for Scaleway resources in Grafana us You can configure up to a maximum of 10 alerts for the `Scaleway Metrics` data source. + + + Find out how to send Cockpit's alert notifications to Slack using a webkook URL in our [dedicated documentation](/tutorials/configure-slack-alerting/). + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials.mdx b/pages/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials.mdx index 7be72086c1..9e14f7143f 100644 --- a/pages/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials.mdx +++ b/pages/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials.mdx @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ dates: posted: 2022-10-31 --- -This page shows you how to retrieve your Grafana credentials to access your Grafana [dashboards](/cockpit/concepts/#managed-dashboards) using the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/). +This page shows you how to retrieve your Grafana credentials to access your preconfigured [dashboards](/cockpit/concepts/#preconfigured-dashboards) using the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/). diff --git a/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-logs-from-k8s-to-cockpit.mdx b/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-logs-from-k8s-to-cockpit.mdx index 1e3c0907ac..b9422ec996 100644 --- a/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-logs-from-k8s-to-cockpit.mdx +++ b/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-logs-from-k8s-to-cockpit.mdx @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ dates: posted: 2025-01-20 --- -In this page, we will show you how to send application logs from your Kubernetes cluster to your Cockpit using either a Helm chart or deploying a Helm chart with [Terraform](https://www.terraform.io/). +In this page, we will show you how to send application logs from your Kubernetes cluster to your Cockpit using either a Helm chart or deploying a Helm chart with [Terraform](https://www.terraform.io/) or [OpenTofu](https://opentofu.org/). We will use the [k8s-monitoring](https://artifacthub.io/packages/helm/grafana/k8s-monitoring/1.6.16) Helm Chart, which installs an Alloy Daemon set to export your Kubernetes cluster's logs to your Cockpit. @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ Once you have configured your `values.yml` file, you can use Helm to deploy the helm list ``` -## Send Kubernetes logs using Helm chart with Terraform +## Send Kubernetes logs using Helm chart with Terraform/OpenTofu -You can also use Terraform to manage and deploy Helm charts, providing you with more automation and consistency to manage your Kubernetes resources. +You can also use Terraform/OpenTofu to manage and deploy Helm charts, providing you with more automation and consistency to manage your Kubernetes resources. -1. Create a `provider.tf` file and paste the following template to set up the Helm Terraform provider: +1. Create a `provider.tf` file and paste the following template to set up the Helm Terraform/OpenTofu provider: ```terraform provider "helm" { kubernetes { @@ -130,14 +130,14 @@ You can also use Terraform to manage and deploy Helm charts, providing you with } ``` 3. Save your changes. -4. Run `terraform init` to initialize your Terraform configuration and download any necessary providers. +4. Run `terraform init` to initialize your Terraform/OpenTofu configuration and download any necessary providers. 5. Run `terraform apply` to apply your configuration. 6. Type `yes` when prompted to confirm the actions. ## Explore your logs in Cockpit 1. Click **Cockpit** in the Observability section of the Scaleway [console](https://console.scaleway.com/) side menu. The **Cockpit Overview** page displays. -2. Click **Open dashboards** to open your managed dashboards in Grafana. You are redirected to the Grafana website. +2. Click **Open dashboards** to open your preconfigured dashboards in Grafana. You are redirected to the Grafana website. 3. Log in to Grafana using your [Grafana credentials](/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials/). 4. Click the **Home** icon, then click **Explore**. 5. Select your custom data source in the search drop-down on the upper left corner of your screen. diff --git a/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-metrics-from-k8s-to-cockpit.mdx b/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-metrics-from-k8s-to-cockpit.mdx index ffc6d1f220..71a23b6616 100644 --- a/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-metrics-from-k8s-to-cockpit.mdx +++ b/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-metrics-from-k8s-to-cockpit.mdx @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ dates: --- -In this page we will show you how to send application metrics from your Kubernetes cluster to your Cockpit, either by using a Helm chart or deploying a Helm chart with [Terraform](https://www.terraform.io/). +On this page, we will show you how to send application metrics from your Kubernetes cluster to your Cockpit, either by using a Helm chart or deploying a Helm chart with [Terraform](https://www.terraform.io/) or [OpenTofu](https://opentofu.org/). We will use the [k8s-monitoring](https://artifacthub.io/packages/helm/grafana/k8s-monitoring/1.6.16) Helm Chart, which installs an Alloy Daemon set to export your Kubernetes cluster's metrics to your Cockpit. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ spec: ... ``` -### Terraform deployment template +### Terraform/OpenTofu deployment template ```terraform resource "kubernetes_deployment_v1" "your_application_deployment" { @@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ resource "kubernetes_deployment_v1" "your_application_deployment" { } ``` -## Send Kubernetes metrics using Helm chart with Terraform +## Send Kubernetes metrics using Helm chart with Terraform/OpenTofu -1. Create a `provider.tf` file and paste the following template to set up the Helm Terraform provider: +1. Create a `provider.tf` file and paste the following template to set up the Helm Terraform/OpenTofu provider: ```terraform provider "helm" { kubernetes { @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ resource "kubernetes_deployment_v1" "your_application_deployment" { } ``` 3. Save your changes. -4. Run `terraform init` to initialize your Terraform configuration and download any necessary providers. +4. Run `terraform init` to initialize your Terraform/OpenTofu configuration and download any necessary providers. 5. Run `terraform apply` to apply your configuration. 6. Type `yes` when prompted to confirm the actions. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Once you have configured your `values.yml` file, you can use Helm to deploy the Now that your metrics are exported to your Cockpit, you can access and query them. 1. Click **Cockpit** in the Observability section of the Scaleway [console](https://console.scaleway.com/) side menu. The **Cockpit Overview** page displays. -2. Click **Open dashboards** to open your managed dashboards in Grafana. You are redirected to the Grafana website. +2. Click **Open dashboards** to open your preconfigured dashboards in Grafana. You are redirected to the Grafana website. 3. Log in to Grafana using your [Grafana credentials](/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials/). 4. Click the **Home** icon, then click **Explore**. 5. Select your custom data source in the search drop-down on the upper left corner of your screen. diff --git a/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-metrics-with-grafana-alloy.mdx b/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-metrics-with-grafana-alloy.mdx index 054db0fbb3..7d3385fd9d 100644 --- a/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-metrics-with-grafana-alloy.mdx +++ b/pages/cockpit/how-to/send-metrics-with-grafana-alloy.mdx @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ For the sake of this documentation, we are using Grafana Alloy on macOS. Refer t ## Visualizing your metrics 1. Click **Cockpit** in the Observability section of the [console](https://console.scaleway.com/) side menu. The **Cockpit** overview page displays. -2. Click **Open dashboards** to open your managed dashboards in Grafana. You are redirected to the Grafana website. +2. Click **Open dashboards** to open your preconfigured dashboards in Grafana. You are redirected to the Grafana website. 3. Enter your [Grafana credentials](/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials/). 4. Click **Log in**. The Grafana overview page displays. 5. Click the **Toggle menu** icon in the top left corner of your screen. diff --git a/pages/cockpit/index.mdx b/pages/cockpit/index.mdx index 47f7b6f743..6f8cfff7a2 100644 --- a/pages/cockpit/index.mdx +++ b/pages/cockpit/index.mdx @@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ meta: The [Cockpit Global API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/cockpit/v1/global-api/#path-grafana-synchronize-grafana-data-sources) contains deprecated information that is being updated, you should not use it for any other purpose than the one described on this page. @@ -24,19 +24,30 @@ This page shows you how to visualize your data again when it does not display on - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Created](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) an API key with sufficient [IAM permissions](/iam/reference-content/permission-sets/) to perform the actions described on this page - [Installed](https://curl.se/download.html) curl + - [Configured your environment variables](https://github.com/scaleway/scaleway-cli/blob/master/docs/commands/config.md) ## Problem -Many Cockpit users often encounter issues with Grafana data sources not synchronizing properly, leading to missing data on dashboards when data should be available. +- Many Cockpit users often encounter issues with Grafana data sources not synchronizing properly, leading to missing data on dashboards when data should be available. -When users open their Grafana dashboards, they see a `No data` message along with an error banner stating: `Failed to upgrade legacy queries datasource was not found`. + When users open their Grafana dashboards, they see a `No data` message along with an error banner stating: `Failed to upgrade legacy queries datasource was not found`. - + +- Your Cockpit is unavailable. +- You cannot view your logs and/or metrics in Grafana. +- Your Cockpit data sources are not configured. +- You cannot view your dashboards in Grafana. + +## Cause + +These issues often occur due to synchronization failures between Cockpit and Grafana, preventing dashboards from displaying the latest logs and metrics as expected. ## Solution +### Using the Scaleway API + Open a terminal and run the following command to trigger the synchronization of your data sources: ```bash curl -X POST \ @@ -44,5 +55,15 @@ Open a terminal and run the following command to trigger the synchronization of -H "Content-Type: application/json" \ -d '{"project_id":"$SCALEWAY_PROJECT_ID"}' \ "https://api.scaleway.com/cockpit/v1/grafana/sync-data-sources" + ``` + +Make sure that you replace `$SCW_SECRET_KEY` with your API secret key and `$SCALEWAY_PROJECT_ID` with the ID of the Scaleway Project affected by the issue. + +### Using the Scaleway CLI + +Open a terminal and run the following command: + ```bash + scw cockpit grafana sync-data-sources project-id= + ``` -Make sure that you replace `$SCW_SECRET_KEY` with your API secret key and `$SCALEWAY_PROJECT_ID` with the ID of the Scaleway Project affected by the issue. \ No newline at end of file +Make sure that you replace `` with the ID of the Scaleway Project affected by the issue. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/components/docs-editor.mdx b/pages/components/docs-editor.mdx index 691691675e..4c5e69dfa0 100644 --- a/pages/components/docs-editor.mdx +++ b/pages/components/docs-editor.mdx @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ content: productLogo="cli" title="CLI" description="Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua." - url="/foo/dd" + url="/#" label="Link" /> ``` @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ content: productLogo="cli" title="CLI" description="Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua." - url="/foo/dd" + url="/#" label="Link" /> @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ content: title="CLI" description="Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua." - url="/foo/dd" + url="/#" label="Link" /> ``` @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ content: @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Example using `DefaultCard` in `Grid` wrapper. ```jsx ``` @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Example using `DefaultCard` in `Grid` wrapper. **Render** @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Props: productName="Instances" productLogo="instances" description="Lorem ipsum..." - url="/instances/quickstart" + url="/#" label="Instances quickstart" /> ``` @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Props: productName="ProductHeader" productLogo="cli" description="ProductName quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat." - url="/instances/quickstart" + url="/#" label="Instances quickstart" /> @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ Props: @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ The `icon` names are not random ones they come from Ultraviolet lib. icon="rocket" description="lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit in in part of the description" label="Read More" - url="/hello/foo/" + url="/#" /> ``` @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ The `icon` names are not random ones they come from Ultraviolet lib. icon="rocket" description="Learn how to create, manage and delete a Kubernetes cluster in a few steps." label="Read More" - url="/elastic-metal/quickstart/" + url="/#" /> diff --git a/pages/components/docs.mdx b/pages/components/docs.mdx index cd9aebd952..64a754c0ba 100644 --- a/pages/components/docs.mdx +++ b/pages/components/docs.mdx @@ -746,11 +746,11 @@ The above text come from a macro! - Choose an **Availability Zone**, which is the geographical region where your Instance will be deployed. - Choose an **Image** to run on your Instance. This can be an operating system, an InstantApp or a custom image. A complete list of all available Linux distributions and InstantApps can be found [here](https://www.scaleway.com/en/imagehub/). - When choosing an image for an Enterprise Instance, be aware this Instance type is not compatible with bootscripts, except for [rescue mode](/instances/how-to/use-boot-modes#how-to-use-rescue-mode). InstantApps are also not available for this Instance type. + When choosing an image for an Enterprise Instance, be aware this Instance type is not compatible with bootscripts, except for [rescue mode](/instances/how-to/use-boot-modes/#how-to-use-rescue-mode). InstantApps are also not available for this Instance type. - Choose an **Instance type**. Different Instance types have different prices, processing power, memory, storage options and bandwidth. - Add **Volumes**. Volumes are storage spaces used by your Instances. - - For **GP1 Instances** you can leave the default settings of a maximum local storage, or choose how much [local](/instances/concepts#local-volumes) and/or [block](/instances/concepts#block-volumes) storage you want. Your **system volume** is the volume on which your Instance will boot. The system volume can be either a local or a block volume. + - For **GP1 Instances** you can leave the default settings of a maximum local storage, or choose how much [local](/instances/concepts/#local-volumes) and/or [block](/instances/concepts/#block-volumes) storage you want. Your **system volume** is the volume on which your Instance will boot. The system volume can be either a local or a block volume. - **PRO2** and **Enterprise** Instances boot directly [on block volumes](/instances/concepts/#boot-on-block). You can add several block volumes and define how much storage you want for each. Please note that: @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ The above text come from a macro! - if several Block Storage volumes are connected to your Instance, the first volume will contain the OS and is required to boot the Instance. You can [change your boot volume](/instances/how-to/use-boot-modes/#how-to-change-the-boot-volume) after you create the Instance. - if you have two or more volumes with identical operating systems, or a volume with no operating system, choosing one of these as your boot volume may cause unpredictable boot behavior. - - Enter a **Name** for your Instance, or leave the randomly-generated name in place. Optionally, you can also add [tags](/instances/concepts#tags) to help you organize your Instance. + - Enter a **Name** for your Instance, or leave the randomly-generated name in place. Optionally, you can also add [tags](/instances/concepts/#tags) to help you organize your Instance. - Click **Advanced Options** if you want to configure a [flexible IP](/instances/concepts#flexible-ip), a local bootscript or a [cloud-init configuration](/instances/concepts#cloud-init). Otherwise, leave these options at their default values. - Verify the [SSH Keys](/account/concepts#ssh-key) that will give you access to your Instance. - Verify the **Estimated Cost** of your Instance, based on the specifications you chose. diff --git a/pages/container-registry/concepts.mdx b/pages/container-registry/concepts.mdx index eaca615f06..7a10b9bc98 100644 --- a/pages/container-registry/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/container-registry/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Understand key concepts behind Scaleway's Container Registry. tags: container-registry container docker namespace registry dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 categories: - container-registry --- diff --git a/pages/container-registry/troubleshooting/common-errors-when-pushing-images-to-container-registry.mdx b/pages/container-registry/troubleshooting/common-errors-when-pushing-images-to-container-registry.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b2a9a3b9fa --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/container-registry/troubleshooting/common-errors-when-pushing-images-to-container-registry.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Common errors when pushing images to Container Registry + description: Solutions for resolving issues when pushing images to Scaleway's Container Registry. +content: + h1: Common errors when pushing images to Container Registry + paragraph: This guide provides solutions for common issues encountered when pushing images to Scaleway's Container Registry. +tags: container-registry, troubleshooting +dates: + validation: 2025-03-05 + posted: 2025-03-05 +categories: + - container-registry +--- + +## Problem +You are unable to push images to Scaleway's Container Registry. + +### Symptoms +- The `docker push` command fails with an error message. +- Authentication or authorization errors occur. +- The image push process hangs or times out. + +## Possible causes +- Incorrect authentication or authorization settings. +- Misconfigured or outdated Docker client. +- Network connectivity issues or firewall restrictions. +- Exceeded Container Registry quotas or limits. + +## Solutions + +### Verify authentication and authorization +- Ensure you are logged in with a valid Scaleway account using `docker login`. +- Confirm that your account has the necessary permissions to push images. +- Verify that your Docker client is [correctly configured](/container-registry/how-to/connect-docker-cli/) for Scaleway's Container Registry. + +### Review error messages and logs +- Run the push command with verbose output for more details: + ```sh + docker push --debug + ``` +- Check the Docker client logs for warnings or errors: + ```sh + docker logs + ``` +- Verify Scaleway’s Container Registry [status](https://status.scaleway.com/) for any ongoing incidents. + +### Check Docker configuration and version +- Ensure your Docker client is up-to-date by running: + ```sh + docker --version + ``` +- Check for configuration errors in the Docker daemon and client. +- Review the [Docker documentation](https://docs.docker.com/) for known compatibility issues. + +### Investigate network connectivity issues +- Confirm that your internet connection is stable. +- Check firewall or proxy settings that may be blocking the connection. +- Try pushing the image from a different network or VPN to rule out local issues. + +### Verify Container Registry quotas and limits +- Ensure you have not exceeded your Scaleway Container Registry storage limits. +- Refer to Scaleway’s documentation for [quota information](/organizations-and-projects/additional-content/organization-quotas/#container-registry). + +## Additional troubleshooting steps +- Try pushing a small test image to verify general functionality: + ```sh + docker pull alpine && docker tag alpine /test-image && docker push /test-image + ``` +- Review Docker’s official [troubleshooting guides](https://docs.docker.com/tags/troubleshooting/) for further insights. +- If the issue persists, [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support) with error logs and diagnostic details. + + diff --git a/pages/container-registry/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/container-registry/troubleshooting/index.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d1e48d6177 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/container-registry/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Container Registry - Troubleshooting + description: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Container Registry. +content: + paragraph: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Container Registry. +dates: + posted: 2025-03-10 +categories: + - containers +--- + + + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + + + +## Container Registry troubleshooting pages + +- [Common errors when pushing images to Container Registry](/container-registry/troubleshooting/common-errors-when-pushing-images-to-container-registry/) diff --git a/pages/cpanel-hosting/reference-content.mdx b/pages/cpanel-hosting/reference-content.mdx index b8309c2af9..7dddcf047c 100644 --- a/pages/cpanel-hosting/reference-content.mdx +++ b/pages/cpanel-hosting/reference-content.mdx @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ --- meta: title: cPanel Webhosting - Additional content - description: This page provides useful links and information for the management and configuration of your Scaleway webhosting package, powered by cPanel + description: This page provides useful links and information for the management and configuration of your Scaleway webhosting plan, powered by cPanel. content: h1: cPanel Webhosting - Additional content - paragraph: This page provides useful links and information for the management and configuration of your Scaleway webhosting package, powered by cPanel. + paragraph: This page provides useful links and information for the management and configuration of your Scaleway webhosting plan, powered by cPanel. tags: webhosting cpanel jetbackup database mailing list mailing-list dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-09-12 categories: - webhosting --- - This documentation is for users who have a webhosting package powered by cPanel on [Scaleway Dedibox](https://www.scaleway.com/en/web-hosting/). + This documentation is intended for users who have a Web Hosting plan powered by cPanel on [Scaleway Dedibox](https://www.scaleway.com/en/web-hosting/). Refer to our [Quickstart](/cpanel-hosting/quickstart/) which contains useful links that answer your frequently asked questions. -If you need additional help setting up your webhosting solution, or have any questions, refer to the index below: +If you need additional help setting up your Web Hosting solution, or have any questions, refer to the index below: -## Creating a Website +## Creating a website * [From WHM to Website](https://docs.cpanel.net/knowledge-base/accounts/from-whm-to-website/) * [Apache vs. PHP-FPM Bottleneck with Child Processes](https://docs.cpanel.net/knowledge-base/php-fpm/apache-vs-php-fpm-bottleneck-with-child-processes/) @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ If you need additional help setting up your webhosting solution, or have any que * [Snapshots](https://docs.jetbackup.com/manual/cpanel/snapshots.html) * [Settings](https://docs.jetbackup.com/manual/cpanel/settings.html) -## Databases +## Databases * [phpMyAdmin](https://docs.cpanel.net/cpanel/databases/phpmyadmin/) * [MySQL® Databases](https://docs.cpanel.net/cpanel/databases/mysql-databases/) @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ If you need additional help setting up your webhosting solution, or have any que ## Preferences -* [Password & Security](https://docs.cpanel.net/cpanel/preferences/password-and-security/) +* [Password and Security](https://docs.cpanel.net/cpanel/preferences/password-and-security/) * [Change Language](https://docs.cpanel.net/cpanel/preferences/change-language/) * [Contact Information](https://docs.cpanel.net/cpanel/preferences/contact-information/) * [User Manager](https://docs.cpanel.net/cpanel/preferences/user-manager/) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/data-lab/concepts.mdx b/pages/data-lab/concepts.mdx index b68de70195..5989845d95 100644 --- a/pages/data-lab/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/data-lab/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn the fundamental concepts of Scaleway Distributed Data Lab. tags: distributed data lab apache spark notebook jupyter processing dates: - validation: 2024-07-31 + validation: 2025-02-24 categories: - managed-services --- @@ -24,6 +24,10 @@ A Distributed Data Lab is a data lab that is distributed across multiple worker A fixture is a set of data forming a request used for testing purposes. +## GPU + +GPUs (Graphical Processing Units) allow Apache Spark to accelerate computations for tasks that involve large-scale parallel processing, such as machine learning and specific data-analytics, significantly reducing the processing time for massive datasets and preparation for AI models. + ## JupyterLab JupyterLab is a web-based platform for interactive computing, letting you work with notebooks, code, and data all in one place. It builds on the classic Jupyter Notebook by offering a more flexible and integrated user interface, making it easier to handle various file formats and interactive components. diff --git a/pages/data-lab/how-to/connect-to-data-lab.mdx b/pages/data-lab/how-to/connect-to-data-lab.mdx index cfce883d4d..14fc428391 100644 --- a/pages/data-lab/how-to/connect-to-data-lab.mdx +++ b/pages/data-lab/how-to/connect-to-data-lab.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Step-by-step guide to connecting to a Distributed Data Lab with the Scaleway console. tags: distributed data lab apache spark create process dates: - validation: 2024-07-31 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-07-31 categories: - managed-services @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ categories: 4. Enter your [API secret key](/iam/concepts/#api-key) when prompted for a password, then click **Log in**. You are directed to the lab's home screen. -5. In the files list on the left, double-click the `quickstart.ipynb` file to open it. +5. In the files list on the left, double-click the `DatalabDemo.ipynb` file to open it. 6. Update the first cell of the file with your API access key and secret key, as shown below: @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ categories: Your notebook environment is now ready to be used. -7. Optionally, follow the instructions contained in the `quickstart.ipynb` file to process a test batch of data. \ No newline at end of file +7. Optionally, follow the instructions contained in the `DatalabDemo.ipynb` file to process a test batch of data. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/data-lab/how-to/create-data-lab.mdx b/pages/data-lab/how-to/create-data-lab.mdx index 6140fd4516..ae00289c23 100644 --- a/pages/data-lab/how-to/create-data-lab.mdx +++ b/pages/data-lab/how-to/create-data-lab.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Step-by-step guide to creating a Distributed Data Lab on Scaleway. tags: distributed data lab apache spark create process dates: - validation: 2024-07-31 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-07-31 categories: - managed-services diff --git a/pages/data-lab/how-to/manage-delete-data-lab.mdx b/pages/data-lab/how-to/manage-delete-data-lab.mdx index 46098f6e09..f6990354d6 100644 --- a/pages/data-lab/how-to/manage-delete-data-lab.mdx +++ b/pages/data-lab/how-to/manage-delete-data-lab.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Step-by-step guide to managing and deleting a Distributed Data Lab with the Scaleway console. tags: distributed data lab apache spark delete remove suppress dates: - validation: 2024-07-31 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-07-31 categories: - managed-services @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ This page explains how to manage and delete your Distributed Data Lab. - [Delete your Data Lab cluster](/data-lab/how-to/manage-delete-data-lab/#how-to-delete-a-distributed-data-lab). -Once you have created a Data Lab cluster, you cannot edit its parameters, such as the node type, or its computing resources. You must [create a new Data Lab cluster](/data-lab/how-to/create-data-lab/) instead. +Once you have created a Data Lab cluster, you cannot edit certain parameters, such as the node type, or its computing resources. You must [create a new Data Lab cluster](/data-lab/how-to/create-data-lab/) instead. ## How to delete a Distributed Data Lab @@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ Once you have created a Data Lab cluster, you cannot edit its parameters, such a 4. Enter **DELETE** in the confirmation pop-up to confirm your action. - 5. Click **Delete Data Lab cluster**. diff --git a/pages/data-lab/index.mdx b/pages/data-lab/index.mdx index aaaf329d5c..d8b7925686 100644 --- a/pages/data-lab/index.mdx +++ b/pages/data-lab/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> Provisioning zero worker nodes lets you retain and access you cluster and notebook configurations, but will not allow you to run calculations. - - Optionally, choose an Object Storage bucket as your source of data and the place to store the output of your operations. - Enter a name for your Data Lab. - Optionally, add a description and/or tags for your Data Lab. - Verify the estimated cost. @@ -65,7 +64,7 @@ The notebook, although capable of performing some local computations, primarily ## How to run the demo file -Each Distributed Data Lab comes with a default `quickstart.ipynb` demo file for testing purposes. This file contains a preconfigured notebook environment that requires no modification to run. +Each Distributed Data Lab comes with a default `DatalabDemo.ipynb` demonstration file for testing purposes. This file contains a preconfigured notebook environment that requires no modification to run. Execute the cells in order to perform pre-determined operations on a dummy data set. @@ -81,7 +80,7 @@ Execute the cells in order to perform pre-determined operations on a dummy data "name": "My Spark", "conf":{ "spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.access.key": "your-api-access-key", - "spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.secret.key": "your-api-access-key", + "spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.secret.key": "your-api-secret-key", "spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.endpoint": "your-bucket-endpoint" } } diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/concepts.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/concepts.mdx index 155d0afe69..6724a96c11 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to your Dedibox account tags: dedibox dedibox-console account logs google authenticator authenticator dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 categories: - account --- diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/accept-outsourcing.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/accept-outsourcing.mdx index 4a90379d00..b5e6a57611 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/accept-outsourcing.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/accept-outsourcing.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to accept a Scaleway Dedibox outsourcing request. tags: dedibox, outsource, outsourcing-request dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ If you have a Scaleway Dedibox account, another user can grant you access to the 5. Click **Save changes** to confirm. -After completing these steps, the outsourced services will be available in your Dedibox console, and you can begin managing them. \ No newline at end of file +After completing these steps, the outsourced services will be available in your Dedibox console, and you can begin managing them. diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/add-payment-method.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/add-payment-method.mdx index 058dd193ca..45b8289ce3 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/add-payment-method.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/add-payment-method.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to add a payment method to your Dedibox console. tags: dedibox dedibox-console payment billing dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -19,11 +19,9 @@ categories: Follow these steps to change the payment mode on your Scaleway Dedibox account: -1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the console. From the drop-down menu, select **Billing**. The billing page displays. +1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the Dedibox console. From the drop-down menu, select **Billing**. The billing page displays. 2. Click **Change payment mode**. A list of available payment modes appear. Choose your preferred method, then click **Update payment mode**. Some payment methods may not be available for your account. 3. Enter the required information for your new payment mode and validate the changes to complete the process. - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/contact-support.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/contact-support.mdx index a7321cfd5c..26d232edc5 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/contact-support.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/contact-support.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows you how to contact the Scaleway Dedibox support team. tags: contact support help assistance dedibox-console dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - account diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/create-a-dedibox-account.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/create-a-dedibox-account.mdx index 3e34f99def..99d9ded9da 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/create-a-dedibox-account.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/create-a-dedibox-account.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to create a Scaleway Dedibox account. tags: dedibox, account, create, signup dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/disable-two-factor-authentication.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/disable-two-factor-authentication.mdx index ed98405b80..b2b71c22dd 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/disable-two-factor-authentication.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/disable-two-factor-authentication.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to disable multifactor authentication for Scaleway Dedibox. tags: dedibox-console dedibox disable mfa 2fa multifactor authentication dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ For security reasons, it is **not recommended to disable** multifactor authentic ## How to disable multifactor authentication -1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the console. Then click **Security** in the pop-up menu. +1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the Dedibox console. Then click **Security** in the pop-up menu. 2. The security page displays. Click **Disable two factor authenticaton**. 3. Enter a security token generated by your multifactor authentication application and click **Confirm**. @@ -39,5 +39,3 @@ If you lose both your MFA app and backup codes, the only way to regain access to * A card statement showing the Scaleway bill debit. Once you have collected this information, send it to [document@scaleway.com](mailto:document@scaleway.com). - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/enable-two-factor-authentication.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/enable-two-factor-authentication.mdx index f0b5e9478d..b83d4e61e4 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/enable-two-factor-authentication.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/enable-two-factor-authentication.mdx @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to enable multifactor authentication on the Scaleway Dedibox console. tags: dedibox-console 2fa authentication enable multifactor dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 -categories: +categories: - account --- @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ Multifactor authentication helps make your account safer. When enabled, after en - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- Downloaded a multi-factor authenticator application to your phone +- Downloaded a multifactor authenticator application to your phone -1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the console. Then click **Security** in the pop-up menu. +1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the Dedibox console. Then click **Security** in the pop-up menu. 2. The security page displays. Click **Show QR code** to display the QR code and add the Scaleway Dedibox console to your authenticator application. @@ -35,6 +35,4 @@ Your account is now protected by multifactor authentication, and a security toke Make sure to keep your authentication device secure, as you cannot log in without the authentication token. - - - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/manage-data-settings.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/manage-data-settings.mdx index 287ad1f2b4..12b8c8fc61 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/manage-data-settings.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/manage-data-settings.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to manage your Scaleway Dedibox data privacy settings. tags: manage data privacy dedibox-console dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ You can manage your data privacy settings from the Scaleway Dedibox console. - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the console. Then, select **[Privacy](https://console.online.net/en/account/privacy)** from the pop-up menu. +1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the Dedibox console. Then, select **[Privacy](https://console.online.net/en/account/privacy)** from the pop-up menu. 2. The data privacy section displays. You can: - retain a copy of your personal data. - retrieve information about your personal data processed by Scaleway Dedibox. @@ -28,5 +28,3 @@ You can manage your data privacy settings from the Scaleway Dedibox console. - exercise your right to data portability. - manage the use of your personal data. 3. Check the corresponding checkboxes for the actions you want to take, and then click **Send** to confirm your choices. - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/outsource-dedibox.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/outsource-dedibox.mdx index 4d8ec28352..b7b17f537c 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/outsource-dedibox.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/outsource-dedibox.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to outsource your Scaleway Dedibox dedicated server. tags: dedibox, outsource dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/outsource-failover-ip.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/outsource-failover-ip.mdx index 604d7a1936..15de04919e 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/outsource-failover-ip.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/outsource-failover-ip.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: - title: How to outsource a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP + title: How to outsource a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP description: Learn how to outsource a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP, allowing another user to manage it on your behalf. content: - h1: How to outsource a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP - paragraph: Learn how to outsource a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP, allowing another user to manage it on your behalf. + h1: How to outsource a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP + paragraph: Learn how to outsource a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP, allowing another user to manage it on your behalf. tags: dedibox-console dedibox outsource failover failover-ip dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Outsourcing a Dedibox dedicated server and its allocated failover IPs allows ano 2. Locate the failover IP you intend to outsource. Click the settings icon (typically a gear icon) next to the selected IP. A drop-down menu will appear. 3. Select **Outsourcing** from the drop-down menu. This will open the outsourcing form, where you can specify the new technical contact. 4. Enter the **identifier** (login) of the Dedibox user who will manage the failover IP in the outsourcing form. Ensure that the identifier corresponds to the other user's Dedibox console account. Complete the form by providing any additional required details. -5. Click **Send request** to submit the outsourcing request. +5. Click **Send request** to submit the outsourcing request. 6. The recipient of the failover IP will receive a notification, prompting them to accept or decline the outsourcing request. Once accepted, the management of the failover IP will be transferred to their account. diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/recover-password-lost-email.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/recover-password-lost-email.mdx index 0ef6152f15..76b2cfae5c 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/recover-password-lost-email.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/recover-password-lost-email.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: How to recover your Dedibox account password if your email is no longer valid - description: Learn how to recover the password of your account if your email address is no longer valid. + description: Learn how to recover the password of your Scaleway Dedibox account if your email address is no longer valid. content: h1: How to recover your Dedibox account password if your email is no longer valid - paragraph: This guide explains how to recover the password of your account if your email address is no longer valid. + paragraph: This guide explains how to recover the password of your Scaleway Dedibox account if your email address is no longer valid. tags: dedibox-console, recover, password, email, account dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/report-incident.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/report-incident.mdx index 35930e7e82..1e6348d921 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/report-incident.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/report-incident.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: How to report a Dedibox incident - description: This page shows you how to submit an abuse report and to indicate how the report will be processed. + description: This page shows you how to submit an abuse report for Dedibox servers and to indicate how the report will be processed. content: h1: How to report a Dedibox incident - paragraph: This page shows you how to submit an abuse report and to indicate how the report will be processed. + paragraph: This page shows you how to submit an abuse report for Dedibox servers and to indicate how the report will be processed. tags: report incident dedibox-console dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - account @@ -58,5 +58,3 @@ Scaleway’s abuse team will verify the exactness of the report, that all the ne * Remain courteous when communicating with the abuse team. Abuse reports shall not contain any offensive, vulgar or threatening language. * If you consider that your report has been unduly rejected, you can contact Scaleway’s abuse team. - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/resolve-abuse.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/resolve-abuse.mdx index 62b09130d1..250d351023 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/resolve-abuse.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/resolve-abuse.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to resolve Abuse tickets. tags: resolve abuse complaint ticket dedibox-console dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/revoke-outsourcing.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/revoke-outsourcing.mdx index d089b3c1ba..1779c0358a 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/revoke-outsourcing.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/revoke-outsourcing.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to revoke an existing Scaleway Dedibox outsourcing agreement. tags: dedibox, revoke, outsourcing dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Outsourced services refer to services managed by a different technical contact t ### How to revoke an outsourcing agreement 1. Log in to the [Dedibox console](https://console.online.net). -2. Click your username next to _logged in as_ in the top right corner of the console. Then select **Outsourcing** from the pop-up menu. +2. Click your username next to _logged in as_ in the top right corner of the Dedibox console. Then select **Outsourcing** from the pop-up menu. 3. On the outsourcing page, navigate to the **Outsourced** tab to view a list of your outsourced services. Select the checkbox next to each service you want to revoke the outsourcing for: 4. Click **Remove selected roles** to confirm and initiate the revocation of outsourcing for the selected services. @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ Outsourced services refer to services managed by a different technical contact t Once you complete these steps, the services will no longer be associated with the outsourced account, and the technical management will revert to the owner of the service. Revoking the outsourcing of a service does not cancel its subscription. The service will remain active, but management control will revert to the owner. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/update-email.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/update-email.mdx index 4caec247a7..dee626f6b6 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/update-email.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/update-email.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to update the email address associated with your Scaleway Dedibox account. tags: dedibox update account email dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Every Scaleway Dedibox account is associated with a specific email address. In t - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the console. Then click **Account information** in the pop-up menu. The account information page displays. +1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the Dedibox console. Then click **Account information** in the pop-up menu. The account information page displays. 2. Click **Update** next to your email address: diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/update-password.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/update-password.mdx index 12fa85b732..37193376e3 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/update-password.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/update-password.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to update the password of your account. tags: dedibox account password security dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -19,12 +19,10 @@ For security reasons, we recommend changing your passwords regularly. You can up - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the console. Then click **Account information** in the pop-up menu. The account information page displays. +1. Click your username, next to _logged in as_, in the top right corner of the Dedibox console. Then click **Account information** in the pop-up menu. The account information page displays. 2. Click **Update** next to your (hidden) password: 3. Click the link sent to your registered email address to access the update form. 4. Enter your current password, your new password, and its confirmation. Click **Update my password** to submit the form. Your new password is validated, and you can use it to log in to your Scaleway Dedibox console. - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/upload-an-ssh-key.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/upload-an-ssh-key.mdx index 34bd828114..8846537ae7 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/upload-an-ssh-key.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/how-to/upload-an-ssh-key.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to upload and use an SSH key for Scaleway Dedibox servers. tags: upload, ssh-key, ssh, dedibox dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2020-03-12 categories: - account @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ SSH keys offer a more secure method of identity authentication on computer syste - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -1. In the top right corner of the console, click on your username to open the pop-up menu. From there, select **SSH keys**. +1. In the top right corner of the Dedibox console, click on your username to open the pop-up menu. From there, select **SSH keys**. You will be taken to a page displaying all your existing SSH keys (if you have not created any key yet, the list will be empty). 2. Click **Add SSH key** to open the SSH key form. diff --git a/pages/dedibox-account/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-account/index.mdx index c7647a334f..43a7193e17 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-account/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-account/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> diff --git a/pages/dedibox-dns/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-dns/index.mdx index 1bdf2512bd..14d54246ba 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-dns/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-dns/index.mdx @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ meta: - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) - A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with a [DELL PERC H200](https://www.dell.com/support/kbdoc/en-us/000134280/perc-dell-perc-h200-and-6gbps-sas-hba-features) RAID controller -## How to install the required packages - -We recommend you use the packages provided by [HWraid](http://hwraid.le-vert.net/) to configure your DELL PERC H200 RAID controller. Install them as follows: - -### Debian 12 (Bookworm) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian bullseye main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Debian 11 (Bullseye) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian bullseye main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Debian 10 (Buster) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian buster main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Debian 9 (Stretch) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian stretch main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Unbuntu 20.04 (Focal Fossa) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu focal main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Unbuntu 18.04 (Bionic Beaver) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu bionic main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial Xerus) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu xenial main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -## How to check the status of the RAID controller - -Run the following command to check the status of the DELL PERC H200 RAID controller: - -``` -sas2ircu LIST -``` - -An output like the following example displays: - -``` +## Checking the RAID controller status +To check the status of the DELL PERC H200 RAID controller, run the following command: + ```bash + sas2ircu LIST + ``` + Output: + ``` LSI Corporation SAS2 IR Configuration Utility. - Version 5.00.00.00 (2010.02.09) - Copyright (c) 2009 LSI Corporation. All rights reserved. - - Adapter Vendor Device SubSys SubSys - Index Type ID ID Pci Address Ven ID Dev ID - ----- ------------ ------ ------ ----------------- ------ ------ - 0 SAS2008 1000h 72h 00h:01h:00h:00h 1028h 1f1dh - SAS2IRCU: Utility Completed Successfully. -``` - -## How to check the status of the RAID - -Run the following command to check the status of the hardware RAID on your Dell PERC H200: - -``` -sas2ircu-status -``` - -It displays information about the state of the RAID array: - -``` --- Controller informations -- --- ID | Model -c0 | SAS2008 - --- Arrays informations -- --- ID | Type | Size | Status -c0u0 | RAID1 | 1907G | Okay (OKY) - --- Disks informations --- ID | Model | Status -c0u0p0 | ST32000444SS (9WM3NAR0) | Optimal (OPT) -c0u0p1 | ST32000444SS (9WM3MZL2) | Optimal (OPT) -``` - -## How to optimize the performance of your hardware RAID + Version 5.00.00.00 (2010.02.09) + Copyright (c) 2009 LSI Corporation. All rights reserved. + Adapter Vendor Device SubSys SubSys + Index Type ID ID Pci Address Ven ID Dev ID + ----- ------------ ------ ------ ----------------- ------ ------ + 0 SAS2008 1000h 72h 00h:01h:00h:00h 1028h 1f1dh + SAS2IRCU: Utility Completed Successfully. + ``` + +## Checking the RAID status +To check the status of the hardware RAID on your Dell PERC H200, run the following command: + ```bash + sas2ircu-status + ``` + Output: + ``` + -- Controller informations -- + -- ID | Model + c0 | SAS2008 + -- Arrays informations -- + -- ID | Type | Size | Status + c0u0 | RAID1 | 1907G | Okay (OKY) + -- Disks informations + -- ID | Model | Status + c0u0p0 | ST32000444SS (9WM3NAR0) | Optimal (OPT) + c0u0p1 | ST32000444SS (9WM3MZL2) | Optimal (OPT) + ``` + +## Optimizing RAID performance For maximum performance, you can activate the cache of your SATA disks. After creating a virtual disk, the cache of SATA disks is disabled by default. Restore maximum performance by re-enabling the cache using rescue mode. This step can be performed on Dedibox servers equipped with a DELL PERC H200 RAID controller and SATA hard disk drives. -1. Boot your server into [rescue mode](/dedibox/how-to/use-rescue-mode/) using a 64-bit Ubuntu operating system. -2. Log into the server using the provided SSH credentials and run the following commands to re-enable the disk cache: - ```sh - sudo su - - echo 'deb http://linux.dell.com/repo/community/deb/latest /' | sudo tee -a /etc/apt/sources.list.d/linux.dell.com.sources.list - - apt-get update && apt-get install -y --force-yes srvadmin-base - - service dataeng start - - /opt/dell/srvadmin/sbin/omconfig storage vdisk action=changepolicy controller=0 vdisk=0 diskcachepolicy=enabled - ``` +1. Boot your server into rescue mode using a 64-bit Ubuntu operating system. +2. Log into the server using the provided SSH credentials and run the following commands to re-enable the disk cache: + ```bash + sudo su + echo 'deb http://linux.dell.com/repo/community/deb/latest /' | sudo tee -a /etc/apt/sources.list.d/linux.dell.com.sources.list + apt-get update && apt-get install -y --force-yes srvadmin-base + service dataeng start + /opt/dell/srvadmin/sbin/omconfig storage vdisk action=changepolicy controller=0 vdisk=0 diskcachepolicy=enabled + ``` + +## Advanced operations +### Creating a RAID volume +To create a virtual drive in controller 0, including disks 0 and 1: + ```bash + # to create a RAID0 + sas2ircu 0 create raid0 max 1:0 1:1 + # to create a RAID1 + sas2ircu 0 create raid1 max 1:0 1:1 + # to create a volume with a volume name (optional) + sas2ircu 0 create $raidtype max 1:0 1:1 my-RAID0 + ``` + +### Creating a hot spare drive +To create a hot spare drive: + ```bash + # example with drive 1:1 + sas2ircu 0 HOTSPARE 1:1 + ``` + +### Deleting configuration + + Deleting the configuration is **DANGEROUS** and should be done with caution. + +To delete controller 0 configuration: + ```bash + sas2ircu 0 delete + ``` +### Enabling an inactive volume +To enable an inactive volume: +```bash +sas2ircu 0 ACTIVATE $the-volume-id +``` diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h310-h700-h710-h730p-lsi9361.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h310-h700-h710-h730p-lsi9361.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..473fca6f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h310-h700-h710-h730p-lsi9361.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +--- +meta: + title: How to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller + description: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox +content: + h1: How to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller + paragraph: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller +tags: dell perc h310 raid controller dedibox +dates: + validation: 2025-03-05 + posted: 2021-07-16 +categories: + - dedibox-servers +--- + +This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox. + + + +- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with a H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller + +## Checking the status of the RAID controller + +To check the status of the RAID controller, run the following command: +```bash +megaclisas-status +``` +This will display information about the controller, including the model, firmware version, and status of the arrays and disks. + +## Checking the status of the disks + +To check the health status of the disks in your RAID, run the following command: +```bash +DEVICE=/dev/sda +for i in $(megacli -pdlist -a0 | grep Id | cut -d":" -f2); do + echo "============================== $i ==============================" + smartctl -s on -a -d megaraid,${i} ${DEVICE} -T permissive +done +``` +This will display information about each disk, including its model, size, and status. + +## Creating a RAID + +To create a RAID, you will need to use the `megacli` command. The basic syntax is as follows: + ```bash + megacli -CfgLdAdd -rX [32:X] -a0 + ``` + Where: + + * `-rX` specifies the RAID level (e.g. `-r0` for RAID 0, `-r1` for RAID 1, etc.) + * `[32:X]` specifies the slot numbers of the disks to include in the RAID + * `-a0` specifies the adapter number (usually 0) + + For example, to create a RAID 1 on two disks, you would use the following command: + ```bash + megacli -CfgLdAdd -r1 [32:0,32:1] -a0 + ``` + +## Deleting a RAID + +To delete a RAID, you will need to use the following commands: +```bash +megacli -PdList -a0 +megacli -LdPdInfo -a0 +megacli -AdpSetProp -EnableJBOD -0 -a0 +megacli -CfgLdDel -Lall -Force -a0 +megacli -CfgForeign -Clear -a0 +``` +This will delete the RAID and return the disks to an unconfigured state. + +## Troubleshooting + +If you encounter any issues with your RAID, you can use the `megaclisas-status` command to check the status of the controller and disks. You can also use the `smartctl` command to check the health status of the disks. + diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h310.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h310.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 68c16f3686..0000000000 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h310.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: How to configure the DELL PERC H310 RAID controller - description: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox -content: - h1: How to configure the DELL PERC H310 RAID controller - paragraph: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 RAID controller -tags: dell perc h310 raid controller dedibox -dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 - posted: 2021-07-16 -categories: - - dedibox-servers ---- - - - -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with a [DELL PERC H310](https://www.dell.com/support/kbdoc/fr-fr/000102394/dell-poweredge-perc-h310-h810-configuration-and-faq) RAID controller - -## How to install the required packages - -We recommend you use the packages provided by [HWraid](http://hwraid.le-vert.net/) to configure your DELL PERC H310 RAID controller. Install them as follows: - -### Debian 12 (Bookworm) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian bullseye main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Debian 11 (Bullseye) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian bullseye main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Debian 10 (Buster) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian buster main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Debian 9 (Stretch) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian stretch main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Unbuntu 20.04 (Focal Fossa) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu focal main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Unbuntu 18.04 (Bionic Beaver) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu bionic main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial Xerus) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu xenial main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -## How to check the status of the RAID controller - -Run the following command to check the status of the DELL PERC H310 RAID controller: - -``` -megaclisas-status -``` - -An output like the following example displays: - -``` --- Controller information -- --- ID | Model -c0 | PERC H310 Mini - --- Arrays informations -- --- ID | Type | Size | Status | InProgress -c0u0 | RAID0 | 2728G | Optimal | None -c0u1 | RAID0 | 2728G | Optimal | None - --- Disks informations --- ID | Model | Status -c0u0p0 | SEAGATE ST3000NM0023 GS0FZ1Y25K8M | Online, Spun Up -c0u1p0 | SEAGATE ST3000NM0023 GS0FZ1Y25L0X | Online, Spun Up -``` - -## How to check the status of the disks - -Run the following command to check the health status of the disks in your RAID: - -``` -DEVICE=/dev/sda -for i in $(megacli -pdlist -a0 | grep Id | cut -d":" -f2); do - echo "============================== $i ==============================" - smartctl -s on -a -d megaraid,${i} ${DEVICE} -T permissive -done -``` - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h700.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h700.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 41ff2c6b15..0000000000 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h700.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: How to configure the DELL PERC H700/H710/H730/H730P RAID controller - description: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H700/H710/H730/H730P RAID controller -content: - h1: How to configure the DELL PERC H700/H710/H730/H730P RAID controller - paragraph: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H700/H710/H730/H730P RAID controller -tags: dell perc h700 h710 h730 h730p raid controller dedibox -dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 - posted: 2021-07-16 -categories: - - dedibox-servers ---- - - - -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with a [DELL PERC H700/H710/H730/H730P](https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Shared-Content_data-Sheets_Documents/en/perc-technical-guidebook.pdf) RAID controller - -## How to install the required packages - -We recommend using the packages provided by [HWraid](http://hwraid.le-vert.net/) to configure your DELL PERC H700/H710/H730/H730P RAID controller. Install them as follows: - -### Debian 12 (Bookworm) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian bullseye main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Debian 11 (bullseye) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian bullseye main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Debian 10 (Buster) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian buster main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Debian 9 (Stretch) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian stretch main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Unbuntu 20.04 (Focal Fossa) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu focal main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Unbuntu 18.04 (Bionic Beaver) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu bionic main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -### Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial Xerus) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu xenial main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install megaclisas-status -``` - -## How to check the status of the RAID controller - -Run the following command to check the status of the DELL PERC H700/H710/H730/H730P RAID controller: - -``` -megaclisas-status -``` - -An output like the following example displays: -``` --- Controller informations -- --- ID | Model -c0 | PERC H710 - --- Arrays informations -- --- ID | Type | Size | Status | InProgress -c0u0 | RAID0 | 2728G | Optimal | None -c0u1 | RAID0 | 2728G | Optimal | None - --- Disks informations --- ID | Model | Status -c0u0p0 | SEAGATE ST3000NM0023 GS0FZ1Y25K8M | Online, Spun Up -c0u1p0 | SEAGATE ST3000NM0023 GS0FZ1Y25L0X | Online, Spun Up -``` - -## How to check the status of the disks - -Run the following command to check the health status of the disks in your RAID: - -``` -DEVICE=/dev/sda -for i in $(megacli -pdlist -a0 | grep Id | cut -d":" -f2); do - echo "============================== $i ==============================" - smartctl -s on -a -d megaraid,${i} ${DEVICE} -T permissive -done -``` - - - Note that you will need to replace `/dev/sda`with the correct disk that represents your Logical Volume, if you have multiple of them. - - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h800.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h800.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index a3b1eb86f0..0000000000 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-dell-perc-h800.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: How to configure the DELL PERC H800 RAID controller - description: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H800 RAID controller -content: - h1: How to configure the DELL PERC H800 RAID controller - paragraph: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H800 RAID controller -tags: dedibox dell perc h800 raid controller -dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 - posted: 2021-07-16 -categories: - - dedibox-servers ---- - - - -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with a [DELL PERC H800](https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Shared-Content_data-Sheets_Documents/en/perc-technical-guidebook.pdf) RAID controller - -## How to install the required packages - -We recommend you use the packages provided by [HWraid](http://hwraid.le-vert.net/) to configure your DELL PERC H800 RAID controller. Install them as follows: - -### Debian 12 (Bookworm) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian bullseye main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Debian 11 (Bullseye) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian bullseye main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Debian 10 (Buster) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian buster main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Debian 9 (Stretch) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/debian stretch main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Unbuntu 20.04 (Focal Fossa) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu focal main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Unbuntu 18.04 (Bionic Beaver) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu bionic main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -### Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial Xerus) - -```sh -sudo echo "deb http://hwraid.le-vert.net/ubuntu xenial main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list -sudo apt update -sudo apt install sas2ircu-status -``` - -## How to check the status of the RAID controller - -Run the following command to check the status of the DELL PERC H800 RAID controller: - -``` -sas2ircu LIST -``` - -An output like the following example displays: - -``` --- Controller informations -- --- ID | Model -c0 | PERC H800 Integrated - --- Arrays informations -- --- ID | Type | Size | Status | InProgress -c0u0 | RAID6 | 18188G | Optimal | None - --- Disks informations --- ID | Model | Status -c0u0p0 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3P15W | Online -c0u0p1 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM495G6 | Online -c0u0p2 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3P1BM | Online -c0u0p3 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM41PYG | Online -c0u0p4 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM47H0J | Online -c0u0p5 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3YWVT | Online -c0u0p6 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3HEP6 | Online -c0u0p7 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3QGBJ | Online -c0u0p8 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3EN4J | Online -c0u0p9 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3QG7G | Online -c0u0p10 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3V3ML | Online -c0u0p11 | SEAGATE ST32000444SS KS689WM3QGTG | Online -``` - -## How to check the status of the disks - -Run the following command to check the health status of the disks in your RAID: - -``` -DEVICE=/dev/sda -for i in $(megacli -pdlist -a0 | grep Id | cut -d":" -f2); do - echo "============================== $i ==============================" - smartctl -s on -a -d megaraid,${i} ${DEVICE} -T permissive -done -``` - - - Note that you will need to replace `/dev/sda`with the correct disk that represents your Logical Volume, if you have multiple of them. - - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hardware-raid-console.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hardware-raid-console.mdx index 382d5f6f50..5138df45fd 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hardware-raid-console.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hardware-raid-console.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to configure your Scaleway Dedibox hardware RAID from the console paragraph: This page explains how to configure your Scaleway Dedibox hardware RAID from the console -tags: dedibox raid +tags: dedibox raid dates: - validation: 2024-08-27 + validation: 2025-03-05 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers @@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ The logical disks of the RAID array are managed by a physical controller, sittin - A [Dedibox account](https://console.online.net) +- A Dedibox server with hardware RAID controller 1. Log in to the [Scaleway Dedibox console](https://console.online.net/en/login). -2. Click on **Server** > **Server list** to display a list of available servers in the account. +2. Click **Server** > **Server list** to view a list of available servers in your account. 3. Select the server to install and click **Manage**. 4. Click **RAID configuration** in the menu. -5. Choose the RAID level for the server from the drop-down list and confirm by clicking **Erase all my data and proceed to RAID level changes**. +5. Choose the RAID level for the server from the drop-down list. - This will delete all the data in the server's disks. Make sure to back up your data before changing the RAID level of the machine. + Changing the RAID level will erase all data on the server's disks. Please back up your data before proceeding. -6. Proceed with the reinstallation of the operating system from the console. - +6. Reinstall the operating system from the console. diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array-p410.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array-p410.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 6bdfc2ac86..0000000000 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array-p410.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: How to configure the HP SMART ARRAY P410/P222 RAID controller - description: This page explains how to configure the HP SMART ARRAY P410/P222 RAID RAID controller -content: - h1: How to configure the HP SMART ARRAY P410/P222 RAID controller - paragraph: This page explains how to configure the HP SMART ARRAY P410/P222 RAID RAID controller -tags: dedibox hp smart array p410 p222 raid controller -dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 - posted: 2021-07-16 -categories: - - dedibox-servers ---- - - - -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with an HP SMART ARRAY P410 or P222 RAID controller - -## How to check the status of the RAID - -1. Log into your server using SSH. -2. Run the following command to display the status of the RAID: - ``` - ssacli ctrl all show config - ``` - - An output similar to the following example displays: - - ``` - Smart Array P410 in Slot 1 (sn: PACCRID111003N3) - - array A (SATA, Unused Space: 0 MB) - - logicaldrive 1 (1.8 TB, RAID 1, OK) - - physicaldrive 1I:1:1 (port 1I:box 1:bay 1, SATA, 2 TB, OK) - physicaldrive 1I:1:2 (port 1I:box 1:bay 2, SATA, 2 TB, OK) - ``` -3. Run the following commands to display the SMART values of the disks: - ``` - smartctl -a -d cciss,0 /dev/sg0 - ``` - - then run: - - ``` - smartctl -a -d cciss,1 /dev/sg0 - ``` - -## How to check the battery state of a P410 RAID controller with cache and battery - -Run the following command to check the battery state of an HP SMART ARRAY P410 RAID controller: - - ``` - ssacli ctrl all show config detail - ``` - - It returns the state of the cache and the battery of the controller: - - ``` - Total Cache Size: 256 MB - Cache Backup Power Source: Batteries - Battery/Capacitor Count: 1 - Battery/Capacitor Status: OK - ``` - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array-p420.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array-p420.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 8285dbed97..0000000000 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array-p420.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: How to configure the HP SMART ARRAY P420 RAID controller - description: This page explains how to configure the HP SMART ARRAY P420 RAID controller -content: - h1: How to configure the HP SMART ARRAY P420 RAID controller - paragraph: This page explains how to configure the HP SMART ARRAY P420 RAID controller -tags: hp smart array p420 kvm hp-smart-array dedibox raid controller -dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 - posted: 2021-07-16 -categories: - - dedibox-servers ---- - - - -- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with an HP SMART ARRAY P420 RAID controller - -## How to check the status of the RAID - -1. Log into your server using SSH. -2. Run the following command to display the status of the RAID: - ``` - ssacli ctrl all show config - ``` - - An output as the following example displays: - - ``` - Smart Array P420 in Slot 1 (sn: PACCRID1XXXXXX) - - array A (SATA, Unused Space: 0 MB) - - logicaldrive 1 (1.8 TB, RAID 1, OK) - - physicaldrive 1I:1:1 (port 1I:box 1:bay 1, SATA, 2 TB, OK) - physicaldrive 1I:1:2 (port 1I:box 1:bay 2, SATA, 2 TB, OK) - ``` -3. Run the following commands to display the SMART values of the disks: - ``` - smartctl -a -d cciss,0 /dev/sg0 - ``` - - Then run: - - ``` - smartctl -a -d cciss,1 /dev/sg0 - ``` - -## How to check the battery state of a P420 RAID controller with cache and battery - -Run the following command to check the battery state of an HP SMART ARRAY P420 RAID controller: - - ``` - ssacli ctrl all show config detail - ``` - - It resets the cache and battery of the controller: - - ``` - Total Cache Size: 256 MB - Cache Backup Power Source: Batteries - Battery/Capacitor Count: 1 - Battery/Capacitor Status: OK - ``` - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d887493572 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-hp-smart-array.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Configuring the HP Smart Array (P222/P410/P420) RAID Controller + description: This page explains how to configure the HP Smart Array (P222/P410/P420) RAID controller. +content: + h1: Configuring the HP Smart Array (P222/P410/P420)Controller + paragraph: This page explains how to configure the HP Smart Array (P222/P410/P420) RAID controller. +tags: dedibox hp smart array p420 p410 p222 raid controller +dates: + validation: 2025-02-25 + posted: 2021-07-16 +categories: + - dedibox-servers +--- + + + +- A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with an HP Smart Array P222, P410 or P420 RAID controller + +## Checking the RAID status +1. Log into your server using SSH. +2. Run the following command to display the RAID status: + ```bash + ssacli ctrl all show config + ``` + This command will show you the current configuration of the RAID controller, including the logical and physical drives. + + Example output: + ``` + Smart Array P410 in Slot 1 (sn: PACCRID111003N3) + array A (SATA, Unused Space: 0 MB) + logicaldrive 1 (1.8 TB, RAID 1, OK) + physicaldrive 1I:1:1 (port 1I:box 1:bay 1, SATA, 2 TB, OK) + physicaldrive 1I:1:2 (port 1I:box 1:bay 2, SATA, 2 TB, OK) + ``` + +## Checking the SMART values of the disks +1. Run the following commands to display the SMART values of the disks: + ```bash + smartctl -a -d cciss,0 /dev/sg0 + smartctl -a -d cciss,1 /dev/sg0 + ``` + Replace `/dev/sg0` with the appropriate device name for your system. You can find the correct device name by running `ls /dev/sg*`. + +## Checking the battery state of an HP Smart Array RAID controller with cache and battery +1. Run the following command to check the battery state of an HP Smart Array P410 RAID controller: + ```bash + ssacli ctrl all show config detail + ``` + Look for the `Battery/Capacitor Status` line in the output to determine the battery state. + Example output: + ``` + Total Cache Size: 256 MB + Cache Backup Power Source: Batteries + Battery/Capacitor Count: 1 + Battery/Capacitor Status: OK + ``` + +## Viewing controller information + +### Show controller info +Run the following command to show summarized information about the controller: + ```bash + ssacli ctrl all show config + ``` + Example output: + ```plaintext + Smart Array P420 in Slot 2 (sn: PDKRH0ARH4N3GJ) + + Internal Drive Cage at Port 1I, Box 1, OK + + Port Name: 1I + Port Name: 2I + Array A (SAS, Unused Space: 0 MB) + logicaldrive 1 (2.73 TB, RAID 1, OK) + physicaldrive 1I:1:1 (port 1I:box 1:bay 1, SAS HDD, 3 TB, OK) + physicaldrive 1I:1:2 (port 1I:box 1:bay 2, SAS HDD, 3 TB, OK) + + Array B (Solid State SATA, Unused Space: 3 MB) + logicaldrive 2 (111.76 GB, RAID 1, OK) + physicaldrive 1I:1:3 (port 1I:box 1:bay 3, SATA SSD, 120 GB, OK) + physicaldrive 1I:1:4 (port 1I:box 1:bay 4, SATA SSD, 120 GB, OK) + SEP (Vendor ID PMCSIERA, Model SRCv8x6G) 380 (WWID: 5001438026863C7F) + ``` + +### Show controller details + +Run the following command to show detailed information about the controller: + + ```bash + ssacli ctrl all show config detail + ``` + Example output: + ```plaintext + Smart Array P410 in Slot 1 + Bus Interface: PCI + Slot: 1 + Serial Number: PACCRID1229023H + Cache Serial Number: PACCQID12470DCY + Controller Status: OK + Hardware Revision: C + Firmware Version: 6.64-0 + Rebuild Priority: Medium + Expand Priority: Medium + Surface Scan Delay: 3 secs + Surface Scan Mode: Idle + Parallel Surface Scan Supported: No + Queue Depth: Automatic + Monitor and Performance Delay: 60 min + Elevator Sort: Enabled + Degraded Performance Optimization: Disabled + Wait for Cache Room: Disabled + Surface Analysis Inconsistency Notification: Disabled + Post Prompt Timeout: 15 secs + Cache Board Present: True + Cache Status: OK + Cache Ratio: 25% Read / 75% Write + Drive Write Cache: Enabled + Total Cache Size: 0.2 + Total Cache Memory Available: 0.1 + No-Battery Write Cache: Disabled + Cache Backup Power Source: Batteries + Battery/Capacitor Count: 1 + Battery/Capacitor Status: OK + SATA NCQ Supported: True + Number of Ports: 2 Internal only + Encryption: Not Set + Driver Name: hpsa + Driver Version: 3.4.20 + Driver Supports SSD Smart Path: True + PCI Address (Domain:Bus:Device.Function): 0000:04:00.0 + Port Max Phy Rate Limiting Supported: False + Host Serial Number: CZ33067W8E + Sanitize Erase Supported: False + Primary Boot Volume: None + Secondary Boot Volume: None + ``` + +## Viewing physical drives +### Show physical drives +To view the status of all physical drives, you can use the following command: + ```bash + slot=$(ssacli ctrl all show|grep Slot|awk -F 'Slot' '{print $2}'|awk '{print $1}') + hpssacli ctrl slot="$slot" pd all show status + ``` + Example output: + ``` + physicaldrive 1I:1:1 (port 1I:box 1:bay 1, 3 TB): OK + physicaldrive 1I:1:2 (port 1I:box 1:bay 2, 3 TB): OK + physicaldrive 1I:1:3 (port 1I:box 1:bay 3, 120 GB): OK + physicaldrive 1I:1:4 (port 1I:box 1:bay 4, 120 GB): OK + ``` + +### Show physical drives details +To view detailed information about all physical drives, use the following command: +```bash +slot=$(ssacli ctrl all show|grep Slot|awk -F 'Slot' '{print $2}'|awk '{print $1}') +hpssacli ctrl slot="$slot" pd all show detail +``` +Example output: +```plaintext +hpssacli ctrl slot="$slot" pd all show detail +Smart Array P410 in Slot 1 + Array A + physicaldrive 1I:1:1 + Port: 1I + Box: 1 + Bay: 1 + Status: OK + Drive Type: Data Drive + Interface Type: SATA + Size: 2 TB + Drive exposed to OS: False + Logical/Physical Block Size: 512/4096 + Rotational Speed: 7200 + Firmware Revision: FP4B + Serial Number: 61H7K9SQFJSA + WWID: 3000000000000000 + Model: ATA TOSHIBA MG04ACA2 + SATA NCQ Capable: True + SATA NCQ Enabled: True + Current Temperature (C): 26 + Maximum Temperature (C): 40 + PHY Count: 1 + PHY Transfer Rate: 3.0Gbps + Sanitize Erase Supported: False + Shingled Magnetic Recording Support: None + physicaldrive 1I:1:2 + Port: 1I + Box: 1 + Bay: 2 + Status: OK + Drive Type: Data Drive + Interface Type: SATA + Size: 2 TB + Drive exposed to OS: False + Logical/Physical Block Size: 512/4096 + Rotational Speed: 7200 + Firmware Revision: FP3B + Serial Number: 77VFK22RFJSA + WWID: 3000000000000001 + Model: ATA TOSHIBA MG04ACA2 + SATA NCQ Capable: True + SATA NCQ Enabled: True + Current Temperature (C): 26 + Maximum Temperature (C): 38 + PHY Count: 1 + PHY Transfer Rate: 3.0Gbps + Sanitize Erase Supported: False + Shingled Magnetic Recording Support: None +``` + +## Viewing logical volumes + +### Show logical volume(s) + +```bash +slot=$(ssacli ctrl all show |grep Slot | awk -F 'Slot' '{print $2}' | awk '{print $1}') +ssacli ctrl slot=$slot ld all show +``` + +### Show logical volume(s) details + +```bash +slot=$(ssacli ctrl all show |grep Slot | awk -F 'Slot' '{print $2}' | awk '{print $1}') +ssacli ctrl slot=$slot ld all show detail +``` +Example output: +```plaintext +Smart Array P410 in Slot 1 + Array A + Logical Drive: 1 + Size: 1.82 TB + Fault Tolerance: 1 + Heads: 255 + Sectors Per Track: 63 + Cylinders: 65535 + Strip Size: 64 KB + Full Stripe Size: 64 KB + Status: OK + Unrecoverable Media Errors: None + Caching: Enabled + Unique Identifier: 600508B1001CF1E14A9E048C72FB2438 + Disk Name: /dev/sda + Mount Points: None + Logical Drive Label: 01C4F2D4PACCRID1229023HFBE4 + Mirror Group 1: + physicaldrive 1I:1:1 (port 1I:box 1:bay 1, SATA HDD, 2 TB, OK) + Mirror Group 2: + physicaldrive 1I:1:2 (port 1I:box 1:bay 2, SATA HDD, 2 TB, OK) + Drive Type: Data + LD Acceleration Method: Controller Cache +``` + +## Viewing LV, controller, cache, and battery status +```bash +hpssacli ctrl all show detail|grep -E 'Status|Cache Size' +``` + +## Deleting a logical volume +To delete logical drive 1 in controller 1: +```bash +ssacli ctrl slot=1 ld 1 delete +``` + +## Creating a logical volume +To add a RAID0 logical drive in controller 1, including disks 1 and 2: +```bash +ssacli ctrl slot=1 create type=ld drives=1I:1:1,1I:1:2 raid=0 +``` + +## Viewing rebuild priority + +```bash +ssacli ctrl slot=$slot modify rp=? +``` diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-h200.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-h200.mdx index 305a28bc99..0c653bf043 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-h200.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-h200.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H200 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox from the KVM tags: dedibox dell perc h200 raid kvm dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-05 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-h310.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-h310.mdx index 47902d11dc..984aec3313 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-h310.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-h310.mdx @@ -1,31 +1,29 @@ --- meta: - title: How to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H710 / H730 RAID controller from the KVM - description: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H710 / H730 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox from the KVM + title: How to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller from the KVM + description: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox from the KVM content: - h1: How to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H710 / H730 RAID controller from the KVM - paragraph: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H710 / H730 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox from the KVM + h1: How to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller from the KVM + paragraph: This page explains how to configure the DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox from the KVM tags: dell perc h310 h710 h730 raid controller kvm dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-05-03 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers --- - The personalized RAID configuration allows you to create a RAID mode that cannot be created via the management console of Online.net (RAID10, for example). - - - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with a DELL PERC H310, H710, or H730 RAID controller - +- A [Dedibox dedicated server](https://www.scaleway.com/en/dedibox/) with a DELL PERC H310 / H700 / H710 / H730-P / LSI9361 RAID controller 1. Click **Server** > **Server list** to display the list of your servers. Click the identifier of the server you want to configure. The server information page displays. 2. Click **IDRAC** in the menu on the right and validate the terms. Then enter your connection's IP address and click **CREATE**. Your iDRAC session credentials display. Login to iDRAC using the credentials shown. -3. The iDRAC dashboard displays. Click **Launch** in the **Virtual Console Preview** section to launch the Java-based KVM-over-IP applet. Once the server's screen output is visible in the KVM applet, reboot the machine. - - Set your Java security settings to **low** to avoid connection problems. +3. The iDRAC dashboard displays. Click **Launch** in the **Virtual Console Preview** section to launch the KVM-over-IP applet. + Use the HTML5 version of the KVM-over-IP applet, if available, to avoid potential security risks associated with Java. If the HTML5 version is not available, use the Java-based applet. + + **Security Warning:** Using the Java-based KVM-over-IP applet may pose security risks. Set your Java security settings to **low** to avoid connection problems, but be aware of the potential risks. + Once the server's screen output is visible in the KVM applet, reboot the machine. 4. Press **CTRL** + **C** during the boot process to enter the RAID configuration utility: 5. The RAID configuration tool's main interface displays. Select the virtual disk to delete: @@ -37,6 +35,4 @@ The personalized RAID configuration allows you to create a RAID mode that cannot 8. Return to the main menu and select the virtual disk. Then press **F2**, and select **Fast Init.** and press enter to initialize the virtual disk: 7. Press **OK** once the initialization is completed on the virtual drive. Then press **Strg** + **ALT** + **CTRL** to reboot the machine: - - - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-p410.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-p410.mdx index f02b23455d..a8a6188fb9 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-p410.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-p410.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to configure the HP Smart Array P410 RAID controller from the KVM paragraph: This page explains how to configure the HP Smart Array P410 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox from the KVM -tags: dedibox hp smart array p410 raid kvm +tags: dedibox hp smart array p410 raid kvm dates: - validation: 2024-08-16 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-p420.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-p420.mdx index fd20ae7170..4640034bfd 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-p420.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/how-to/configure-raid-kvm-p420.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to configure the HP Smart Array P420 RAID controller on a Scaleway Dedibox from the KVM tags: dedibox hp smart array p420 raid kvm dates: - validation: 2024-08-16 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/index.mdx index 80cf2ed344..9f1ef5714a 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/index.mdx @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ meta: -### Dell PERC H310 controller +### Dell PERC controller (H310, H700, H710, H730-P, LSI9361) Two possibilities exist for this type of controller: @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The first one displays the status of the RAID volume, whilst the second one disp smartctl -s on -a -d megaraid,${i} ${DEVICE} -T permissive done ``` -## How to check an HP multi-disk server +## How to check an HP multi-disk server (P410, P420, P222) 1. Log into your server using SSH. 2. Run the following command to display the status of the RAID: @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ The first one displays the status of the RAID volume, whilst the second one disp ### How to configure SMARTD -Below, you find an example of a single-disk server installed on a Debian-like machine. +Below, you will find an example of a single-disk server installed on a Debian-like machine. The following commands are to be executed as `root` or via `sudo`. @@ -193,4 +193,260 @@ Local Time is: Fri Oct 29 11:20:27 2010 CEST For more information on Smartmontools, refer to the [official documentation](https://www.smartmontools.org/wiki/TocDoc). - \ No newline at end of file + + + + + The example below shows SMART data for the HDD storage type: + + ``` + === START OF INFORMATION SECTION === + Model Family: Seagate Constellation ES.3 + Device Model: ST1000NM0033-9ZM173 + Serial Number: Z1W2P3WL + LU WWN Device Id: 5 000c50 0790721c5 + Add. Product Id: DELL(tm) + Firmware Version: GA0A + User Capacity: 1 000 204 886 016 bytes [1,00 TB] + Sector Size: 512 bytes logical/physical + Rotation Rate: 7200 rpm + Form Factor: 3.5 inches + Device is: In smartctl database [for details use: -P show] + ATA Version is: ACS-2 (minor revision not indicated) + SATA Version is: SATA 3.0, 3.0 Gb/s (current: 3.0 Gb/s) + Local Time is: Wed Jan 22 11:26:49 2025 CET + SMART support is: Available - device has SMART capability. + SMART support is: Enabled + + === START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION === + SMART overall-health self-assessment test result: PASSED + + General SMART Values: + Offline data collection status: (0x82) Offline data collection activity + was completed without error. + Auto Offline Data Collection: Enabled. + Self-test execution status: ( 0) The previous self-test routine completed + without error or no self-test has ever + been run. + Total time to complete Offline + data collection: ( 90) seconds. + Offline data collection + capabilities: (0x7b) SMART execute Offline immediate. + Auto Offline data collection on/off support. + Suspend Offline collection upon new + command. + Offline surface scan supported. + Self-test supported. + Conveyance Self-test supported. + Selective Self-test supported. + SMART capabilities: (0x0003) Saves SMART data before entering + power-saving mode. + Supports SMART auto save timer. + Error logging capability: (0x01) Error logging supported. + General Purpose Logging supported. + Short self-test routine + recommended polling time: ( 2) minutes. + Extended self-test routine + recommended polling time: ( 115) minutes. + Conveyance self-test routine + recommended polling time: ( 3) minutes. + SCT capabilities: (0x50bd) SCT Status supported. + SCT Error Recovery Control supported. + SCT Feature Control supported. + SCT Data Table supported. + + SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10 + Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds: + ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE + 1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x010f 079 063 044 Pre-fail Always - 90441339 + 3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0103 096 095 000 Pre-fail Always - 0 + 4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 100 100 020 Old_age Always - 26 + 5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0133 100 100 010 Pre-fail Always - 0 + 7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 093 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 2198492836 + 9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 094 011 000 Old_age Always - 5442 + 10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0 + 12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 100 100 020 Old_age Always - 18 + 184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0 + 187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 1 + 189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 071 061 045 Old_age Always - 29 (Min/Max 27/34) + 191 G-Sense_Error_Rate 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 192 Power-Off_Retract_Count 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 9 + 193 Load_Cycle_Count 0x0032 094 094 000 Old_age Always - 12859 + 194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 029 040 000 Old_age Always - 29 (0 22 0 0 0) + 195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 046 015 000 Old_age Always - 90441339 + 196 Reallocated_Event_Count 0x0032 000 000 000 Old_age Always - 65535 + 197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0 + 199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 240 Head_Flying_Hours 0x0000 100 253 000 Old_age Offline - 62209 (42 197 0) + 241 Total_LBAs_Written 0x0000 100 253 000 Old_age Offline - 75618145300 + 242 Total_LBAs_Read 0x0000 100 253 000 Old_age Offline - 528734761477 + + SMART Error Log Version: 1 + No Errors Logged + ``` + If `total_uncorrected_errors` or `errors_corrected_by_rereads_rewrites` is > 0, the disk is out of order. + + + The example below shows SMART data for the SSD storage type: + + ``` + === START OF INFORMATION SECTION === + Model Family: Crucial/Micron MX1/2/300, M5/600, 1100 Client SSDs + Device Model: Micron_1100_MTFDDAK512TBN + Serial Number: 1709160C2354 + LU WWN Device Id: 5 00a075 1160c2354 + Firmware Version: M0MU031 + User Capacity: 512 110 190 592 bytes [512 GB] + Sector Size: 512 bytes logical/physical + Rotation Rate: Solid State Device + Form Factor: 2.5 inches + Device is: In smartctl database [for details use: -P show] + ATA Version is: ACS-3 T13/2161-D revision 5 + SATA Version is: SATA 3.2, 6.0 Gb/s (current: 6.0 Gb/s) + Local Time is: Wed Jan 22 11:24:34 2025 CET + SMART support is: Available - device has SMART capability. + SMART support is: Enabled + + === START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION === + SMART overall-health self-assessment test result: PASSED + + General SMART Values: + Offline data collection status: (0x03) Offline data collection activity + is in progress. + Auto Offline Data Collection: Disabled. + Self-test execution status: ( 0) The previous self-test routine completed + without error or no self-test has ever + been run. + Total time to complete Offline + data collection: ( 913) seconds. + Offline data collection + capabilities: (0x7b) SMART execute Offline immediate. + Auto Offline data collection on/off support. + Suspend Offline collection upon new + command. + Offline surface scan supported. + Self-test supported. + Conveyance Self-test supported. + Selective Self-test supported. + SMART capabilities: (0x0003) Saves SMART data before entering + power-saving mode. + Supports SMART auto save timer. + Error logging capability: (0x01) Error logging supported. + General Purpose Logging supported. + Short self-test routine + recommended polling time: ( 2) minutes. + Extended self-test routine + recommended polling time: ( 7) minutes. + Conveyance self-test routine + recommended polling time: ( 3) minutes. + SCT capabilities: (0x0035) SCT Status supported. + SCT Feature Control supported. + SCT Data Table supported. + + SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 16 + Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds: + ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE + 1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x002f 100 100 000 Pre-fail Always - 11 + 5 Reallocate_NAND_Blk_Cnt 0x0032 100 100 010 Old_age Always - 10 + 9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 63309 + 12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 12 + 171 Program_Fail_Count 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 1 + 172 Erase_Fail_Count 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 173 Ave_Block-Erase_Count 0x0032 060 060 000 Old_age Always - 610 + 174 Unexpect_Power_Loss_Ct 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 6 + 183 SATA_Interfac_Downshift 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 184 Error_Correction_Count 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 068 047 000 Old_age Always - 32 (Min/Max 24/53) + 196 Reallocated_Event_Count 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 10 + 197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0030 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0 + 199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0 + 202 Percent_Lifetime_Used 0x0030 060 060 001 Old_age Offline - 40 + 206 Write_Error_Rate 0x000e 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 1 + 246 Total_Host_Sector_Write 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 72065906327 + 247 Host_Program_Page_Count 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 2254963742 + 248 Bckgnd_Program_Page_Cnt 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 15919135484 + 180 Unused_Reserve_NAND_Blk 0x0033 000 000 000 Pre-fail Always - 2459 + 210 Success_RAIN_Recov_Cnt 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 44 + + SMART Error Log Version: 1 + No Errors Logged + ``` + If the `RAW_VALUE` column for `Reallocated_Sector_Ct` or ` Runtime_Bad_Block` or `Current_Pending_Sector` is > 5, the disk can already be considered as unhealthy. If it is > 20, the disk is out of order. + + + The example below shows SMART data for the NVMe storage type: + + ``` + === START OF INFORMATION SECTION === + Model Number: SKHynix_HFS512GEJ9X164N + Serial Number: 4YC8N008713108B48 + Firmware Version: 51770C30 + PCI Vendor/Subsystem ID: 0x1c5c + IEEE OUI Identifier: 0xace42e + Controller ID: 1 + NVMe Version: 1.4 + Number of Namespaces: 1 + Namespace 1 Size/Capacity: 512,110,190,592 [512 GB] + Namespace 1 Formatted LBA Size: 512 + Namespace 1 IEEE EUI-64: ace42e 003abd04e2 + Local Time is: Wed Jan 22 11:21:05 2025 CET + Firmware Updates (0x16): 3 Slots, no Reset required + Optional Admin Commands (0x0017): Security Format Frmw_DL Self_Test + Optional NVM Commands (0x005f): Comp Wr_Unc DS_Mngmt Wr_Zero Sav/Sel_Feat Timestmp + Log Page Attributes (0x1e): Cmd_Eff_Lg Ext_Get_Lg Telmtry_Lg Pers_Ev_Lg + Maximum Data Transfer Size: 64 Pages + Warning Comp. Temp. Threshold: 86 Celsius + Critical Comp. Temp. Threshold: 87 Celsius + + Supported Power States + St Op Max Active Idle RL RT WL WT Ent_Lat Ex_Lat + 0 + 4.5000W - - 0 0 0 0 100 100 + 1 + 3.0000W - - 1 1 1 1 200 200 + 2 + 0.6000W - - 2 2 2 2 400 400 + 3 - 0.0150W - - 3 3 3 3 2000 2000 + 4 - 0.0030W - - 4 4 4 4 5000 10000 + + Supported LBA Sizes (NSID 0x1) + Id Fmt Data Metadt Rel_Perf + 0 + 512 0 0 + + === START OF SMART DATA SECTION === + SMART overall-health self-assessment test result: PASSED + + SMART/Health Information (NVMe Log 0x02) + Critical Warning: 0x00 + Temperature: 42 Celsius + Available Spare: 100% + Available Spare Threshold: 10% + Percentage Used: 1% + Data Units Read: 5,718,407 [2.92 TB] + Data Units Written: 9,717,865 [4.97 TB] + Host Read Commands: 43,061,485 + Host Write Commands: 142,156,172 + Controller Busy Time: 5,906 + Power Cycles: 1,315 + Power On Hours: 2,261 + Unsafe Shutdowns: 56 + Media and Data Integrity Errors: 0 + Error Information Log Entries: 0 + Warning Comp. Temperature Time: 0 + Critical Comp. Temperature Time: 0 + Temperature Sensor 1: 44 Celsius + Temperature Sensor 2: 42 Celsius + + Error Information (NVMe Log 0x01, 16 of 256 entries) + No Errors Logged + + Read Self-test Log failed: Invalid Field in Command (0x002) + ``` + + + + +If you encounter **Health status: Failed** or **Failing Now**, the disk is considered out of order. Make sure that you have backups, then open a [support ticket](/account/how-to/open-a-support-ticket/) and ask for the disk to be replaced, indicating the serial number with the result of the `smartctl` command. + diff --git a/pages/dedibox-hardware/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-hardware/troubleshooting/index.mdx index bf246738de..22f9c337a4 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-hardware/troubleshooting/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-hardware/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -1,8 +1,38 @@ --- meta: - title: Hardware - Troubleshooting - description: Hardware Troubleshooting + title: Dedibox Hardware - Troubleshooting + description: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Dedibox Hardware. content: - h1: Hardware - Troubleshooting - paragraph: Hardware Troubleshooting ---- \ No newline at end of file + paragraph: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Dedibox Hardware. +dates: + posted: 2025-03-11 +categories: + - dedibox +--- + + + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + +## Dedibox Hardware troubleshooting pages + +- [Learn how to diagnose the status of a physical disk of a server](/dedibox-hardware/troubleshooting/diagnose-defective-disk) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/concepts.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/concepts.mdx index 2bf98a3270..c5b0f0ddf2 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to failover IP on Scaleway Dedibox tags: dedibox failover failover-ip plesk bridged nat virtualization dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 categories: - dedibox-network --- diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-centos.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-centos.mdx index 98f57e4f23..557a5af882 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-centos.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-centos.mdx @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ --- meta: title: How to configure a Dedibox failover IP on CentOS - description: This page explains how to configure a Scaleway Dedibnox failover IP on CentOS. + description: This page explains how to configure a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP on CentOS. content: h1: How to configure a Dedibox failover IP on CentOS paragraph: This page explains how to configure a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP on CentOS. tags: dedibox network failover ip failover-ip centos dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-07-29 categories: - - dedibox-network + - dedibox-ip-failover --- This page shows you how to configure a [failover IP](/dedibox-ip-failover/concepts/#failover-ips) on Dedibox servers running on CentOS. @@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ This page shows you how to configure a [failover IP](/dedibox-ip-failover/concep ``` cp /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0 /etc/sysconfig/network-scrits/ifcfg-eth0:0 ``` - The file `ifcfg-eth0` might be named differently, depending on your network interfaces' name. Use `ifconfig` to determine the name of your network interface. @@ -75,5 +74,3 @@ This page shows you how to configure a [failover IP](/dedibox-ip-failover/concep ``` ifup eth0:0 ``` - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-debian-ubuntu.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-debian-ubuntu.mdx index 9ea47b5996..5a9303cfc2 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-debian-ubuntu.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-debian-ubuntu.mdx @@ -7,95 +7,126 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to configure a Dedibox failover IP on Debian or Ubuntu Linux. tags: failover-failover IP ip debian ubuntu dedibox linux dates: - validation: 2025-01-30 + validation: 2025-02-13 posted: 2021-07-29 categories: - dedibox-network --- -This page shows you how to configure a [failover IP](/dedibox-ip-failover/concepts/#failover-ips) on Dedibox servers running on Debian or Ubuntu Linux. + +This guide provides step-by-step instructions for configuring a Dedibox [failover IP](/dedibox-ip-failover/concepts/#failover-ips) on Debian and Ubuntu Linux. A failover IP is a secondary IP address that can be assigned to your server. + - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) - [Created](/dedibox/how-to/order-a-server/) a Dedibox dedicated server + ## Failover IP configuration on Debian - - If you are using Ubuntu 18.04 or later, you should configure the interfaces using [Netplan](/dedibox-network/how-to/configure-network-netplan/). - - -1. Connect to your server using SSH. -2. Open the network configuration file `/etc/network/interfaces` in a text editor, for example `nano`: - ``` - nano /etc/network/interfaces - ``` -3. Add the failover IP to the configuration as shown in the following example: - ``` - # This file describes the network interfaces available on your system - # and how to activate them. For more information, see interfaces(5). - # The loopback network interface - auto lo - iface lo inet loopback - # The primary network interface - auto eth0 - iface eth0 inet static - address 195.154.123.123 - netmask 255.255.255.0 - gateway 195.154.123.1 - auto eth0:0 - iface eth0:0 inet static - address ip_failover - netmask 255.255.255.255 - ``` - - - The interface name `eth0` may vary, depending on your OS version and system configuration. Use the `ifconfig` command to determine the name of your primary network interface. - -4. Save the file and exit the editor. -5. Bring up the interface using the following command: - ``` - ifup eth0:0 - ``` - -## Failover IP configuration on Ubuntu - -Since the release of version 18.04 (Bionic Beaver) Ubuntu has switched to [Netplan](https://netplan.io/) for the configuration of network interfaces. - -It is a YAML-based configuration system, which simplifies the configuration process. - -1. Connect to your Dedibox using SSH. -2. Open the Netplan configuration file of the main interface in a text editor, for example `nano`: - ``` - sudo nano /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml - ``` -3. Edit the network configuration. The IP addresses have to be written with their [CIDR notation](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing#CIDR_notation). The netmask is `/24` for the principal IP of the server and `/32` for each failover IP. Your configuration should look as in the following example: - ```yaml - network: - renderer: networkd - ethernets: - ensXX: +1. Connect to your server using SSH and open the network configuration file `/etc/network/interfaces` in a text editor, such as `nano`: + ```bash + nano /etc/network/interfaces + ``` +2. Add the failover IP to the configuration as shown in the following example: + ```bash + # This file describes the network interfaces available on your system + # and how to activate them. For more information, see interfaces(5). + # The loopback network interface + auto lo + iface lo inet loopback + # The primary network interface + auto eth0 + iface eth0 inet static + address 195.154.123.123 + netmask 255.255.255.0 + gateway 195.154.123.1 + auto eth0:0 + iface eth0:0 inet static + address ip_failover + netmask 255.255.255.255 + ``` + + The interface name (`eth0` in this example) may vary depending on your OS version and system configuration. Use the `ifconfig` command to determine the name of your primary network interface. + + +3. Save the file and exit the editor. Bring up the interface using the following command: + ```bash + ifup eth0:0 + ``` + +## Failover IP configuration on Ubuntu (Netplan) + +Since Ubuntu 18.04, Netplan has been the default network configuration system. + +1. Disable cloud-init network configuration to prevent conflicts with Netplan: + ```bash + sudo mkdir -p /etc/cloud/cloud.cfg.d + echo 'network: {config: disabled}' | sudo tee /etc/cloud/cloud.cfg.d/99-disable-network-config.cfg + ``` + + This step is necessary to prevent cloud-init from overriding the Netplan configuration. + + +2. Backup the existing Netplan configuration and create a new file: + ```bash + sudo cp /etc/netplan/50-cloud-init.yaml /etc/netplan/01-myplan.yaml + sudo mv /etc/netplan/50-cloud-init.yaml /etc/netplan/50-cloud-init.yaml-backup + ``` +4. Edit the new Netplan configuration file `/etc/netplan/01-myplan.yaml` using `nano`: + ```yml + network: + renderer: networkd + ethernets: + enp5s0: + critical: true + dhcp-identifier: mac + dhcp4: false + dhcp6: false + addresses: + - 51.111.222.333/24 # Server main IP (/24) + - 212.111.222.333/32 # Alternate IPs / IP redirects (/32) + - 212.111.222.334/32 + - 212.111.222.335/32 + routes: + - to: 0.0.0.0/0 + via: 62.210.0.1 + metric: 1 + on-link: true + nameservers: addresses: - - /32 - routes: - - to: 62.210.0.1 - - to: default - via: 62.210.0.1 - nameservers: - addresses: - - 51.159.47.28 - - 51.159.47.26 # Replace the IP of the DNS cache server with the one located in the same physical location as your machine for optimal performance (https://www.scaleway.com/en/docs/account/reference-content/scaleway-network-information/#dns-cache-servers) - search: [] - version: 2 - ``` - - * Make sure to respect the YAML standards when you edit the file, as it might not work if there is a syntax error in your configuration. - * You can find an extended list of [netplan configuration examples](https://github.com/canonical/netplan/tree/main/examples) in the official Canonical Netplan repository. - -4. Activate the new configuration by running the following command: - ``` - sudo netplan apply - ``` + - 51.159.69.156 + - 51.159.69.162 + enp6s0: + dhcp4: true + dhcp4-overrides: + use-routes: false + routes: + - to: 10.88.0.0/13 # Use appropriate IP/gateway from DHCP + via: 10.89.23.129 + version: 2 + ``` + + Ensure that indentation and formatting are correct to avoid YAML syntax errors. + + +5. Run the following command to test the configuration: + ```bash + sudo netplan try + ``` +6. If everything works as expected, apply the configuration: + ```bash + sudo netplan apply + ``` + + If there is an error in your configuration, it might render your network inaccessible. You may need to revert changes using [KVM/IPMI](/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/quickstart/) access. + +## Troubleshooting +If you encounter issues with your network configuration, check the logs using: +```bash +sudo journalctl -u systemd-networkd --no-pager +``` +You can also refer to the [official Canonical repository](https://github.com/canonical/netplan/tree/main/examples) for more Netplan examples and troubleshooting guides. diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-multiip-virtualmac.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-multiip-virtualmac.mdx index 66d2fda4ea..8b28d2abf9 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-multiip-virtualmac.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-multiip-virtualmac.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: - title: How to configure multi-IP virtual MAC addresses + title: How to configure multi-IP virtual MAC addresses description: This page explains how to configure multi-IP virtual MAC addresses on Scaleway Dedibox. content: h1: How to configure multi-IP virtual MAC addresses paragraph: This page explains how to configure multi-IP virtual MAC addresses on Scaleway Dedibox. tags: dedibox multi-ip virtual mac dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-07-29 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/create-virtual-mac.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/create-virtual-mac.mdx index 5eda8824b0..5cdc98bad4 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/create-virtual-mac.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/create-virtual-mac.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to create a virtual MAC address for a Scaleway Dedibox failover IP. tags: mac failover-ip briged nated network dedibox mac-address virtual mac dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-07-29 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/order-failover-ip.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/order-failover-ip.mdx index 94c4ff9d4e..2a273aa3c9 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/order-failover-ip.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/order-failover-ip.mdx @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to order a failover IP for Dedibox servers. tags: dedibox, failover-ip, failover dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-07-29 categories: - - dedibox-network + - dedibox-ip-failover --- Failover IP addresses allow you to have multiple IPs on a server, enabling you to assign a unique IP to each website or virtual machine. @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ By switching a failover IP addresses from one server to another, your hosted ser Failover IPs and failover IP blocks are paid options. They come with a **monthly** service charge and a **one-time** setup fee. -The failover IP is now available in your account, and you can [assign it to your Dedibox server](/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/assign-failover-ip/). \ No newline at end of file +The failover IP is now available in your account, and you can [assign it to your Dedibox server](/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/assign-failover-ip/). diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/index.mdx index 69e4f13b58..363a24dfce 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ip-failover/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> * You can create as many /56 subnets as you have servers. diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ipv6/how-to/debug-ipv6.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ipv6/how-to/debug-ipv6.mdx index dcec4031ea..4a220d28c2 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ipv6/how-to/debug-ipv6.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ipv6/how-to/debug-ipv6.mdx @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to troubleshoot and resolve common IPv6 connection issues on your Dedibox server with our step-by-step guide. tags: dedibox ipv6 dates: - validation: 2024-07-30 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-08-03 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-ipv6/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-ipv6/index.mdx index 396d983308..564a8dcf5c 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-ipv6/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-ipv6/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) +- Installed [Podman](https://podman.io/getting-started/installation) on your machine - Installed [Java](https://www.java.com/en/download/help/download_options.html) on your local computer -- A Dedibox server with a [Dell iDRAC 6](https://www.dell.com/support/kbdoc/en-us/000123577/set-up-and-manage-idrac-6-lifecycle-controller-for-dell-poweredge-11g-servers) KVM-over-IP device +- A Dedibox server with a Dell iDRAC 6 IPMI interface ## Creating an iDRAC 6 session @@ -35,7 +35,39 @@ This page shows you how to use [KVM](/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/concepts/#kvm-over-ip) The connection URL and your credentials display. Click on the link to access the iDRAC interface. -## Accessing the KVM-over-IP device + +## Accessing the KVM-over-IP device using Docker + +You can use Docker to access the KVM-over-IP device of your Dedibox. + +Here are the rewritten steps for use with Docker Desktop: + +### Installation +- On **macOS** and **Windows**, Docker Desktop is available for download from the [official Docker website](https://www.docker.com/get-started). +- On **Ubuntu**, you can install Docker Desktop using the [official Docker installation instructions](https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/ubuntu/). + +### Pull the repository +Pull the [iDRAC 6 dockerized](https://hub.docker.com/r/domistyle/idrac6/) Docker repository: +```bash +docker pull domistyle/idrac6 +``` + + The Docker repository `domistyle/idrac6` is not maintained or supported by Scaleway. Use of this repository is at your own risk, and Scaleway does not guarantee its functionality or security. + + +### Run the container +1. Run the container with the following command: + ```bash + docker run -d -p 5800:5800 -p 5900:5900 -e IDRAC_HOST=$ip -e IDRAC_USER=$user -e IDRAC_PASSWORD=$password domistyle/idrac6 + ``` + + - Replace `$ip`, `$user` and `$password` with your iDRAC credentials. + +2. Access the HTML5 KVM by opening `http://localhost:5800` in a web browser. + +## Alternative: Accessing the KVM-over-IP device using Java + +If you do not want to use Docker to access the KVM-over-IP device of your server, you can use a Java applet to launch the virtual console. 1. Open the connection URL of your iDRAC in your web browser, then log in using the credentials displayed during access creation. 2. Click **Console/Media** the top menu. @@ -45,9 +77,15 @@ The connection URL and your credentials display. Click on the link to access the 4. Download and execute the Java web start file. The virtual console window displays. - - Your Java security settings should be set to **Low** to execute the Java applet. + + **Security warning:** To execute the Java applet, you may need to set your Java security settings to **Low**. This may pose a security risk to your system. Please exercise caution and consider using Docker instead. + +## Installing an operating system using the virtual console + +You can use the virtual console to install an operating system on your server. +1. Connect to the virtual console as described in the previous section. +2. Download the ISO file of the operating system you want to install. 5. Click **Virtual Media** > **Launch virtual media** in the virtual console window. A pop-up window displays. 6. Click **Add Image...** and select the ISO file containing your operating system. Keep the window open. 7. Go back to the virtual console window and click **Power** > **Reboot** to restart the machine. @@ -58,6 +96,4 @@ The connection URL and your credentials display. Click on the link to access the The boot process may take a while, depending on your internet connection's available upstream bandwidth. - - - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac7.mdx b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac7.mdx index ef9f1bce60..663db7ecea 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac7.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac7.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to use the KVM Dell iDRAC 7 paragraph: This page explains how to use the KVM DELL iDRAC 7 on Scaleway Dedibox. -tags: dedibox kvm idrac7 idrac +tags: dedibox kvm idrac7 idrac dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-02-25 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers @@ -18,10 +18,9 @@ This page shows you how to use [KVM](/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/concepts/#kvm-over-ip) - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- Installed [Java](https://www.java.com/en/download/help/download_options.html) on your local computer - A Dedibox server with a [Dell iDRAC 7](https://www.dell.com/support/manuals/en-us/integrated-dell-remote-access-cntrllr-7-v1.50.50/idrac7ug1.50.50-v1/overview) KVM-over-IP device -# Creating an iDRAC 7 Session +## Creating an iDRAC 7 Session 1. Navigate to **Server** > **Server List** in your [Dedibox console](https://console.online.net). A list of your dedicated servers displays. 2. Click the name of the server you wish to access. The server's status page displays. @@ -35,25 +34,36 @@ This page shows you how to use [KVM](/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/concepts/#kvm-over-ip) Upon completion, the connection URL and your credentials will be displayed. Click on the provided link to access the iDRAC interface. -## Accessing the KVM-over-IP device +## Accessing the iDRAC device + + + If your server is configured to use Java, you may not be able to access the HTML5 interface. In this case, please contact our support team for assistance. + 1. Open the connection URL of your iDRAC in your web browser, then log in using the credentials provided during access creation. -2. Navigate to **Attached Media** in the top menu. This action will display the virtual media page. + +### Mounting an ISO + +1. Navigate to **Attached Media** in the top menu. This action will display the virtual media page. -3. Input the image file path in the form and click **Connect**. +2. Input the image file path in the form and click **Connect**. You can locate the image file path for your OS on our [NAS](http://virtualmedia.online.net).
If your preferred OS is not available on the NAS, contact our support team for assistance. -4. Click on **Properties** (A), then **Launch** (B) to initiate the virtual console. + +### Accessing the remote console with an ISO mount + +1. Click on **Properties** (A), then **Launch** (B) to initiate the virtual console. -5. Reboot the server, then press **F11** during the boot process to access the boot manager. -6. Select **BIOS Boot Menu**. + + If your server is configured to use Java, you may not be able to access the HTML5 interface. In this case, please contact our support team for assistance. + +2. Reboot the server, then press **F11** during the boot process to access the boot manager. +3. Select **BIOS Boot Menu**. -7. Choose **iDRAC Virtual CD**. +4. Choose **iDRAC Virtual CD**. Your server boots from the ISO file on the NAS and you can complete the installation of your operating system. - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac8.mdx b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac8.mdx index bedd171e54..2e8268c883 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac8.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac8.mdx @@ -7,21 +7,28 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use the KVM DELL iDRAC 8 on a Scaleway Dedibox tags: dedibox kvm dell idrac idrac8 dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-25 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers --- - This page shows you how to use [KVM](/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/concepts/#kvm-over-ip) on a Dedibox with DELL iDRAC 8. - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- Installed [Java](https://www.java.com/en/download/help/download_options.html) on your local computer - A Dedibox server with a [DELL iDRAC 8](https://www.dell.com/support/manuals/en-us/idrac8-with-lc-v2.05.05.05/idrac8_2.05.05.05_ug/overview) KVM-over-IP device -## Creating an iDRAC 8 session + +## Accessing the KVM-over-IP device using HTML5 + + + If your server is configured to use Java, you may not be able to access the HTML5 interface. In this case, please contact our support team for assistance. + + +To access the KVM-over-IP device using HTML5, follow these steps: + +### Creating an iDRAC 8 session 1. Click **Server** > **Server List** in your Dedibox console. The list of your dedicated servers displays. 2. Click the name of the server you want to access. The server's status page displays. @@ -32,30 +39,28 @@ This page shows you how to use [KVM](/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/concepts/#kvm-over-ip) Currently, only IPv4 addresses are accepted. - The connection URL and your credentials display. Click on the link to access the iDRAC interface. -## Accessing the KVM-over-IP device +### Accessing the KVM-over-IP device 1. Open the connection URL of your iDRAC in your web browser, then log in using the credentials displayed during access creation. -2. Click **Launch** in the **Virtual Console Preview** section of the dashboard. A Java Web Start file is downloaded. +2. Click **Launch** in the **Virtual Console Preview** section of the dashboard. The virtual console window displays. -3. Launch the Java web start file. The virtual console window displays. - - Your Java security settings should be set to **Low** to execute the Java applet. - -4. Click **Virtual Media** > **Connect Virtual Media**. + +## Mounting an ISO file + +To mount an ISO file, follow these steps: + +### Mounting an ISO file using the iDRAC interface + +1. Click **Virtual Media** > **Connect Virtual Media**. -5. Click **Virtual Media** > **Map CD/DVD ...**. A pop-up displays. +2. Click **Virtual Media** > **Map CD/DVD ...**. A pop-up displays. -6. Select the installation ISO file on your computer by clicking **Browse**. Then click **Map Device** and reboot the server. +3. Select the installation ISO file on your computer by clicking **Browse**. Then click **Map Device** and reboot the server. -7. Press **F12** during the boot process to enter the boot manager. Then select the virtual CD-ROM drive. - +4. Press **F12** during the boot process to enter the boot manager. Then select the virtual CD-ROM drive. Your server boots from the ISO file, and you can complete the installation of your operating system. - The boot process may take a while, depending on your internet connection's available upstream bandwidth. - - diff --git a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac9.mdx b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac9.mdx index dbe5deaf6c..a3bf485acd 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac9.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/dell-idrac9.mdx @@ -7,22 +7,18 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use the KVM DELL iDRAC 9 on a Scaleway Dedibox tags: dedibox kvm idrac dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-25 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers --- - This page shows you how to use [KVM](/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/concepts/#kvm-over-ip) on a Dedibox with DELL iDRAC 9. - - +## Requirements - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) -- Installed [Java](https://www.java.com/en/download/help/download_options.html) on your local computer - A Dedibox server with a [DELL iDRAC 9](https://www.dell.com/support/manuals/en-us/idrac8-with-lc-v2.05.05.05/idrac8_2.05.05.05_ug/overview) KVM-over-IP device ## Creating an iDRAC 9 session - 1. Click **Server** > **Server List** in your Dedibox console. The list of your dedicated servers displays. 2. Click the name of the server you want to access. The server's status page displays. 3. Click **iDRAC** in the menu on the right. A pop-up displays. @@ -32,11 +28,21 @@ This page shows you how to use [KVM](/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/concepts/#kvm-over-ip) Currently, only IPv4 addresses are accepted. - The connection URL and your credentials display. Click on the link to access the iDRAC interface. -## Accessing the KVM-over-IP device +## Accessing the KVM-over-IP device (HTML5) + + + If your server is configured to use Java, you may not be able to access the HTML5 interface. In this case, please contact our support team for assistance. + + +1. Open the connection URL of your iDRAC in your web browser, then log in using the credentials displayed during access creation. +2. Click **Configuration** in the top menu, then **Virtual Console**. The virtual console page displays. Click **Launch Virtual Console**. + +3. Click **Console Controls**, choose the **Ctrl-Alt-Del** keyboard macro and click **Apply** to reboot the server. + +## Accessing the KVM-over-IP device with ISO mounting 1. Open the connection URL of your iDRAC in your web browser, then log in using the credentials displayed during access creation. 2. Click **Configuration** in the top menu, then **Virtual Console**. The virtual console page displays. Click **Launch Virtual Console**. @@ -49,11 +55,7 @@ The connection URL and your credentials display. Click on the link to access the 7. Click **One-shoot UEFI Boot Menu**: 8. Click **Virtual Optical Drive**. - Your server boots from the ISO file, and you can complete the installation of your operating system. - The boot process may take a while, depending on your internet connection's available upstream bandwidth. - - - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/disable-boot-errors-idrac.mdx b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/disable-boot-errors-idrac.mdx index 87ccb1fcdb..bed1073085 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/disable-boot-errors-idrac.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/disable-boot-errors-idrac.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to disable boot errors using iDRAC on a Scaleway Dedibox tags: boot error idrac dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-03-05 posted: 2021-06-11 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/hp-ilo.mdx b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/hp-ilo.mdx index 157ea3dce0..dd7c1031b6 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/hp-ilo.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/hp-ilo.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use the KVM HP iLO on a Scaleway Dedibox tags: kvm hp iLO access creation dedibox dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-25 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/quantaplex.mdx b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/quantaplex.mdx index 4252a84840..9fc05a1ad9 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/quantaplex.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/quantaplex.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use the KVM device of QuantaPlex servers on Scaleway Dedibox. tags: kvm quantaplex dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-05 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/supermicro.mdx b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/supermicro.mdx index 1a2c8cf183..614262c233 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/supermicro.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/how-to/supermicro.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use the KVM device of SuperMicro servers on Scaleway Dedibox. tags: kvm supermicro dates: - validation: 2024-08-27 + validation: 2025-03-05 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/index.mdx index 0df7c3efc8..d2420e00a2 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-kvm-over-ip/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> @@ -26,8 +32,15 @@ Following these steps will help you maintain a clean email delivery system and p - [Configured the reverse DNS of your IP](/dedibox-ip-failover/how-to/configure-reverse-dns/) - [Created](https://signup.live.com/signup) a Microsoft account -1. Open the [JMRP website](https://sendersupport.olc.protection.outlook.com/snds/JMRP.aspx) in your web browser. -2. Log in using your Microsoft account credentials. -3. Provide the necessary details about your IP addresses that you wish to register with the JMRP. -4. Choose an email address that is associated with the domain configured in your reverse DNS settings. This address will receive notifications if your IP is flagged for sending spam. -5. Follow the prompts to finalize your subscription to the JMRP. +## Subscribing to JMRP + +1. Register your sending IP addresses with [Microsoft's Smart Network Data Services (SNDS)](https://sendersupport.olc.protection.outlook.com/snds/). +2. Navigate to the JMRP section within the SNDS portal. +3. Log in using your Microsoft account credentials. +4. Provide the required details about the IP addresses you wish to register with JMRP. +5. Choose an email address associated with the domain configured in your reverse DNS settings. This address will receive notifications if your IP is flagged for sending spam. +6. Follow the prompts to finalize your subscription to JMRP. + +## Additional Resources +- [Microsoft's Email Sender Guidelines](https://sendersupport.olc.protection.outlook.com/pm/policies) +- [Understanding SNDS and JMRP](https://sendersupport.olc.protection.outlook.com/pm/troubleshooting) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/dedibox-network/reference-content/anti-ddos.mdx b/pages/dedibox-network/reference-content/anti-ddos.mdx index abdcced5f2..e653835e21 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-network/reference-content/anti-ddos.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-network/reference-content/anti-ddos.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains the anti-DDoS technology used on Scaleway Dedibox. tags: dedibox network anti-ddos ddos dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-08-20 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting.mdx b/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 874c5c13c8..0000000000 --- a/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Dedibox Network - Troubleshooting - description: This page explains techniques for how to troubleshoot network related issues on your Scaleway Dedibox dedicated server. -content: - h1: Dedibox Network - Troubleshooting - paragraph: This page explains techniques how to troubleshoot network-related issues on your Scaleway Dedibox dedicated server. -tags: mtr-test dedibox network iperf mtr -dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 - posted: 2021-08-20 -categories: - - dedibox-network ---- - -## Running network tests - -To diagnose a network issue, you can perform different tests. - -## MTR test - -An MTR test combines the functions of traceroute and ping on all points between two machines. - -When running an MTR test, it is important to do it in both directions: - -- From the server to the IP of your connection -- From your connection to the server - -### On Linux -You have to check that the `mtr` packet is installed. - -``` -sudo apt-get install mtr -``` -or -``` -sudo yum install mtr -``` - -### On Windows - - - You have to install [WinMTR](https://sourceforge.net/projects/winmtr/) on your server. - - -1. Download the application from its [project page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/winmtr/). -2. Extract the archive and run the executable. -3. Enter the target (IP) of your test in the Host text box, then click **Start**. Wait one or two minutes before you stop the test. You can then make a screenshot or export the result with the functions of the software. - - Example of MTR between a Scaleway Dedibox server and `free.fr`: - - ``` - root@163-172-30-2:~# mtr --report free.fr - Start: Sun May 1 16:23:57 2016 - HOST: 163-172-30-2 Loss% Snt Last Avg Best Wrst StDev - 1.|-- 163-172-30-1.rev.poneytel 0.0% 10 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.0 - 2.|-- 195.154.1.248 0.0% 10 1.6 1.0 0.9 1.6 0.0 - 3.|-- 195.154.1.254 0.0% 10 1.2 1.4 1.2 2.6 0.3 - 4.|-- th2-crs16-1-be1503-t.intf 0.0% 10 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.4 0.0 - 5.|-- p11-crs16-1-be1001.intf.r 0.0% 10 4.5 3.0 1.4 4.5 0.7 - 6.|-- p11-9k-1-be1000.intf.rout 0.0% 10 1.5 2.1 1.4 3.5 0.6 - 7.|-- bzn-9k-2-sys-be2001.intf. 0.0% 10 1.7 1.8 1.6 2.8 0.0 - 8.|-- www.free.fr 0.0% 10 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.0 - ``` - - The results show: - - **Loss%** - : The percentage of lost packets - - **Snt** - : The number of packets sent during the test (here 10) - - **Last** - : The latency of the last packet sent between two points - - **Avg** - : Average latency for all packets sent between two points - - **Best** - : Latency of the best result - - **Wrst** - : Latency of the worst result - -## iPerf test - -With an iPerf test, you can check the available bandwidth of your server. - -The iPerf server ping.online.net has several ports available (5200-5209). If the server is busy on the default port, you can specify another port using the `-p` flag, for example: `-p 5203 (5204, 5205, etc.)`. - -### On Linux - -If iPerf is not yet installed on your server, you can install it with the following command: - -``` -sudo apt-get install iperf3 -``` -or -``` -yum apt-get install iperf3 -``` - -Then launch the test: - -``` -root@163-172-30-2:~# iperf3 -c ping.online.net -R ------------------------------------------------------------- -Client connecting to ping.online.net, TCP port 5001 -TCP window size: 85.0 KByte (default) ------------------------------------------------------------- -[ 3] local 163.172.30.2 port 36490 connected with 62.210.18.40 port 5001 -[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth -[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 1.10 GBytes 943 Mbits/sec -If your server is located at Amsterdam execute: root@163-172-30-2:~# iperf3 -c ping-ams1.online.net -R -``` - -### On Windows - -1. Download the tool [from its website](https://iperf.fr/iperf-download.php#windows). -2. Choose the latest version and download the file. -3. Extract the file. -4. Open a terminal and run the following command: - ``` - \iperf3.exe -c ping.online.net -p 5203 - ``` - -The results show: - -**Interval** -: Sampling interval in seconds - -**Transfer** -: Amount of data transferred during the test - -**Bandwidth** -: Available bandwidth of your server - -## If your server's network port is off - -Sometimes when you change the mode of your dedicated server from normal to rescue mode during the reboot of a server, you may see the following error message in your console: - - - **Your server's network port is off.** - If you just asked for a server reboot, or to boot in rescue or test mode, this message will only be displayed for a few seconds. Otherwise, our network equipment may be on protective mode due to non-authorized traffic. In this case, ask the support team to unlock your server. - - -If this message appears in cycles or for long periods, it means your server is distributing one of the following: unauthorized DHCP traffic, a MAC address unassigned to the server, ARP requests, or too many sending or receiving requests per second. - -If you continue to see this message, empty your browser cache, as the old page may be kept in it. Alternatively, you can reload the page several times until the message disappears. - - - When setting up the WAN interface on a PfSense firewall you should disable autoconfiguration, as it might cause an IPv6 packet flood, shutting down your server's network port. If your network ports do not become available after a few minutes, you need to contact the support. - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting/index.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49fe91abc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Dedibox Network - Troubleshooting + description: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Dedibox Network. +content: + paragraph: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Dedibox Network. +dates: + posted: 2025-03-11 +categories: + - dedibox +--- + + + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + + +## Dedibox Network troubleshooting pages + +- [Troubleshooting Dedibox network issues](/dedibox-network/troubleshoot/network-troubleshooting/) diff --git a/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting/network-troubleshooting.mdx b/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting/network-troubleshooting.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b758b382f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/dedibox-network/troubleshooting/network-troubleshooting.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Troubleshooting Dedibox network issues + description: This page explains how to troubleshoot network-related issues on your Scaleway Dedibox dedicated server. +content: + h1: Troubleshooting Dedibox network issues + paragraph: This page provides techniques for diagnosing and resolving network-related issues on your Scaleway Dedibox dedicated server. +tags: mtr-test dedibox network iperf mtr +dates: + validation: 2025-03-11 + posted: 2021-08-20 +categories: + - dedibox-network +--- + +## Problem +To diagnose network issues, you need to perform a series of tests. + +### Symptoms +- Slow network speeds +- High packet loss +- Unstable connections + +## Possible Causes +- Network congestion +- Hardware issues +- Misconfigured network settings + +## Solution +Use MTR and iPerf tests to analyze network performance. + +### MTR Test + +An MTR test combines the functionality of `traceroute` and `ping` to examine all points between two machines. + +When performing an MTR test, it is important to run it in both directions: + +- From your server to your connection's IP +- From your connection to the server + +#### On Linux +Ensure the `mtr` package is installed: + +``` +sudo apt-get install mtr +``` +or +``` +sudo yum install mtr +``` + +#### On Windows + + + You need to install [WinMTR](https://sourceforge.net/projects/winmtr/) on your server. + + +1. Download the application from its [project page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/winmtr/). +2. Extract the archive and run the executable. +3. Enter the target IP in the **Host** text box, then click **Start**. Wait one or two minutes before stopping the test. You can take a screenshot or export the results using the software's built-in functions. + +#### Example of an MTR test between a Scaleway Dedibox server and `free.fr` + +``` +root@163-172-30-2:~# mtr --report free.fr +Start: Sun May 1 16:23:57 2016 +HOST: 163-172-30-2 Loss% Snt Last Avg Best Wrst StDev +1.|-- 163-172-30-1.rev.poneytel 0.0% 10 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.0 +2.|-- 195.154.1.248 0.0% 10 1.6 1.0 0.9 1.6 0.0 +3.|-- 195.154.1.254 0.0% 10 1.2 1.4 1.2 2.6 0.3 +... +``` + +**Key metrics:** + +- **Loss%**: Percentage of lost packets +- **Snt**: Number of packets sent (here, 10) +- **Last**: Latency of the last packet sent +- **Avg**: Average latency for all packets sent +- **Best**: Lowest recorded latency +- **Wrst**: Highest recorded latency + +### iPerf test + +An iPerf test helps measure the available bandwidth of your server. + +The iPerf server `ping.online.net` offers several ports (5200-5209). If the default port is busy, specify another port using the `-p` flag, e.g., `-p 5203`. + +#### On Linux + +If iPerf is not installed, install it using: + +``` +sudo apt-get install iperf3 +``` +or +``` +yum install iperf3 +``` + +Run the test: + +``` +root@163-172-30-2:~# iperf3 -c ping.online.net -R +------------------------------------------------------------ +Client connecting to ping.online.net, TCP port 5001 +TCP window size: 85.0 KByte (default) +------------------------------------------------------------ +[ 3] local 163.172.30.2 port 36490 connected with 62.210.18.40 port 5001 +[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth +[ 3] 0.0-10.0 sec 1.10 GBytes 943 Mbits/sec +``` + + + If your server is located in Amsterdam, use: `iperf3 -c ping-ams1.online.net -R` + + +#### On Windows + +1. Download iPerf [from its website](https://iperf.fr/iperf-download.php#windows). +2. Choose the latest version and download the file. +3. Extract the file. +4. Open a terminal and run: + ``` + iperf3.exe -c ping.online.net -p 5203 + ``` + +**Key metrics:** + +- **Interval**: Sampling interval in seconds +- **Transfer**: Amount of data transferred +- **Bandwidth**: Available bandwidth + +### If your server’s network port is off + +If you change your dedicated server's mode (e.g., from normal to rescue mode) during a reboot, you may see the following error in your console: + + + **Your server's network port is off.** + If you recently requested a reboot or changed to rescue/test mode, this message should disappear within a few seconds. If it persists, your network may have been blocked due to unauthorized traffic. Contact support to unlock your server. + + +If this message appears repeatedly or for long periods, your server may be sending unauthorized DHCP traffic, an unassigned MAC address, excessive ARP requests, or too many requests per second. + +If the message persists, try clearing your browser cache or reloading the page multiple times. + + + When configuring the WAN interface on a **PfSense firewall**, disable autoconfiguration. It may cause an IPv6 packet flood, shutting down your server’s network port. If the network ports do not become available within a few minutes, contact [support](https://console.online.net/en/assistance/ticket). + + diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/concepts.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/concepts.mdx index ffb0b56b54..c12956b46d 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to RPN tags: dedibox rpn q-in-q rpn-san vlan dates: - validation: 2024-08-27 + validation: 2025-03-03 categories: - dedibox-network --- diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-jumboframes.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-jumboframes.mdx index 7d60df7681..a9df1d048f 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-jumboframes.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-jumboframes.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to configure jumbo frames on Scaleway Dedibox RPN tags: dedibox jumbo frames jumbo-frames rpn mtu NFS dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv1-gateway.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv1-gateway.mdx index 3f1593c185..ff85a2d342 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv1-gateway.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv1-gateway.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to configure the RPNv1 gateway on a Scaleway Dedibox tags: dedibox rpnv1 rpnv2 rpn dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-11-29 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv1.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv1.mdx index 89eca7b729..8be0afdca2 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv1.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv1.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to configure Scaleway Dedibox RPNv1 on a Dedibox tags: dedibox rpn rpnv1 dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2022-10-17 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv2.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv2.mdx index 47767ad92b..d0adea266d 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv2.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/configure-rpnv2.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to configure Scaleway Dedibox RPNv2 on a Dedibox dedicated server. tags: dedibox rpnv2 rpn dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/connect-rpn-san-windows.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/connect-rpn-san-windows.mdx index 257ae7390b..e9c70f5ef9 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/connect-rpn-san-windows.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/connect-rpn-san-windows.mdx @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -meta: +meta: title: How to connect Windows Server to an RPN SAN description: This page explains how to connect Windows Server to a Scalway Dedibox RPN SAN content: @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to connect Windows Server to a Scaleway Dedibox RPN SAN tags: dedibox windows-server windows server rpn san dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-network --- -The [RPN SAN](/dedibox-rpn/concepts/#rpn-san) is an iSCSI target, it is possible to mount it in Windows Server 2012 or later to use it as a normal disk in the system. +[RPN SAN](/dedibox-rpn/concepts/#rpn-san) is an iSCSI target that can be mounted on Windows Server 2012 and later, including Windows Server 2019 and 2022, enabling it to operate as a standard disk within the system. @@ -48,4 +48,7 @@ The [RPN SAN](/dedibox-rpn/concepts/#rpn-san) is an iSCSI target, it is possible + + For additional information, refer to [Microsoft's Windows storage configuration guide](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/storage/). + diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/connect-rpn-san.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/connect-rpn-san.mdx index b6abdfd2d1..cca6bc9bdd 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/connect-rpn-san.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/connect-rpn-san.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to connect a Scaleway Dedibox to RPN SAN tags: dedibox rpn san dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-07-16 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/mount-rpn-san-linux.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/mount-rpn-san-linux.mdx index ca49278b57..edca215f37 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/mount-rpn-san-linux.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/mount-rpn-san-linux.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to mount a Scaleway Dedibox RPN-SAN volume on Linux tags: rpn san rpn-san volume linux dedibox open iscsi dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-11-10 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-esxi-v7.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-esxi-v7.mdx index ef238e5271..3abcbf8925 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-esxi-v7.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-esxi-v7.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to mount a Scaleway RPN SAN volume in VMware ESXi 7 and later tags: dedibox rpn san vmware esxi esxi7 dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-11-10 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-esxi.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-esxi.mdx index e1dd7e5b02..8aafc27bbb 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-esxi.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-esxi.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to mount an RPN SAN volume in VMware ESXi tags: dedibox rpn san vmware esxi dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-11-10 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-proxmox.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-proxmox.mdx index 7bb52ae4cb..33d018ed21 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-proxmox.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-san-proxmox.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to mount a Scaleway Dedibox RPN-SAN volume on Proxmox tags: dedibox rpn san proxmox dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-11-10 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-vpn.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-vpn.mdx index 1b3f8a1134..71a0642b7f 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-vpn.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/how-to/use-rpn-vpn.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to use the RPN VPN with your Dedibox Servers paragraph: This page explains how to use the RPN VPN with your Scaleway Dedibox servers -tags: dedibox rpn vpn dedibox-server +tags: dedibox rpn vpn dedibox-server dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-10-07 categories: - dedibox-network diff --git a/pages/dedibox-rpn/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-rpn/index.mdx index e5dab6dccb..5f37dd5a63 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-rpn/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-rpn/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> -### RPN Feature on Scaleway Dedibox +### RPN feature on Scaleway Dedibox **Scaleway Dedibox** supports the Real Private Network (RPN) feature, a physical network within a data center that utilizes a secondary network interface on Dedibox servers, enabling direct server-to-server communication. diff --git a/pages/dedibox-scaleway/concepts.mdx b/pages/dedibox-scaleway/concepts.mdx index be498c8683..18c20604a7 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-scaleway/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-scaleway/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to Scaleway Dedibox servers tags: dedibox concepts hostname dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 categories: - bare-metal --- diff --git a/pages/dedibox-scaleway/how-to/connect-to-dedibox.mdx b/pages/dedibox-scaleway/how-to/connect-to-dedibox.mdx index c62c9b9b6e..9c1a2b6c96 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-scaleway/how-to/connect-to-dedibox.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-scaleway/how-to/connect-to-dedibox.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to connect to a Dedibox server tags: dedibox connect putty dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2022-01-31 --- @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ You can also use FTP, SFTP, or SCP to transfer data to and from your server. - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - [Created and uploaded your SSH key](/organizations-and-projects/how-to/create-ssh-key/) -- [Linked](/dedibox-scaleway/how-to/link-dedibox-account/) your Dedibox and Scaleway accounts - [Created](/dedibox-scaleway/how-to/order-dedibox/) and [installed](/dedibox-scaleway/how-to/install-dedibox/) a Dedibox server and transferred your SSH key to it during installation ## How to connect via SSH diff --git a/pages/dedibox-scaleway/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox-scaleway/index.mdx index 71104de102..e2dee9a82f 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox-scaleway/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox-scaleway/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> + You can also order Dedibox servers using the [Scaleway console](/dedibox-scaleway/how-to/order-dedibox/), to benefit from the whole Scaleway ecosystem and the latest console. + + - A Dedibox account logged into the [console](https://console.online.net) diff --git a/pages/dedibox/how-to/rescue-your-data.mdx b/pages/dedibox/how-to/rescue-your-data.mdx index 17adae4c6b..fb0b3a47d5 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox/how-to/rescue-your-data.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox/how-to/rescue-your-data.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to recover and download backups of your data from a Scaleway Dedibox server using rescue mode with SFTP or Dedibackup. tags: recovery rescue data rescue-mode dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2021-06-11 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox/how-to/restart-server.mdx b/pages/dedibox/how-to/restart-server.mdx index 53745dcfb2..7ccf0b2f9d 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox/how-to/restart-server.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox/how-to/restart-server.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to restart your server paragraph: This page explains how to restart your Scaleway Dedibox server -tags: dedibox server restart +tags: dedibox server restart dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2021-06-11 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-dedibackup-ftp-backup.mdx b/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-dedibackup-ftp-backup.mdx index a6f833b127..752945c2fa 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-dedibackup-ftp-backup.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-dedibackup-ftp-backup.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to use the Dedibackup FTP backup space paragraph: This page explains how to use the Dedibackup FTP backup space for Dedibox servers -tags: dedibackup ftp backup ftp-backup +tags: dedibackup ftp backup ftp-backup dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-10-07 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-ipmi-on-server.mdx b/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-ipmi-on-server.mdx index 990cab3e3d..687681393c 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-ipmi-on-server.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-ipmi-on-server.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use IPMI on a Scaleway Dedibox server tags: dedibox ipmi server dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2021-06-11 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-rescue-mode.mdx b/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-rescue-mode.mdx index 7301c29866..68a56bbb01 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-rescue-mode.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-rescue-mode.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to use rescue mode on a Scaleway Dedibox server to troubleshoot and recover your system. tags: rescue mode rescue-mode dedicated-server dedicated server dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2021-06-11 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-serial-console.mdx b/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-serial-console.mdx index 8d8a0f01a5..8c2b5aa241 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-serial-console.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox/how-to/use-serial-console.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: How to use the serial console paragraph: This page explains how to use the serial console on a Scaleway Dedibox server -tags: dedibox serial console serial-console +tags: dedibox serial console serial-console dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2021-06-11 categories: - dedibox-servers diff --git a/pages/dedibox/index.mdx b/pages/dedibox/index.mdx index 11a0efded6..280a2850d3 100644 --- a/pages/dedibox/index.mdx +++ b/pages/dedibox/index.mdx @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ meta: /> + 4. Click **Manage as external**. The instructions to set up your external domain display. Add a `TXT`record to the root zone of the domain at your current registrar to validate the domain ownership. `TXT` means text record. It is used to carry machine-readable data such as information for automated domain validation. @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Domains and DNS allows you to manage and register your [internal](/domains-and-d The token's presence will be checked regularly. If it has not been set within 48 hours, the external domain will be deleted from the service. -5. Click **Back to my external domains** once you have set up the record in your current DNS zone. The list of your external domains displays. +5. Click **Back to external domains** once you have set up the record in your current DNS zone. The list of your external domains displays. Once the TXT record is validated, the dot next to your domain turns green, and you will receive an email with instructions on how to update your domain's DNS name servers. diff --git a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-dns-add-zone.webp b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-dns-add-zone.webp deleted file mode 100644 index fd89267694..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-dns-add-zone.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-dns-domain-validated.webp b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-dns-ext-domain-estimated-cost.webp similarity index 100% rename from pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-dns-domain-validated.webp rename to pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-dns-ext-domain-estimated-cost.webp diff --git a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-domain-unlock.webp b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-domain-unlock.webp index 724678774b..fd2741da50 100644 Binary files a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-domain-unlock.webp and b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/assets/scaleway-domain-unlock.webp differ diff --git a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/configure-autorenew.mdx b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/configure-autorenew.mdx index cbc69c1773..bdf98b9225 100644 --- a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/configure-autorenew.mdx +++ b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/configure-autorenew.mdx @@ -7,36 +7,32 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to set up and manage the autorenew feature for your internal domains. Follow straightforward steps to activate or deactivate autorenewal, ensuring seamless renewal of domain validity. tags: domain dns internal-domain automatic-renewal autorenew dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2022-10-31 categories: - network --- -Autorenew is a feature that allows you, on a yearly basis, to automatically renew the validity period of an internal domain registered with Scaleway Domains and DNS. +Autorenew is a feature that allows you to automatically renew the validity period of an internal domain registered with Scaleway Domains and DNS, on a yearly basis. - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -- An internal domain registered with [Scaleway Domains and DNS](https://www.scaleway.com/en/domains-and-dns/) +- An **internal domain** registered with [Scaleway Domains and DNS](https://www.scaleway.com/en/domains-and-dns/) ## How to activate autorenew 1. Click **Domains and DNS** in the **Network** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. Your internal domains display. 2. Click the domain you want to configure. The domain's **Overview** tab displays. -3. Click **Activate** under **Autorenew** in the domain information section. A pop-up displays prompting you to confirm. +3. Click **Activate** under **Autorenew** in the **Domain Information** section. A pop-up displays prompting you to confirm. 4. Click **Activate autorenew** to confirm. -You have activated autorenew for your internal domain. ## How to deactivate autorenew 1. Click **Domains and DNS** in the **Network** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. Your internal domains display. 2. Click the domain you want to configure. The domain's **Overview** tab displays. -3. Click **Deactivate** under **Autorenew** in the domain information section. A pop-up displays prompting you to confirm. +3. Click **Deactivate** under **Autorenew** in the **Domain Information** section. A pop-up displays prompting you to confirm. 4. Click **Deactivate autorenew** to confirm. -You have deactivated autorenew for your domain name. - - diff --git a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/configure-dns-zones.mdx b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/configure-dns-zones.mdx index 4dbe58c770..eb99007ad6 100644 --- a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/configure-dns-zones.mdx +++ b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/configure-dns-zones.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Discover how to effectively configure DNS zones using Scaleway's Domains and DNS service. Learn to add, edit, and delete DNS zones to manage your domain's configurations with ease and precision. tags: domain dns zone dns-zone dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2022-10-31 categories: - network @@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ Each **Zone Name** created translates into a [**Domain Name**](/domains-and-dns/ The **Root zone** is always available, by default. This zone is directly associated with the domain name and cannot be deleted. It will only be removed from the DNS when its associated domain name is deleted. 4. Click **+ Add zone** to create a new DNS zone. A pop-up appears prompting you to enter a zone name. -5. Enter a name for the new zone, check the estimated cost, and click **Add zone**. - +5. Enter a name, check the estimated cost, and click **Add zone**. ## How to manage DNS records @@ -54,7 +53,7 @@ Each **Zone Name** created translates into a [**Domain Name**](/domains-and-dns/ 3. Click the **DNS Zones** tab. A list of the DNS zones you have configured within the selected domain displays. 4. Click , then **Edit name** to edit a zone's name. -5. Enter a new name in the pop-up, then click **Edit Name** to confirm. +5. Enter a new name in the pop-up, then click **Edit name** to confirm. ## How to delete an existing DNS zone diff --git a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/manage-external-domain.mdx b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/manage-external-domain.mdx index 072141aad8..ab143296d6 100644 --- a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/manage-external-domain.mdx +++ b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/manage-external-domain.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Discover how to efficiently manage your external domains from the Scaleway console. Learn how to access domain information, verify domain status, manage name servers, and delete domains when necessary, all through the Domains and DNS dashboard. tags: external-domain dns domain dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2022-10-31 categories: - network @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Once your external domains have been created and validated, you can manage them 1. Click **Domains and DNS** in the **Network** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. 2. Click the **External domains** tab. -3. Click next to the domain you want to manage. +3. Click next to the domain you want to manage, then click **More info**. A **green** dot displays next to your domain name once it is validated. diff --git a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/register-internal-domain.mdx b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/register-internal-domain.mdx index 566b3a0656..4e1a61e7af 100644 --- a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/register-internal-domain.mdx +++ b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/register-internal-domain.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: - title: How to register an internal domain name + title: How to register an internal domain description: Efficiently register an internal domain using Scaleway Domains and DNS. This guide walks you through the process of checking domain availability, configuring contacts, selecting registration periods, and completing your order securely via the Scaleway console. content: - h1: How to register an internal domain name + h1: How to register an internal domain paragraph: Efficiently register an internal domain using Scaleway Domains and DNS. This guide walks you through the process of checking domain availability, configuring contacts, selecting registration periods, and completing your order securely via the Scaleway console. tags: internal-domain domain dns dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2022-10-31 categories: - network @@ -21,21 +21,19 @@ Domains and DNS allows you to manage and register your [internal](/domains-and-d - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - [Added a credit card](/billing/quickstart/#how-to-add-a-payment-method) to your account + + * Make sure to check your domain name for any spelling mistakes before you place the order. + * You cannot change the domain name once the registration is complete and the fees will still apply. You can, however, register another domain with the correctly spelled name. + * Internal domains are billed immediately upon registration. + + 1. Click **Domains and DNS** in the **Network** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. The Domains and DNS dashboard displays. 2. Click **+ Search domain name**. 3. Enter the domain name you wish to register in the search bar. -4. Click the search icon to check the domain availability. A selection of available domain names appears. +4. Click the search icon to check the domain availability. A selection of available domains appears. 5. Tick the box next to the domain name you want to register, then click **Select and configure contacts**. 6. Enter the required information, then click **Add new contact**. 7. Select your domain contact information from the drop-down list and click **Validate and continue**. Your order summary displays. 8. Choose the registration period. 9. Tick the box to confirm you understand that you will be debited the price that displays. -10. Click **Register domain** to confirm your order and to register the domain name. - - - * Make sure to check your domain name for any spelling mistakes before you place the order. - * You cannot change the domain name once the registration is complete and the fees will still apply. You can of course register another domain with the correctly spelled name. - * Internal domains are billed immediately upon registration. - - - +10. Click **Register domain** to confirm your order and to register the domain name. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/unlock-internal-domain.mdx b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/unlock-internal-domain.mdx index 95ae3dab9d..550c2570a7 100644 --- a/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/unlock-internal-domain.mdx +++ b/pages/domains-and-dns/how-to/unlock-internal-domain.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: - title: How to unlock an internal domain name + title: How to unlock an internal domain description: Discover how to unlock internal domain names effortlessly. Follow our detailed steps to manage domain security and facilitate transfers. content: - h1: How to unlock an internal domain name + h1: How to unlock an internal domain paragraph: Discover how to unlock internal domain names effortlessly. Follow our detailed steps to manage domain security and facilitate transfers. tags: internal-domain-name domain-name domain dns dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2022-10-31 categories: - network @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ Domain names are locked by default to avoid any unsolicited outgoing transfer. I - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -- A domain name registered with Scaleway Domains and DNS +- An **internal domain** registered with Scaleway Domains and DNS ## How to unlock a domain name -1. Click **Domains and DNS** in the **Network** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. The Domains and DNS dashboard displays. -2. Click the domain name you want to unlock. The domain's **Overview** tab displays. -3. Click **Unlock** under **Transfer** in the **Domain Information** section. A pop-up displays. - +1. Click **Domains and DNS** in the **Network** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. +2. Click the domain you want to unlock. The domain's **Overview** tab displays. +3. Click **Unlock** under **Transfer** in the **Domain Information** section. A confirmation pop-up displays. + 4. Click **Unlock** to confirm. The operation might take a few minutes to complete. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The operation might take a few minutes to complete. 1. Click **Domains and DNS** in the **Network** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. The Domains and DNS dashboard displays. 2. Click the domain name you want to lock. The domain's **Overview** tab displays. -3. Click **Lock** under **Transfer** in the **Domain Information** section. A pop-up displays. +3. Click **Lock** under **Transfer** in the **Domain Information** section. A confirmation pop-up displays. 4. Click **Lock** to confirm. The operation might take a few minutes to complete. diff --git a/pages/edge-services/concepts.mdx b/pages/edge-services/concepts.mdx index 5b828b9497..db19a4f199 100644 --- a/pages/edge-services/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/edge-services/concepts.mdx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Edge Services is an additional feature for Scaleway Load Balancers and Object St ## Endpoint -The endpoint from which a given Edge Services pipeline can be accessed, e.g. `https://pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud`. When a client requests content from the Edge Services endpoint, it is served by Edge Services and its cache, rather than from the origin (Object Storage bucket or Load Balancer backend servers) directly. Edge Services automatically manages redirection from HTTP to HTTPS. +The endpoint from which a given Edge Services pipeline can be accessed, e.g. `https://pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud`. When a client requests content from the Edge Services endpoint, it is served by Edge Services and its cache, rather than from the origin (Object Storage bucket or Load Balancer backend servers) directly. Edge Services automatically manages redirection from HTTP to HTTPS. The endpoint can be customized with a user-defined subdomain, allowing you to replace the standardized endpoint with the subdomain of a domain you already own, e.g. `http://my-own-domain.com`. An associated [certificate](#certificate), and [CNAME record](#cname-record) will be required, in this case. diff --git a/pages/edge-services/how-to/configure-custom-domain.mdx b/pages/edge-services/how-to/configure-custom-domain.mdx index f700c23a6c..1eb7f589da 100644 --- a/pages/edge-services/how-to/configure-custom-domain.mdx +++ b/pages/edge-services/how-to/configure-custom-domain.mdx @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ After customizing your domain, you can edit it (or its certificate) at any time ## How to reset your customized domain -Even though the original Edge Services endpoint (e.g. `https://pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud`) will continue to work after you add a customized domain, you can choose to remove your customized domain completely and go back to the original Edge Services endpoint only. This is done via the reset function: +Even though the original Edge Services endpoint (e.g. `https://pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud`) will continue to work after you add a customized domain, you can choose to remove your customized domain completely and go back to the original Edge Services endpoint only. This is done via the reset function: 1. In the Scaleway console, navigate to the Edge Services dashboard for the Object Storage bucket or Load Balancer pipeline whose domain you want to reset: diff --git a/pages/edge-services/how-to/create-pipeline-bucket.mdx b/pages/edge-services/how-to/create-pipeline-bucket.mdx index b7ebb6fe21..db27d895b6 100644 --- a/pages/edge-services/how-to/create-pipeline-bucket.mdx +++ b/pages/edge-services/how-to/create-pipeline-bucket.mdx @@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ You can create an Edge Services pipeline [from the Object Storage section of the ## How to access your bucket via Edge Services -Once you have created an Edge Services pipeline for your bucket, you can access your bucket and its content via the following endpoints. Make sure that you replace `bucket-name` with the name of your bucket. +Once you have created an Edge Services pipeline for your bucket, you can access your bucket and its content via the following endpoints. Make sure that you replace `bucket-name` or `pipeline-id` with relevant details for your bucket/pipeline. | Endpoint | Where to find this endpoint in the console | Notes | |-----------------------------------------|--------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | `https://bucket-name.s3.nl-ams.scw.cloud` | The **Bucket settings** tab | Edge Services is bypassed when the bucket is accessed via this endpoint | -| `https://bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud` | The **Edge Services** tab | Edge Services serves bucket content when this endpoint is used | +| `https://pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud` | The **Edge Services** tab | Edge Services serves bucket content when this endpoint is used | The two endpoints shown above are available as standard. However, with Edge Services, you can also choose to configure a **custom domain** from which your bucket can be accessed. Read more about this in the [next section](/edge-services/how-to/configure-custom-domain/). \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/edge-services/how-to/create-pipeline-lb.mdx b/pages/edge-services/how-to/create-pipeline-lb.mdx index 850f0a1a20..be7851d12b 100644 --- a/pages/edge-services/how-to/create-pipeline-lb.mdx +++ b/pages/edge-services/how-to/create-pipeline-lb.mdx @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ You can create an Edge Services pipeline from the Load Balancer section of the c You are returned to the **Pipelines** tab, where the newly created pipeline now displays. - Click on the pipeline to go to its **Overview** page and start configuration. From the **Overview**, you can see the endpoint from which you can access your Load Balancer origin via Edge Services, e.g. `https://pipeline-id.edge.scw.cloud`. + Click on the pipeline to go to its **Overview** page and start configuration. From the **Overview**, you can see the endpoint from which you can access your Load Balancer origin via Edge Services, e.g. `https://pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud`. ## Troubleshooting pipeline creation diff --git a/pages/edge-services/reference-content/cname-record.mdx b/pages/edge-services/reference-content/cname-record.mdx index a7537b7bcf..781d4c14d3 100644 --- a/pages/edge-services/reference-content/cname-record.mdx +++ b/pages/edge-services/reference-content/cname-record.mdx @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ When the client actually connects to `otherdomain.com`'s IP address, the web ser ## When and why do I need to create a CNAME record for Edge Services? -When you create an Edge Services pipeline to an [origin](/edge-services/concepts/#origin) (Object Storage bucket or Load Balancer), initially the origin content is served through the standard Edge Services endpoint, e.g. `pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud`. If you do not want to customize the standard Edge Services endpoint, you do not need to worry about CNAME records. +When you create an Edge Services pipeline to an [origin](/edge-services/concepts/#origin) (Object Storage bucket or Load Balancer), initially the origin content is served through the standard Edge Services endpoint, e.g. `pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud`. If you do not want to customize the standard Edge Services endpoint, you do not need to worry about CNAME records. However, if you choose to [customize your Edge Services endpoint with your own subdomain](/edge-services/how-to/configure-custom-domain/), a CNAME record must be created to point your subdomain to the Edge Services endpoint. @@ -47,22 +47,22 @@ The interface used by different domain providers varies, but creating your CNAME | Record | Destination | |--------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------| -| `my-chosen-subdomain.beautiful-domain.com` | `pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud.` | +| `my-chosen-subdomain.beautiful-domain.com` | `pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud.` | | Subdomain | Target host | |--------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| -| `my-chosen-subdomain` | `pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud.` | +| `my-chosen-subdomain` | `pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud.` | | Host record | Points to | |--------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------| -| `my-chosen-subdomain` | `pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud.` | +| `my-chosen-subdomain` | `pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud.` | | `my-chosen-subdomain` | Record Type | Value | |--------------------------------------------|-----------------|------------------------------------------------| -| `@` | `CNAME` | is an alias of `pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud.`| +| `@` | `CNAME` | is an alias of `pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud.`| -The trailing dot at the end of the target endpoint (`pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud.`) is implicitly added by some domain and DNS providers, and must be explicitly added for others. Check with yours whether the dot is necessary. +The trailing dot at the end of the target endpoint (`pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud.`) is implicitly added by some domain and DNS providers, and must be explicitly added for others. Check with yours whether the dot is necessary. You may also see a `TTL` field, which stands for **T**ime **T**o **L**ive. This tells the DNS resolver how long it can cache this record, before it must re-check the origin source in case something has changed. TTL is measured in seconds, and the default value is usually 12 hours (43200 seconds) or 24 hours (86400 seconds). @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ See the table below for help with troubleshooting these errors: | Error message | Solution | |-------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------| | No CNAME record found | Make sure you have created a valid DNS record of type **CNAME** (not **A**, **AAAA** or another type), where your subdomain points to the Edge Services endpoint. | -| Incorrect CNAME | Make sure your CNAME record points to the Edge Services endpoint in the format `bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud.`, and that you have replaced `pipeline-id-or-bucket-name` with the name of your bucket in the case of an Object Storage origin, or the pipeline ID in the case of a Load Balancer origin. | +| Incorrect CNAME | Make sure your CNAME record points to the Edge Services endpoint in the format `pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud.`, and that you have replaced `pipeline-id` with the ID of your bucket or Load Balancer's Edge Services pipeline. | | Domain does not exist | You must own the domain name you are attempting to configure. If you do not already own the domain name, you cannot create a subdomain or CNAME record for it. Register the domain name, for example using our [Domains and DNS](/domains-and-dns/how-to/register-internal-domain/) product, then create a CNAME record for the subdomain. Otherwise, ensure you did not make a typo when entering the domain name into the Scaleway console. | | scw.cloud is forbidden | You cannot use subdomains of the `scw.cloud` domain, as the domain is owned and managed by Scaleway and you cannot create DNS records for it. Use your own domain and subdomain. | | Invalid Top Level Domain | Make sure the Top-Level Domain (e.g. `.com`, `.fr`) you entered is correct. | diff --git a/pages/edge-services/reference-content/ssl-tls-certificate.mdx b/pages/edge-services/reference-content/ssl-tls-certificate.mdx index 4d16fb5404..cca02513c7 100644 --- a/pages/edge-services/reference-content/ssl-tls-certificate.mdx +++ b/pages/edge-services/reference-content/ssl-tls-certificate.mdx @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The private key is also used by the host for generating digital signatures, whil ### When and why do I need an SSL/TLS certificate for Edge Services? -When you create an Edge Services pipeline, initially your [origin's](/edge-services/concepts/#origin) content is served through the standard Edge Services endpoint, e.g. `https://pipeline-id-or-bucket-name.svc.edge.scw.cloud`. Scaleway's own SSL/TLS certificate, which covers this subdomain, is used to establish the encrypted connection between client and host. If you do not want to customize the standard Edge Services endpoint, you do not need to worry about creating SSL/TLS certificates. +When you create an Edge Services pipeline, initially your [origin's](/edge-services/concepts/#origin) content is served through the standard Edge Services endpoint, e.g. `https://pipeline-id.svc.edge.scw.cloud`. Scaleway's own SSL/TLS certificate, which covers this subdomain, is used to establish the encrypted connection between client and host. If you do not want to customize the standard Edge Services endpoint, you do not need to worry about creating SSL/TLS certificates. However, if you choose to [customize your Edge Services endpoint with your own subdomain](/edge-services/how-to/configure-custom-domain/), Scaleway's own SSL/TLS certificate can no longer be used to establish encrypted connections to your subdomain. Client connections are now initially going to a different domain which needs to be "guaranteed" by its own certificate (despite the CNAME record for the subdomain pointing to the Scaleway endpoint). diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/api-cli/elastic-metal-with-api.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/api-cli/elastic-metal-with-api.mdx index 7fc794bfd2..33dd52bfd1 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/api-cli/elastic-metal-with-api.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/api-cli/elastic-metal-with-api.mdx @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ categories: Scaleway's [Elastic Metal servers](https://www.scaleway.com/en/elastic-metal/) provide 100% dedicated resources while offering the flexibility and scalability of the cloud, including hourly billing and full customization. The hardware is entirely dedicated to you — free from virtualization, overallocation, or neighboring tenants. -Elastic Metal servers also feature a robust [REST API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/elastic-metal/) that enables seamless automation of tasks and deployments. Integration with tools like [Terraform](https://www.terraform.io/) further streamlines infrastructure management. +Elastic Metal servers also feature a robust [REST API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/elastic-metal/) that enables seamless automation of tasks and deployments. Integration with tools like [Terraform](https://www.terraform.io/) or [OpenTofu](https://opentofu.org/) further streamlines infrastructure management. The **one-command deployment feature** accelerates server provisioning by combining delivery and setup into a single API call. This simplifies server provisioning, ensuring your machine is fully operational in less than 15 minutes. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Besides creating your Elastic Metal servers from the graphical [Scaleway console } ``` - In the following example, we create a **GP-BM1-S** server running on Ubuntu 20.04 LTS: + In the following example, we create a server running on Ubuntu 20.04 LTS: ``` curl -X POST -H "X-Auth-Token: $SCW_KEY" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d "{ \"offer_id\": \"7fde3890-9787-488c-ac89-c4e00a4e5f83\", \"project_id\": \"$SCW_PROJECT\", \"name\": \"my-bmaas\", \"description\": \"my server running on ubuntu\", \"tags\": [ diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/api-cli/elastic-metal-with-cli.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/api-cli/elastic-metal-with-cli.mdx index 0dd62e5dd4..45d3880ab4 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/api-cli/elastic-metal-with-cli.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/api-cli/elastic-metal-with-cli.mdx @@ -33,13 +33,12 @@ The [Scaleway Command Line Interface (CLI)](https://github.com/scaleway/scaleway - The help info for the `zone` argument informs you that the default zone is `fr-par-2` because Elastic Metal servers are only available in the `fr-par-2` zone at the moment. However, `fr-par-2` is not necessarily the default zone in your configuration. To create a server, you need to either change the default zone in your configuration file (check the location of this file in the output of scw init and change the value for `default zone` to `fr-par-2`), or explicitly target the `fr-par-2` zone in the commands to create and manage your server. - - The available server types are the following: `GP-BM1-L` `GP-BM1-M` `GP-BM1-S` `HC-BM1-L` `HC-BM1-S` `HM-BM1-XL` `HM-BM1-M`. 1. Type the following command in your terminal to create your Elastic Metal server: ``` - scw baremetal server create name=name-of-your-server type=GP-BM1-L zone=fr-par-2 + scw baremetal server create name=name-of-your-server type=EM-A210R-SATA zone=fr-par-2 ``` An output similar to the following displays: @@ -362,5 +361,5 @@ scw baremetal server list zone=fr-par-2 An output similar to the following displays: ``` -12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789123 name-of-your-server GP-BM1-L stopped +12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789123 name-of-your-server EM-A210R-SATA stopped ``` \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/concepts.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/concepts.mdx index 4caccd4b03..73049e8fac 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to Scaleway Elastic Metal servers tags: elastic-metal rescue-mode private-networks remote-access az dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 categories: - bare-metal - elastic-metal @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Public IP addresses are routed on the internet. You can enter the public IP addr Remote access allows you to access the keyboard, video, and mouse of the machine remotely by using [KVM over IP device](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KVM_switch#KVM_over_IP_(IPKVM)). It enables you access to the machine even if the installed OS is not working properly, to debug the system, or to install your own OS from a remote ISO file. -Remote access is available as an option on most Elastic Metal offers. Currently, remote access must be configured [via the API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/elastic-metal/#path-bmc-access-start-bmc-access). +Remote access is available as an option on most Elastic Metal offers. ## Rescue Mode diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/add-virtual-mac-address.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/add-virtual-mac-address.mdx index 578fb9ad75..2b30ef8b09 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/add-virtual-mac-address.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/add-virtual-mac-address.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to add a virtual MAC address to a flexible IP for Scaleway Elastic Metal servers. tags: virtual-mac, virtual-mac-address, flexible-ip dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/attach-detach-flexible-ip.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/attach-detach-flexible-ip.mdx index 0c60053853..0d43f057b1 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/attach-detach-flexible-ip.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/attach-detach-flexible-ip.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to attach and detach a flexible IP to and from a Scaleway Elastic Metal server. tags: attach, detach, flexible-ip, elastic-metal dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-flexible-ip.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-flexible-ip.mdx index d2ec3de43f..7faefe5bb4 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-flexible-ip.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-flexible-ip.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: How to configure a flexible IP on an Elastic Metal server - description: This page explains configure a flexible IP on an Elastic Metal server + description: This page explains configure a flexible IP on a Scaleway Elastic Metal server content: h1: How to configure a flexible IP on an Elastic Metal server - paragraph: This page explains configure a flexible IP on an Elastic Metal server + paragraph: This page explains configure a flexible IP on a Scaleway Elastic Metal server tags: elastic-metal flexible-ip configuration dates: - validation: 2024-09-30 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-flexible-ipv6.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-flexible-ipv6.mdx index 21c9f24a60..fc194870fd 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-flexible-ipv6.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-flexible-ipv6.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to configure a flexible IPv6 on a Scaleway Elastic Metal server. tags: configuration, flexible-ipv6, ipv6, elastic-metal dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2022-03-30 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-reverse-dns-flexible-ip.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-reverse-dns-flexible-ip.mdx index 0ce0db46cc..e98b756ae8 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-reverse-dns-flexible-ip.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/configure-reverse-dns-flexible-ip.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to configure the reverse DNS of a flexible IP on Scaleway Elastic Metal servers. tags: reverse-dns, reverse dns, flexible-ip, elastic-metal dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/connect-to-server.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/connect-to-server.mdx index 6937ffdcb8..e5f579721a 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/connect-to-server.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/connect-to-server.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to connect to your Elastic Metal server on Linux, macOS, or Windows using SSH or Remote Desktop for secure remote access. tags: elastic-metal server connection putty dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/create-server.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/create-server.mdx index 47ea80fd0f..2af7ffd143 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/create-server.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/create-server.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide walks you through the steps to create an Elastic Metal server on Scaleway. tags: elastic-metal, server dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/enable-smtp.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/enable-smtp.mdx index 1a46a7907b..cc6bfacce8 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/enable-smtp.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/enable-smtp.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to enable SMTP for Scaleway Elastic Metal servers. tags: enable, smtp, elastic-metal dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2022-05-04 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/install-server.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/install-server.mdx index a5b9d5e7ab..dde6b4719d 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/install-server.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/install-server.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to install an Elastic Metal server from the Scaleway console. tags: elastic-metal, server, installation dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/order-flexible-ip.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/order-flexible-ip.mdx index 9286874c23..4f4e30bcde 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/order-flexible-ip.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/order-flexible-ip.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide explains how to order a flexible IP for Scaleway Elastic Metal servers. tags: flexible-ip, flexible ip, elastic-metal dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/reboot-server.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/reboot-server.mdx index 0ac757e0e0..3c8df8fd70 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/reboot-server.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/reboot-server.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to reboot your Scaleway Elastic Metal server tags: reboot elastic-metal reboot-server dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/reinstall-server.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/reinstall-server.mdx index e13c2a7811..5769462089 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/reinstall-server.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/reinstall-server.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to install a Scaleway Elastic Metal server tags: reinstall elastic-metal dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/send-metrics-logs-to-cockpit.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/send-metrics-logs-to-cockpit.mdx index a381499afd..01f6b6d93b 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/send-metrics-logs-to-cockpit.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/send-metrics-logs-to-cockpit.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn to monitor Elastic Metal servers by sending metrics and logs to Scaleway Cockpit for real-time performance insights. tags: metrics grafana cockpit elastic-metal dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-25 posted: 2024-02-13 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/use-rescue-mode.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/use-rescue-mode.mdx index 55ca878852..fd2d57e347 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/use-rescue-mode.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/use-rescue-mode.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use rescue mode on Elastic Metal servers tags: elastic-metal rescue-mode dates: - validation: 2024-08-13 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/view-the-event-logs.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/view-the-event-logs.mdx index 9cb722bbe1..7c7acde9bd 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/view-the-event-logs.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/how-to/view-the-event-logs.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to view the event logs of a Scaleway Elastic Metal server tags: elastic-metal event-log dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - bare-metal diff --git a/pages/elastic-metal/index.mdx b/pages/elastic-metal/index.mdx index ae013641c9..8104eb2a42 100644 --- a/pages/elastic-metal/index.mdx +++ b/pages/elastic-metal/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + + + + + + + +## Elastic Metal troubleshooting pages + +- [Enabling SSH on Elastic Metal servers running virtualization distributions](/elastic-metal/troubleshooting/enable-ssh-virtualization-distribution/) +- [Replacing a failed drive in a RAID1 software RAID](/elastic-metal/troubleshooting/replace-failed-drive-software-raid/) +- [Resetting the Administrator password on Windows Server OS](/elastic-metal/troubleshooting/reset-admin-password-windows-server/) +- [Troubleshooting common Elastic Metal server access issues](/elastic-metal/troubleshooting/troubleshoot-access-issues/) +- [Troubleshooting an Elastic Metal server blocked installation](/elastic-metal/troubleshooting/troubleshoot-installation/) +- [Troubleshooting remote access (KVM over IP) issues on Elastic Metal servers](/elastic-metal/troubleshooting/troubleshoot-remote-access-issues/) +- [Troubleshooting SSH connection issues on Elastic Metal servers](/elastic-metal/troubleshooting/troubleshoot-ssh-issues/) diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation.mdx index 260bd9d0fa..b5400a2642 100644 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation.mdx +++ b/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation.mdx @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ --- meta: title: Understanding environmental footprint estimation - description: This page explains how to understand the environmental footprint estimation of Elastic Metal servers. + description: This page explains how to understand the environmental footprint estimation of Scaleway products. content: h1: Understanding environmental footprint estimation - paragraph: This page explains how to understand the environmental footprint estimation of Elastic Metal servers. + paragraph: This page explains how to understand the environmental footprint estimation of Scaleway products. tags: environmental-footprint impact environment datacentre dates: validation: 2024-10-30 @@ -14,10 +14,12 @@ categories: --- -This feature is currently only available for Elastic Metal servers. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. +This feature is currently available on a limited number of products and will soon be extended to all products. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. -When you [order an Elastic Metal server](/elastic-metal/how-to/create-server/), you can see the estimated impact of your Elastic Metal server of choice before you order. In this page, we explain how the estimation is measured. +When you order a product that integrates the Environmental Footprint Calculator, you can see the estimated impact of the product before you order. + +In this page, we use Elastic Metal servers as an example to explain how the estimation represented. The estimation described on this page is based on the calculation methodology detailed in the [Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator) documentation page. diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator.mdx index 430d1394ed..47e06fadf7 100644 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator.mdx +++ b/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator.mdx @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ categories: --- -This feature is currently only available for Elastic Metal servers. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. +This feature is currently available on a limited number of products and will soon be extended to all products. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. This page details the methodology used to calculate the environmental footprint of Scaleway cloud services, and Bare Metal offers. This methodology ensures transparency and precision, as it provides reliable estimations covering a full lifecycle analysis. @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Water Consumption (liters) = Energy Consumption (kWh) × WUE (liters/kWh) #### Calculation example -At Scaleway we currently collect power consumption metrics for Elastic Metal servers. Using an Elastic Metal server as an example, we can assume that: +Using an Elastic Metal server as an example, we can assume that: - A server consumes 500 kWh of energy per month. - The WUE of the data center (PAR-DC5) is 0,014 liters/kWh. diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration.mdx index 53db45290e..7b6535dd88 100644 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration.mdx +++ b/pages/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration.mdx @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ The following tables provide details about the Scaleway products that currently | **Product Name** | **Environmental Footprint calculator available** | |----------------------------|---------------------------------| | Elastic Metal | **Yes** | +| Apple Silicon | **Yes** | ## Planned product integration | **Product Name** | **Environmental Footprint calculator available** | |----------------------------|---------------------------------| -| Apple Silicon | **Not integrated yet** | | Dedibox | **Not integrated yet** | | Instances | **Not integrated yet** | | GPU Instances | **Not integrated yet** | diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-cross-funct-it-equip.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-cross-funct-it-equip.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 49fcbd5dab..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-cross-funct-it-equip.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-customer-it-equip.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-customer-it-equip.webp deleted file mode 100644 index cc18306836..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-customer-it-equip.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-dc-techenv-manuf.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-dc-techenv-manuf.webp deleted file mode 100644 index b584a7dbcd..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-dc-techenv-manuf.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-dc-techenv.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-dc-techenv.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 763320eee3..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-dc-techenv.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-network.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-network.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 37b6db7c87..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-network.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-non-it-cross-funct.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-non-it-cross-funct.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 08f4359926..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-allocation-rules-non-it-cross-funct.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-co2eq-formula.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-co2eq-formula.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 6d9fcce729..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-co2eq-formula.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-order-summary.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-order-summary.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 474e5d0e5e..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-order-summary.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-impact-estimation-az.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-impact-estimation-az.webp deleted file mode 100644 index e9d0b8b294..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-env-impact-estimation-az.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-focus-on-cross-func-it-equipment.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-focus-on-cross-func-it-equipment.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 2f22356660..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-focus-on-cross-func-it-equipment.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-leaves-rating-env-foot.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-leaves-rating-env-foot.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 511ad67cd3..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-leaves-rating-env-foot.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-overall-env-footprint-calc.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-overall-env-footprint-calc.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 24e7a33d59..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-overall-env-footprint-calc.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-select-a-server-env-foot.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-select-a-server-env-foot.webp deleted file mode 100644 index a92d5fbcc5..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/assets/scaleway-select-a-server-env-foot.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 61893a59a7..0000000000 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator-estimation.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ - --- -meta: - title: Understanding environmental footprint estimation - description: This page explains how to understand the environmental footprint estimation of Elastic Metal servers. -content: - h1: Understanding environmental footprint estimation - paragraph: This page explains how to understand the environmental footprint estimation of Elastic Metal servers. -tags: environmental-footprint impact environment datacentre -dates: - validation: 2024-10-30 - posted: 2024-10-30 -categories: - - environmental-footprint ---- - - -This feature is currently only available for Elastic Metal servers. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. - - -When you [order an Elastic Metal server](/elastic-metal/how-to/create-server/), you can see the estimated impact of your Elastic Metal server of choice before you order. In this page, we explain how the estimation is measured. - - - The estimation described on this page is based on the calculation methodology detailed in the [Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator) documentation page. - - -## Availability Zone footprint estimation - -When you select your Elastic Metal server's Availability Zone, you can see the quantity of CO2 equivalent (CO2e) emitted per kW consumed for each zone. - - - -This data is determined by the [Power Usage Effectiveness (PUE)](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#pue-power-usage-effectiveness) of the data center and the [energy mix](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#energy-mix) of the country in which the data center is located. - - - We use [Ember's](https://ember-climate.org/) Electricity Data Explorer to determine the impact linked to the energy mix. The energy mix can be very different from one country to another depending on the origin of the electricity used. We can see on [Electricity Maps' Environmental Impact by Zone map](https://app.electricitymaps.com/map) the significant differences that there can be between countries. - - -The estimation is represented by three green leaf icons: - - - When the three leaves are dark green, this means that the AZ has the lowest quantity of CO2e emitted per kW consumed, and each kw consumed in your Elastic Metal has a lower impact. - - When two leaves are dark green, this means that the AZ has a low quantity of CO2e emitted per kW consumed - - When only one leaf is dark green, the AZ has a bigger quantity of CO2e emitted per kW consumed - - - When you hover your cursor over the leaves or when you select the AZ, you can see the detail of the environmental footprint estimation in kgCO₂e/kw. - - - - The AZ footprint estimation is a straightforward calculation of CO₂ emissions per kW of electricity consumed, based on the energy mix and the data center’s Power Usage Effectiveness (PUE) specific to that AZ. For example, in an AZ like PAR-2, each kW consumed may have an impact of 0.065 kgCO₂e.

- - Meanwhile, the offer footprint estimation is a more complex calculation that combines the AZ-specific data with additional factors relevant to the specific offer. This calculation considers not just energy consumption but also other elements, which are outlined in the [Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator) documentation page, to reflect a comprehensive impact specific to the offer rather than just adding up kW-based impacts. - - -## Elastic Metal offers footprint estimation - -For Elastic Metal offers, the environmental footprint estimation considers the impact of the **manufacturing** and **use** of all the elements that allow the service to work, such as network, cross-IT equipment and stock, and non-IT elements in addition to the manufacturing and use of the server itself. The AZ you chose in the previous step will impact the **use** by multiplying each kw consumed by each of these elements by the value indicated. - - - For a detailed report of how the environmental impact of Scaleway services is calculated, refer to the [Environmental Footprint calculator breakdown](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator) documentation page. - - -For usage, we rely on an estimate of electricity consumption. This estimation is based on tests carried out by the Hardware team at Scaleway. Each range of offers was tested using different compute configurations, to ensure coverage of a variety of possible power consumption set ups. - -These different computing configurations allow us to simulate enough use cases to have an idea of the power consumption, but the actual consumption will depend on how the server is used in practice. - -We estimate the measure the server's electricity consumption and then calculate its estimated impact based on the energy mix of the selected zone and the data center's PUE. - -The estimation is represented by three green leaf icons: - - - - - When the three leaves are dark green, this means that the offer has the lowest environmental impact - - When two leaves are dark green, this means that the offer has a low environmental impact - - When only one leaf is dark green, the offer has a bigger environmental impact - - - When you hover your cursor over the leaves or when you select an offer, you can see the detail of the environmental footprint estimation in kgCO₂e per hour or per month, depending on the billing method chosen. - - -A summary of the total environmental footprint estimation for the selected offer is shown before the order summary. We also add an indication to help you imagine what this impact is, such as `≈ 35 km by car`. - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 430d1394ed..0000000000 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown - description: This page explains how Scaleway calculates the environmental footprint of its products and services in detail. -content: - h1: Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown - paragraph: This page explains how Scaleway calculates the environmental footprint of its products and services in detail. -tags: environmental-footprint impact environment datacentre -dates: - validation: 2024-09-11 - posted: 2024-09-11 -categories: - - environmental-footprint ---- - - -This feature is currently only available for Elastic Metal servers. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. - - -This page details the methodology used to calculate the environmental footprint of Scaleway cloud services, and Bare Metal offers. This methodology ensures transparency and precision, as it provides reliable estimations covering a full lifecycle analysis. - - -The environmental impact data may vary over time due to updates in data center efficiency (PUE), energy mix, changes to our internal infrastructure or refinements in the calculation method. These updates ensure improved accuracy and transparency. - - -## Methodology overview - -Our calculation methodology was developed in collaboration with the green IT specialist consultancy firm [IJO](https://ijo.tech/index.html), ensuring a rigorous and expert-validated approach to assessing environmental impact accurately and transparently. - -Our Methodology is based on the [ADEME (French Government Agency for Ecological Transition) Product Category Rules (PCR) for Datacenter and Cloud services](https://librairie.ademe.fr/produire-autrement/6105-methodological-standard-for-the-environmental-assessment-of-datacenter-it-hosting-services-and-cloud-services.html), which provide a standardized framework for calculating and reporting the environmental impact of data centers and cloud services. These rules are designed to ensure consistency, transparency, and comparability in the assessment of environmental footprints across the industry. - -The ADEME PCR specifies the methodology for conducting [Life Cycle Analysis (LCA)](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#life-cycle-analysis-lca) for data center operations, which includes the evaluation of energy consumption, greenhouse gas emissions, resource usage, and other environmental impacts associated with the lifecycle of data center infrastructures and cloud services. This lifecycle covers all stages from raw material extraction, manufacturing, and transportation, to the use and end-of-life disposal of data center equipment. -The stages of the lifecycle that are really significant in the total impact of a server are its manufacturing and its use. We will therefore focus on these two stages in the rest of this documentation. - -By adhering to PCR guidelines, we provide reliable and standardized environmental impact data. This facilitates better decision-making for both providers and consumers of data center and cloud services, as it allows for clear comparisons and informed choices regarding sustainability. - -In addition, to provide an even more comprehensive and realistic assessment, we have extended this methodology to include several additional elements integral to our operations' overall environmental impact. - -These additional elements cover: - -- **Cross-functional IT equipment** - Servers and storage devices dedicated to the enterprise as a whole, managing offers, or equipment held in stock. This includes: - - **Enterprise servers and storage devices** - IT equipment dedicated to Scaleway's internal digital services - - **Servers and storage devices for managing offers** - IT equipment for management and supervision of Scaleway offers - - **Servers and storage equipment in stock** - IT equipment in stock and waiting to be commissioned -- **Non-IT cross-functional elements** - all components necessary for the smooth operation of our company, such as office facilities, employee transportation, and other logistics. Refer to our [2024 Environmental Impact Report](https://www.scaleway.com/en/environmental-leadership/?utm_source=linkedin&utm_medium=social&utm_term=&utm_content=&utm_campaign=default) for more information about these components. - -By integrating these additional factors into the PCR Data center and cloud methodology, we ensure that our calculations reflect a more complete and transparent view of our environmental impact. - - - - -## Detailed calculation breakdown - - - -The final calculation of the environmental impact considers several critical factors to provide a thorough and accurate assessment. This includes considering the manufacturing processes for data centers and related technical components, network machines, and servers directly used by customers. Additionally, the assessment accounts for servers dedicated to IT tools and those maintained in stock. - -The usage phase also includes every data center [Power Usage Effectiveness (PUE)](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#pue-power-usage-effectiveness), which is multiplied by the impact related to electricity consumption of network servers, customer-used servers, and servers used for transversal IT tools. This approach ensures that both the direct and indirect energy consumption associated with data center operations is accurately represented. - -Our calculations of the impact of electricity consumption are based on a 'location-based' approach, although we have PPA (Power Purchase Agreements) type contracts for each of our data centers, we have chosen not to take them into account in accordance with ADEME guidelines. - -Furthermore, the calculation will integrate the environmental impact of all elements necessary for the proper functioning of the enterprise. This includes the office premises, employee transportation, and other logistical aspects. - -The details of the calculations for each of these elements are detailed below. - -### Definition of the variables - - - -All calculations will use the following variables: - - - The acronyms used below are based on the French phrases for these terms. - - -- [dU](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#du-duration-of-use): duration of use of the equipment included in the study -- [DDV](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#ddvdc-data-center-lifespan): lifespan -- [PuissEqt](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#puisseqt-rated-power): rated power of the equipment -- [PuissCommDC](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#puisscommdc): proportion of the data center's installed power reserved by customers -- [FE](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#emission-factor): emission factor -- [%mutualization](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#mutualization): mutualization factor - - - Refer to the [Environmental Footprint concepts page](/environmental-footprint/concepts/) for more information about each of the concepts above. - - -### Data center and technical environment - - - -To calculate the impact of the data center and the technical environment, it is necessary to have either a preliminary study carried out by the hardware suppliers and data center administrators or a quote including all the components. Without such a study, we have chosen to use [ADEME data](https://data.ademe.fr/) to evaluate the impact of the construction of the data center and technical environment (air conditioning and power supply system). - -To allocate the environmental impact of the manufacturing of the data center and the technical environment we multiply the proportion of the data center lifespan that corresponds to the device's usage time by the specific equipment's power usage relative to the total power reserved by customers in the data center by the data center emission factor. - -#### Calculation example - -For the use of an Elastic Metal server with a power of 110w for 100 hours in a 2000m2 data center which has a power of 3000 kw (3e+6w) and a lifespan of 25 years (219 000 hours) and considering via ADEME estimates that the impact of the manufacturing of this data center and its technical environment is 3.3e+6 kgCo2e, we make the following calculation: - -```math -DC&TEenv = (100 / 219 000) * (110 / 3e+6w) * 3,3e+6 = 0,055 kgCO2e -``` - -Therefore 0,011 kgCO2e is added to the total manufacturing impact for the use of this server. - -### Network - - - -To calculate the environmental impact of your large-scale use of the products, we include part of the impact of manufacturing the network machines that are necessary for the operation of our products. To do this, we divide the impact of manufacturing network equipment over its entire lifespan and attribute this impact based on the energy consumption of the equipment used in order to assign a proportional share of the environmental impact to each piece of equipment. Finally, we estimate the impact of manufacturing the equipment using the [boavizta database](https://boavizta.org/). - -For the use of network machines induced by your use of Scaleway products, we take into account the energy consumption of the network machines and multiply it by the emission factor linked to the production of this energy that we recover thanks to the [EMBER database](https://ember-climate.org/). We then attribute this share of impact to each machine according to its energy consumption. - -### Customer servers - -To accurately calculate the environmental impact of each server used directly for Scaleway offers, we will implement specific allocation rules tailored to each product. These rules will ensure that the impact is precisely distributed according to the unique usage patterns and resource demands of different products. - -Each product will have its own set of criteria to allocate the environmental footprint, considering factors such as server utilization rates, operational timeframes, and the specific technical requirements of the product. By customizing the allocation rules for each offering, we can ensure a more accurate and fair representation of the environmental impact associated with each product. - -#### Bare Metal - - - -For bare metal servers, the allocation of environmental impact is straightforward due to the direct association between a user and a server. The environmental impact of a bare metal server is entirely attributed to the user utilizing it. This encompasses the energy consumption during its operation, as well as a portion of the impact from the server's manufacturing process. - -The manufacturing impact is prorated based on the server's lifespan and the duration of its use by the customer. By dividing the total manufacturing impact by the expected lifetime of the server and then allocating it according to the specific usage period, we ensure that each user is accountable for their fair share of the server's overall environmental footprint. - - - Currently, our calculations for Elastic Metal GPU servers do not include the environmental impact of GPU manufacturing due to insufficient data from the manufacturer. While the impact of CPUs, RAM, disk, and energy consumption is accounted for, the absence of GPU manufacturing data means the figures provided today are underestimated. - - We will update our methodology as soon as more reliable data on GPU manufacturing becomes available. - - -#### Calculation example - -For the use of an Elastic Metal server, with a lifespan of 6 years (52 560 hours) and power of 110w, for 100 hours and considering via Boavizta estimates that the impact of the manufacturing of this server is 850 kgCo2e, we make the following calculation: - -```math -ServerManufacturing = (100 / 52560) * 850 = 1,62 kgCO2e -``` - -Therefore 1,62 kgCO2e is added to the total manufacturing impact for the use of this server. - -### Cross-IT equipment & stock - - - -Our calculation will also incorporate the environmental footprint of all transversal tools essential for the functioning of the Scaleway. - -To determine their manufacturing impact, we add the environmental footprint of each machine hosting these transversal tools over the duration of customer usage. This aggregated impact will then be divided by the total number of customers. A "customer" is defined as an active organization, that is to say an organization which consumes and which is billed. - -To determine stock manufacturing impact, we will divide the sum of the impact of all hardware components in stock by the total number of servers. - - -### Non-IT cross-functional elements - - - -Finally, our comprehensive environmental impact calculation will include the "Non-IT cross-functional elements." This category encompasses the environmental footprint of all other essential components required for Scaleway's operations, such as office facilities, employee transportation, the company cafeteria, and various logistical aspects. - -To integrate this into the overall calculation, we will first get the total environmental impact of these non-IT elements from Scaleway Impact report. This total impact will then be divided by the number of customers. This approach ensures that every customer shares a portion of the environmental burden associated with maintaining the broader operational infrastructure, thereby providing a complete and transparent picture of Scaleway's environmental footprint. - -### Water consumption - -Providing water consumption metrics is essential in the context of cloud services hosted in data centers because water plays a key role in cooling systems, which ensure the optimal operating temperatures for servers. The amount of water consumed depends on factors such as the temperature, humidity, and the design of the cooling system. For instance, in hot and dry climates, water consumption tends to be higher. At Scaleway, we choose our data centers also taking this criterion into account to reduce water consumption as much as possible. - -This data is availlable for: -* FR-PAR-1 -* FR-PAR-2 -* FR-PAR-3 -* NL-AMS-1 - -For each Scaleway product or service in these Availability Zones, we calculate the water consumption based on its energy consumption. - -To estimate the water consumption by multiplying the total energy consumption for each service by the [Water Usage Effectiveness (WUE)](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#water-usage-effectiveness), as such: - -```math -Water Consumption (liters) = Energy Consumption (kWh) × WUE (liters/kWh) -``` - -#### Calculation example - -At Scaleway we currently collect power consumption metrics for Elastic Metal servers. Using an Elastic Metal server as an example, we can assume that: - -- A server consumes 500 kWh of energy per month. -- The WUE of the data center (PAR-DC5) is 0,014 liters/kWh. - -Therefore, the total water consumption for the server would be: - -``` -500 kWh × 0.014 liters/kWh = 7 liters/month -``` \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 53db45290e..0000000000 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Environmental footprint calculator product integration - description: Discover the Scaleway Products that integrate the Environmental Footprint calculator. -content: - h1: Environmental footprint calculator product integration - paragraph: Discover the Scaleway Products that integrate the Environmental Footprint calculator. -tags: environmental-footprint calculator -dates: - validation: 2025-01-14 - posted: 2025-01-14 -categories: - - environmental-footprint ---- - -The following tables provide details about the Scaleway products that currently integrate the [environmental footprint calculator](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator) and the products that will integrate it in the future, by order of integration. - -## Product integration available - -| **Product Name** | **Environmental Footprint calculator available** | -|----------------------------|---------------------------------| -| Elastic Metal | **Yes** | - -## Planned product integration - -| **Product Name** | **Environmental Footprint calculator available** | -|----------------------------|---------------------------------| -| Apple Silicon | **Not integrated yet** | -| Dedibox | **Not integrated yet** | -| Instances | **Not integrated yet** | -| GPU Instances | **Not integrated yet** | -| Kubernetes | **Not integrated yet** | -| Container Registry | **Not integrated yet** | -| Managed Inference | **Not integrated yet** | -| Generative APIs | **Not integrated yet** | -| Object Storage | **Not integrated yet** | -| Block Storage | **Not integrated yet** | -| Managed Databases for PostgreSQL and MySQL | **Not integrated yet** | -| Serverless Functions | **Not integrated yet** | -| Serverless Containers | **Not integrated yet** | -| Serverless Jobs | **Not integrated yet** | -| Serverless SQL Databases | **Not integrated yet** | -| VPC | **Not integrated yet** | -| Public Gateways | **Not integrated yet** | -| Load Balancers | **Not integrated yet** | -| Domains and DNS | **Not integrated yet** | -| IPAM | **Not integrated yet** | -| Edge Services | **Not integrated yet** | -| Transactional Email | **Not integrated yet** | -| IoT Hub | **Not integrated yet** | -| Web Hosting | **Not integrated yet** | -| Cockpit | **Not integrated yet** | -| Secret Manager | **Not integrated yet** | -| NATS | **Not integrated yet** | -| Queues | **Not integrated yet** | -| Redis™ | **Not integrated yet** | -| Topics and Events | **Not integrated yet** | -| Quantum | **Not integrated yet** | - diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/index.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/index.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 7e30de5598..0000000000 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/additional-content/index.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Environmental Footprint Additional Content - description: Discover Scaleway's Environmental Footprint Additional Content -content: - h1: Environmental Footprint Additional Content - paragraph: Environmental Footprint Additional Content ---- - diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/concepts.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/concepts.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 5251a8162c..0000000000 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/concepts.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Environmental Footprint - Concepts - description: Understand the fundamental concepts of the Environmental Footprint calculator at Scaleway. -content: - h1: Concepts - paragraph: Understand the fundamental concepts of the Environmental Footprint calculator at Scaleway. -tags: environmental-footprint impact environment datacentre -dates: - validation: 2024-09-11 ---- - -## DDV_DC (Data center Lifespan) - -This value indicates the lifespan of a data center; if the value is not available, it can be estimated. For example `DDV_DC` = 25 years. - -## dU (Duration of use) - -As defined by the [ADEME Product Category Rules (PCR)](https://librairie.ademe.fr/produire-autrement/6105-methodological-standard-for-the-environmental-assessment-of-datacenter-it-hosting-services-and-cloud-services.html), the dU or duration of use, is the measurement that indicates the time a Scaleway resource such as an Elastic Metal server is used. - -## Emission factor - -An emission factor is a coefficient that relates the amount of CO2eq emitted to a specific activity that generates that emission. -This coefficient is used at Scaleway to estimate CO2eq emissions from various sources. - -## Energy mix - -The distribution of various energy sources used to meet a region or country's energy needs. An energy mix typically includes a combination of fossil fuels (such as coal, oil, and natural gas), renewable sources (such as wind, solar, hydroelectric, and geothermal), and sometimes nuclear energy. - -## Environmental impact - -Environmental impact refers to the set of effects that a human activity or product has on the environment. - -In the context of digital services, and more specifically cloud infrastructures such as Scaleway's, this impact includes several main factors: - - - **CO2 emissions (kgCO2eq)** - This is the amount of carbon dioxide (and other greenhouse gases) emitted directly or indirectly by the manufacture, use, and management of servers and other equipment necessary for the operation of cloud services. CO2 emissions are measured in kilograms of CO2 equivalent (kgCO2eq). - - **Energy consumption** - This is the electrical energy consumed by servers and associated infrastructures (networks, cooling, etc.) to ensure the proper functioning of cloud services. Energy consumption is a key factor because the production and use of electricity are often associated with CO2 emissions, depending on the energy sources used (fossil, renewable, etc.). - - **Water consumption** - Water is used in data center cooling systems to keep servers at an optimal temperature. Water Usage Effectiveness (WUE) is an indicator that measures the amount of water used in relation to the energy efficiency of a data center. - -In short, the environmental impact is an estimated measure all the resources consumed and emissions generated by an activity or product, with the aim of minimizing negative impacts on the environment and promoting more sustainable practices. - -## Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) -Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) is a method of assessing the environmental impact of a product, service or process throughout its life cycle, from the extraction of materials to the end of life. - -Typical stages of LCA include: - - Extraction and processing of raw materials - - Product manufacturing - - Distribution and transportation - - Consumer use - - End of life (recycling, disposal, etc.) - -For each stage of the life cycle, the environmental impact is assessed based on different indicators, such as energy consumption, greenhouse gas emissions, water consumption, waste production, etc. - -In the context of Scaleway, the LCA can be used to assess the environmental impact of the entire life cycle of cloud services, including the extraction of raw materials for the manufacturing of hardware equipment, energy production to power data centers, the manufacturing and distribution of IT equipment, the use of cloud services by customers, and the end of life of equipment. Data on energy consumption, greenhouse gas emissions, water consumption, waste production, etc., must also be collected and analyzed for each stage of the life cycle. - -## Mutualization - -This factor is equivalent to [PuissEqt](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#puisseqt-rated-power) and PuissDisponibleDC, which is the nominal power available for Scaleway at the data center. For shared equipment, such as management servers and network equipment of the data center, this factor is applied. - -## PuissCommDC - -This value is defined by the ADEME PCR as the proportion of a data center's installed power reserved for users. - -## PUE (Power Usage Effectiveness) - -PUE is a key indicator used to measure the energy efficiency of data centers. It was created by [The Green Grid](https://www.thegreengrid.org/), an organization dedicated to improving the energy efficiency of data centers. - -The PUE represents the ratio between the total amount of energy consumed by a data center and the energy used directly to power IT equipment (servers, storage, networks). - -It is a key factor in estimating the energy efficiency of data centers and, by extension, their environmental impact. The lower the PUE, the more energy-efficient the data center, which translates into lower greenhouse gas emissions and better sustainability performance. - -## PuissEqt (Rated power) - -This value is defined by the ADEME PCR as how much electrical power a particular device or piece of equipment consumes while it is operating. If a server requires 500 watts of power to run, then the PuissEqt for this server is 500 watts. - -## Water Usage Effectiveness - -Water Usage Effectiveness (WUE) is a metric used to measure the water consumption efficiency of a data center. It is defined as the amount of water used by a data center in liters, per kilowatt-hour (kWh) of energy consumed. - -The calculation is performed using the following formula: - -``` -WUE = Total Water Used (liters) ÷ Total IT Energy Consumption (kWh)​ -``` \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-foot-dashboard.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-foot-dashboard.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 18e583a785..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-foot-dashboard.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-order-summary.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-order-summary.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 474e5d0e5e..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-footprint-order-summary.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-monthly-report-detailed.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-monthly-report-detailed.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 4f44372802..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-monthly-report-detailed.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-report-glossary.webp b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-report-glossary.webp deleted file mode 100644 index 0960259057..0000000000 Binary files a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/assets/scaleway-env-report-glossary.webp and /dev/null differ diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/index.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/index.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 2a05a218d6..0000000000 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/index.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Environmental Footprint How tos - description: Discover Scaleway's Environmental Footprint How tos -content: - h1: Environmental Footprint How tos - paragraph: Environmental Footprint How tos ---- - diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/track-monthly-footprint.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/track-monthly-footprint.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 90b946c633..0000000000 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/how-to/track-monthly-footprint.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: How to understand and track your monthly environmental footprint report - description: Learn to interpret and track your monthly environmental footprint report easily. -content: - h1: How to understand and track your monthly environmental footprint report - paragraph: Learn to interpret and track your monthly environmental footprint report easily. -tags: environmental-footprint impact environment datacenter -dates: - validation: 2024-10-30 - posted: 2024-10-30 -categories: - - environmental-footprint ---- - - - -- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) -- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - - - The monthly report shows the total environmental footprint of your Scaleway Organization. However, Elastic Metal servers are currently the only product considered in the calculation. Therefore, **only results related to Elastic Metal servers are shown in the report**. - - -1. Click **Environmental Footprint** in the Organization drop-down menu to go to the **Environmental Footprint Overview** page. The **Environmental Footprint** dashboard appears, displaying the list of your current and past monthly reports. - -2. Click the next to the month for the report you want to download. - The monthly report is downloaded to your local computer in PDF format. -3. Open the PDF file. -4. Read through the document, considering the following elements on the page: - - - - - **1.** The start and end date of the period being tracked (month). - - **2.** The name of your Organization. - - **3.** The total carbon footprint of your Organization per month, which takes into account the impact of the **manufacture** and **use** of all the components that run your active Scaleway products in relation to each service's useful life. - - For a detailed description of how the carbon emissions are calculated, refer to the [Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator) documentation page. - - - **4.** The total water consumption of your Organization per month, which is calculated on the basis of the [Water Usage Effectiveness (WUE)](/environmental-footprint/concepts/#water-usage-effectiveness) of the data centers in which each of your services are located, as well as the services' electricity consumption. - - For a detailed description of how the water consumption is calculated, refer to the [Water Consumption section](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-calculator/#water-consumption) of the Environmental Footprint calculation breakdown documentation page. - - - **5.** The total water consumption and carbon footprint of each of your Projects. - - **6.** The total water consumption and carbon footprint per geographical location (Region and Availability Zone) - - **7.** The total water consumption and carbon footprint of each of your products. - -For both the carbon emissions, and the water consumption, the power consumption of your active resources is used in the calculation. The way you use your resources has a direct impact on power consumption. Therefore, results may vary greatly from one month to another. - -For example, if you start your Elastic Metal server on the 15th of the month and leave it running until the end of the month, the data will be calculated for the 15 days of use, not for the whole month. If you leave the server on, non-stop, in the following month, the impact data will be calculated for a full month. - - - Currently, for the electricity consumption, which is part of the calculation, we rely on estimates based on internal tests in which the Elastic Metal servers were tested in different configurations. We will soon provide an electricity consumption agent to get your exact electricity consumption and provide more accurate reports. - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/index.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/index.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 4fa1d12651..0000000000 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/environmental-footprint/index.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Environmental Footprint Documentation - description: Dive into Scaleway Environmental Footprint calculator with our quickstart guide, how-tos, and more. ---- - - - - -This feature is currently only available for Elastic Metal servers. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. - - -## Getting Started - - - - - diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/how-to/track-monthly-footprint.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/how-to/track-monthly-footprint.mdx index 90b946c633..f480d54a2b 100644 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/how-to/track-monthly-footprint.mdx +++ b/pages/environmental-footprint/how-to/track-monthly-footprint.mdx @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ categories: - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - The monthly report shows the total environmental footprint of your Scaleway Organization. However, Elastic Metal servers are currently the only product considered in the calculation. Therefore, **only results related to Elastic Metal servers are shown in the report**. + The monthly report shows the total environmental footprint of your Scaleway Organization. However, this feature is currently available on a limited number of products. Therefore, **only results related to integrated products are shown in the report**. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. 1. Click **Environmental Footprint** in the Organization drop-down menu to go to the **Environmental Footprint Overview** page. The **Environmental Footprint** dashboard appears, displaying the list of your current and past monthly reports. @@ -50,5 +50,5 @@ For both the carbon emissions, and the water consumption, the power consumption For example, if you start your Elastic Metal server on the 15th of the month and leave it running until the end of the month, the data will be calculated for the 15 days of use, not for the whole month. If you leave the server on, non-stop, in the following month, the impact data will be calculated for a full month. - Currently, for the electricity consumption, which is part of the calculation, we rely on estimates based on internal tests in which the Elastic Metal servers were tested in different configurations. We will soon provide an electricity consumption agent to get your exact electricity consumption and provide more accurate reports. + Currently, for the electricity consumption, which is part of the calculation, we rely on estimates based on internal tests in which [integrated products](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) were tested in different configurations. We will soon provide an electricity consumption agent to get your exact electricity consumption and provide more accurate reports. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/environmental-footprint/index.mdx b/pages/environmental-footprint/index.mdx index 9109e0256c..77f63ae637 100644 --- a/pages/environmental-footprint/index.mdx +++ b/pages/environmental-footprint/index.mdx @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ meta: /> -This feature is currently only available for Elastic Metal servers. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. +This feature is currently available on a limited number of products and will soon be extended to all products. Refer to the [Environmental footprint calculator product integration](/environmental-footprint/additional-content/environmental-footprint-integration) index to see which products will integrate the calculator next. ## Getting Started @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ This feature is currently only available for Elastic Metal servers. Refer to the " +curl https://api.scaleway.ai/v1/embeddings \ + -H "Authorization: Bearer $SCW_SECRET_KEY" \ + -H "Content-Type: application/json" \ + -d '{ + "model": "bge-multilingual-gemma2", + "input": "Here is a sentence to embed as a vector" }' ``` @@ -54,4 +53,4 @@ If you have a use case requiring one of these unsupported parameters, please [co Check our [Python code examples](/generative-apis/how-to/query-embedding-models/#querying-embedding-models-via-api) to query embedding models using Scaleway's Embeddings API. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/api-cli/using-generative-apis.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/api-cli/using-generative-apis.mdx index a1757b5c6d..9a2c28bee8 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/api-cli/using-generative-apis.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/api-cli/using-generative-apis.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use Generative APIs tags: generative-apis ai-data embeddings-api dates: - validation: 2024-08-28 + validation: 2025-03-02 posted: 2024-08-28 --- diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/api-cli/using-models-api.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/api-cli/using-models-api.mdx index 4987f47713..eac0e062e8 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/api-cli/using-models-api.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/api-cli/using-models-api.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use the Models API tags: generative-apis ai-data embeddings-api dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2024-09-02 --- diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/concepts.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/concepts.mdx index 8b2e247f41..a847b2cdfb 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to Generative APIs tags: dates: - validation: 2024-08-27 + validation: 2025-03-02 categories: - ai-data --- diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/how-to/query-vision-models.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/how-to/query-vision-models.mdx index be6d5321d3..a86347738b 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/how-to/query-vision-models.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/how-to/query-vision-models.mdx @@ -123,7 +123,13 @@ A conversation style may include a default system prompt. You may set this promp 1. **Image URLs**: If the image is available online, you can just include the image URL in your request as demonstrated above. This approach is simple and does not require any encoding. 2. **Base64 encoded**: image Base64 encoding is a standard way to transform binary data, like images, into a text format, making it easier to transmit over the internet. -The following Python code sample shows you how to encode an image in base64 format and pass it to your request payload. +To encode Base64 images in Python, you first need to install `Pillow` library: + +```bash +pip install pillow +``` + +Then, the following Python code sample shows you how to encode an image in Base64 format and pass it to your request payload: ```python import base64 @@ -156,8 +162,7 @@ payload = { } ] } - ], - ... # other parameters + ] } ``` diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/how-to/use-function-calling.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/how-to/use-function-calling.mdx index a9729433a0..bae8b377c5 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/how-to/use-function-calling.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/how-to/use-function-calling.mdx @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ tools = [{ ### Simple function call example -Here is how to implement a basic function call: +To implement a basic function call, add the following code: ```python # Initialize the OpenAI client @@ -138,6 +138,13 @@ response = client.chat.completions.create( tools=tools, tool_choice="auto" ) + +print(response.choices[0].message.tool_calls) +``` + +As the model detects properly that a tool call is required to answer the question, the output should be a list of tool calls specifying function names and parameter properties: +```bash +[ChatCompletionMessageToolCall(id='chatcmpl-tool-81e63f4f496d429ba9ec6efcff6a86e1', function=Function(arguments='{"departure_airport": "CDG", "destination_airport": "LHR", "departure_date": "2024-11-01"}', name='get_flight_schedule'), type='function')] ``` @@ -148,9 +155,9 @@ response = client.chat.completions.create( Some models must be told they can use external functions in the system prompt. If you do not provide a system prompt when using tools, Scaleway will automatically add one that works best for that specific model. -### Multi-turn conversation handling +### Call the tool and provide a final answer -For more complex interactions, you will need to handle multiple turns of conversation: +To provide the answer, or for more complex interactions, you will need to handle multiple turns of conversation: ```python # Process the tool call @@ -328,5 +335,5 @@ For more information about function calling and advanced implementations, refer Function calling significantly extends the capabilities of language models by allowing them to interact with external tools and APIs. - We can't wait to see what you will build with function calls. Tell us what you are up to, share your experiments on Scaleway's [Slack community](https://slack.scaleway.com/) #ai - \ No newline at end of file + We cannot wait to see what you will build with function calls. Tell us what you are up to, and share your experiments on Scaleway's [Slack community](https://slack.scaleway.com/) in the #ai channel. + diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/how-to/use-structured-outputs.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/how-to/use-structured-outputs.mdx index e3d7bd6dba..f95984b7f9 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/how-to/use-structured-outputs.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/how-to/use-structured-outputs.mdx @@ -31,22 +31,19 @@ There are several ways to interact with language models: ## Types of structured outputs -- **JSON mode** (schemaless): +- **Structured outputs (schema mode)**: + - Type `{"type": "json_schema"}` + - This mode enforces a strict schema format, where the output adheres to the predefined structure. + - Supports complex types and validation mechanisms as per the [JSON schema specification](https://json-schema.org/specification/), including nested schemas composition (`anyOf`, `allOf`, `oneOf` etc), `$ref`, `all` types, and regular expressions. + +- **JSON mode** (Legacy method): - Type: `{"type": "json_object"}` - This mode is non-deterministic and allows the model to output a JSON object without strict validation. - Useful for flexible outputs when you expect the model to infer a reasonable structure based on your prompt. - - JSON mode is older and has been used by developers since early API implementations. - -- **Structured outputs (schema mode)** (deterministic/structured): - - Type `{"type": "json_schema"}` - - This mode enforces a strict schema format, where the output adheres to the predefined structure. - - Supports complex types and validation mechanisms as per the [JSON schema specification](https://json-schema.org/specification/). - - Structured outputs is a newer feature implemented by OpenAI in 2024 to enable stricter, schema-based response formatting. + - JSON mode is older and has been used by developers since early API implementations, but lacks reliability in response formats. - - All LLMs on the Scaleway library support **JSON mode** and **Structured outputs**, however, the quality of results will vary in the schemaless JSON mode. - - JSON mode: It is important to explicitly ask the model to generate a JSON output either in system prompt or user prompt. To prevent infinite generations, model providers most often encourage users to ask the model for short JSON objects. - - Structured outputs: Scaleway supports the [JSON schema specification](https://json-schema.org/specification/) including nested schemas composition (`anyOf`, `allOf`, `oneOf` etc), `$ref`, `all` types, and regular expressions. + - All LLMs in the Scaleway library support **Structured outputs** and **JSON mode**. However, a schemaless **JSON mode** will produce lower quality results and is not recommended. ## Code examples @@ -58,10 +55,9 @@ There are several ways to interact with language models: ``` -The following Python examples demonstrate how to use both **JSON mode** and **Structured outputs** to generate structured responses. +The following Python examples demonstrate how to use **Structured outputs** to generate structured responses. -We will send to our LLM a voice note transcript in order to structure it. -Below is our base code: +We are using the base code below to send our LLM a voice note transcript to structure: ```python import json @@ -94,52 +90,6 @@ TRANSCRIPT = ( ) ``` -### Using JSON mode (schemaless) - -In JSON mode, you can prompt the model to output a JSON object without enforcing a strict schema. - -```python -extract = client.chat.completions.create( - messages=[ - { - "role": "system", - "content": "The following is a voice message transcript. Only answer in JSON.", - }, - { - "role": "user", - "content": TRANSCRIPT, - }, - ], - model=MODEL, - response_format={ - "type": "json_object", - }, -) -output = json.loads(extract.choices[0].message.content) -print(json.dumps(output, indent=2)) -``` - -Output example: -```json -{ - "current_time": "6:30 PM", - "tasks": [ - { - "task": "water the plants in the garden", - "priority": "high" - }, - { - "task": "prepare dinner (pasta with garlic bread)", - "priority": "high" - }, - { - "task": "catch up on phone calls", - "priority": "medium" - } - ] -} -``` - ### Using structured outputs with JSON schema (Pydantic) Using [Pydantic](https://docs.pydantic.dev/latest/concepts/models/), users can define the schema as a Python class and enforce the model to return results adhering to this schema. @@ -149,7 +99,7 @@ extract = client.chat.completions.create( messages=[ { "role": "system", - "content": "The following is a voice message transcript. Only answer in JSON.", + "content": "The following is a voice message transcript. Only answer in JSON using '{' as the first character.", }, { "role": "user", @@ -191,7 +141,7 @@ extract = client.chat.completions.create( messages=[ { "role": "system", - "content": "The following is a voice message transcript. Only answer in JSON.", + "content": "The following is a voice message transcript. Only answer in JSON using '{' as the first character.", }, { "role": "user", @@ -240,12 +190,62 @@ Output example: When using the OpenAI SDKs like in the examples above, you are expected to set `additionalProperties` to false, and to specify all your properties as required. +### Using JSON mode (schemaless, Legacy method) + + + - When using the OpenAI SDKs as in the examples above, you are expected to set `additionalProperties` to false, and to specify all your properties as required. + - JSON mode: It is important to explicitly ask the model to generate a JSON output either in the system prompt or user prompt. To prevent infinite generations, model providers most often encourage users to ask the model for short JSON objects. Prompt example: `Only answer in JSON using '{' as the first character.`. + + +In JSON mode, you can prompt the model to output a JSON object without enforcing a strict schema. + +```python +extract = client.chat.completions.create( + messages=[ + { + "role": "system", + "content": "The following is a voice message transcript. Only answer in JSON using '{' as the first character.", + }, + { + "role": "user", + "content": TRANSCRIPT, + }, + ], + model=MODEL, + response_format={ + "type": "json_object", + }, +) +output = json.loads(extract.choices[0].message.content) +print(json.dumps(output, indent=2)) +``` + +Output example: +```json +{ + "current_time": "6:30 PM", + "tasks": [ + { + "task": "water the plants in the garden", + "priority": "high" + }, + { + "task": "prepare dinner (pasta with garlic bread)", + "priority": "high" + }, + { + "task": "catch up on phone calls", + "priority": "medium" + } + ] +} +``` + ## Conclusion -Using structured outputs with LLMs can significantly enhance data handling in your applications. -By choosing between JSON mode and Structured outputs with JSON schema, you control the consistency and structure of the model's responses to suit your specific needs. +Using structured outputs with LLMs can significantly improve their reliability, especially to implement agentic use cases. -- **JSON mode** is flexible but less predictable. - **Structured outputs** provide strict adherence to a predefined schema, ensuring consistency. +- **JSON mode** (Legacy Method) is flexible but less predictable. -Experiment with both methods to determine which best fits your application's requirements. +We recommend using structured outputs (`json_schema`) for most use cases. diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/index.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/index.mdx index bbd6030701..cf58a9a01d 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/index.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/index.mdx @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ meta: + +- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) +- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization +- A valid [API key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) for API authentication +- Installed [IntelliJ IDEA](https://www.jetbrains.com/idea/) on your local machine. + + + +You can install Continue from the [JetBrains marketplace](https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/22707-continue): + +1. Open IntelliJ IDEA and go to **Preferences** (`Ctrl+Alt+S` on Windows/Linux, `Cmd+,` on macOS). +2. Navigate to **Plugins**, then click **Marketplace**. +3. Search for **Continue** and click **Install**. +4. Restart IntelliJ IDEA after installation. + +## Configure Continue to use Scaleway’s Generative APIs + +### Configure Continue through the graphical interface + +To link Continue with Scaleway's Generative APIs, you can use built-in menus from Continue in IntelliJ IDEA. + +- Click **Continue** in the menu on the right. . +- In the prompt section, click on **Select model** dropdown, then on **Add Chat model**. +- Select **Scaleway** as provider. +- Select the model you want to use (we recommend `Qwen 2.5 Coder 32b` to get started with). +- Enter your **Scaleway secret key**. + + To start with, we recommend you use a Scaleway secret key having access to your `default` Scaleway project. + + +These actions will edit automatically your `config.json` file. To edit it manually, see [Configure Continue through configuration file](#configure-continue-through-configuration-file). + + + Embeddings and autocomplete models are not yet supported through graphical interface configuration. To enable them, you need to edit the configuration manually, see [Configure Continue through configuration file](#configure-continue-through-configuration-file). + + +### Configure Continue through configuration file + +To link Continue with Scaleway’s Generative APIs, you need to configure the settings file: + +1. Locate your Continue configuration directory: + - **Linux/macOS**: `~/.continue/` + - **Windows**: `%USERPROFILE%\.continue\` +2. Create a `config.json` file inside this directory. +3. Add the following configuration: + ```json + { + "models": [ + { + "model": "qwen2.5-coder-32b-instruct", + "title": "Qwen2.5 Coder", + "provider": "scaleway", + "apiKey": "###SCW_SECRET_KEY###" + } + ], + "embeddingsProvider": { + "model": "bge-multilingual-gemma2", + "provider": "scaleway", + "apiKey": "###SCW_SECRET_KEY###" + }, + "tabAutocompleteModel": { + "model": "qwen2.5-coder-32b", + "title": "Qwen2.5 Coder Autocomplete", + "provider": "scaleway", + "apiKey": "###SCW_SECRET_KEY###" + } + } + ``` +4. Save the file and restart IntelliJ IDEA. + + + For more details on configuring `config.json`, refer to the [official Continue documentation](https://docs.continue.dev/reference). + If you want to limit access to a specific Scaleway Project, you should add the field `"apiBase": "https://api.scaleway.ai/###PROJECT_ID###/v1/"` for each model (ie. `models`, `embeddingsProvider` and `tabAutocompleteModel`) since the default URL `https://api.scaleway.ai/v1/` can only be used with the `default` project. + + +## Activate Continue in IntelliJ IDEA + +After configuring the API, activate Continue in IntelliJ IDEA: + +- Open the **Command Search** (Press`Shift` twice quickly on Windows/Linux/macOS). +- Type `"Continue"` and select the appropriate command to enable AI-powered assistance. + + + Enabling tab completion **may lead to higher token consumption** as the model generates predictions for every keystroke. Be mindful of your API usage and adjust settings accordingly to avoid unexpected costs. For more information, refer to the [official Continue documentation](https://docs.continue.dev/reference#tabautocompleteoptions). + + +## Going further + +You can add additional parameters to configure your model behaviour by editing `config.json`. +For instance, you can add the following `systemMessage` value to modify LLM messages `"role":"system"` and/or `"role":"developer"` and provide less verbose answers: +```json +{ + "models": [ + { + "model": "...", + "systemMessage": "You are an expert software developer. You give concise responses." + } + ] +} +``` diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/adding-ai-to-vscode-using-continue.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/adding-ai-to-vscode-using-continue.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..095b10ae65 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/adding-ai-to-vscode-using-continue.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Adding AI to VS Code using Continue and Generative APIs + description: Learn how to integrate AI-powered code models into VS Code with Continue and Scaleway's Generative APIs. +content: + h1: Adding AI to VS Code using Continue and Generative APIs + paragraph: Elevate your coding experience by integrating AI-powered code models into VS Code. With Continue and Scaleway's Generative APIs, you can leverage AI to understand, generate, and optimize code with ease. +tags: generative-apis ai machine-learning language-models code-assistance vs-code continue +validation_date: 2025-02-14 +posted_date: 2025-02-14 +--- + +AI-powered coding is transforming software development by automating repetitive tasks, generating code, improving code quality, and even detecting and fixing bugs. By integrating AI-driven tools, developers can significantly boost productivity and streamline their workflows. +This guide provides a step-by-step guide on how to integrate AI-powered code models into VS Code using Continue and Scaleway's Generative APIs. + + + +- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) +- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization +- A valid [API key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) for API authentication +- Installed [Visual Studio Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/) on your local machine + +## Install Continue in VS Code + +You can install Continue directly from the [Visual Studio Marketplace](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=Continue.continue) or via the command line: + +```bash +code --install-extension continue.continue +``` + +### Configure Continue to use Scaleway’s Generative APIs + +#### Configure Continue through the graphical interface + +To link Continue with Scaleway's Generative APIs, you can use built-in menus from Continue in VS Code. + +- Click **Continue** in the menu on the left. +- In the prompt section, click on **Select model** dropdown, then on **Add Chat model**. +- Select **Scaleway** as provider. +- Select the model you want to use (we recommend `Qwen 2.5 Coder 32b` to get started with). +- Enter your **Scaleway secret key**. + + To start with, we recommend you use a Scaleway secret key having access to your `default` Scaleway project. + + +These actions will edit automatically your `config.json` file. To edit it manually, see [Configure Continue through configuration file](#configure-continue-through-configuration-file). + + + Embeddings and autocomplete models are not yet supported through graphical interface configuration. To enable them, you need to edit the configuration manually, see [Configure Continue through configuration file](#configure-continue-through-configuration-file). + + +#### Configure Continue through a configuration file + +To link Continue with Scaleway's Generative APIs, you can configure a settings file: + +- Create a `config.json` file inside your `.continue` directory. +- Add the following configuration to enable Scaleway's Generative API: + ```json + { + "models": [ + { + "model": "qwen2.5-coder-32b-instruct", + "title": "Qwen2.5 Coder", + "provider": "scaleway", + "apiKey": "###SCW_SECRET_KEY###" + } + ], + "embeddingsProvider": { + "model": "bge-multilingual-gemma2", + "provider": "scaleway", + "apiKey": "###SCW_SECRET_KEY###" + }, + "tabAutocompleteModel": { + "model": "qwen2.5-coder-32b", + "title": "Qwen2.5 Coder Autocomplete", + "provider": "scaleway", + "apiKey": "###SCW_SECRET_KEY###" + } + } + ``` +- Save the file at the correct location: + - Linux/macOS: `~/.continue/config.json` + - Windows: `%USERPROFILE%\.continue\config.json` + + + For more details on configuring `config.json`, refer to the [official Continue documentation](https://docs.continue.dev/reference). + If you want to limit access to a specific Scaleway Project, you should add the field `"apiBase": "https://api.scaleway.ai/###PROJECT_ID###/v1/"` for each model (ie. `models`, `embeddingsProvider` and `tabAutocompleteModel`) since the default URL `https://api.scaleway.ai/v1/` can only be used with the `default` project. + + +### Activate Continue in VS Code + +After configuring the API, open VS Code and activate Continue: + +- Open the **Command Palette** (`Ctrl+Shift+P` on Windows/Linux, `Cmd+Shift+P` on Mac) +- Type `"Continue"` and select the appropriate command to enable AI-powered assistance. + + + Enabling tab completion **may lead to higher token consumption** as the model generates predictions for every keystroke. Be mindful of your API usage and adjust settings accordingly to avoid unexpected costs. For more information, refer to the [official Continue documentation](https://docs.continue.dev/reference#tabautocompleteoptions). + + +### Going further + +You can add additional parameters to configure your model behaviour by editing `config.json`. +For instance, you can add the following `systemMessage` value to modify LLM messages `"role":"system"` and/or `"role":"developer"` and provide less verbose answers: +```json +{ + "models": [ + { + "model": "...", + "systemMessage": "You are an expert software developer. You give concise responses." + } + ] +} +``` diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/integrating-generative-apis-with-popular-tools.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/integrating-generative-apis-with-popular-tools.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..da67cda297 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/integrating-generative-apis-with-popular-tools.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Integrating Scaleway Generative APIs with popular AI tools + description: Learn how to integrate Scaleway's Generative APIs with popular AI tools to unlock the full potential of your applications. +content: + h1: Integrating Scaleway Generative APIs with popular AI tools + paragraph: Scaleway's Generative APIs provide a powerful way to integrate AI capabilities into your applications. By leveraging our APIs, you can tap into the latest advancements in natural language processing, computer vision, and more. In this guide, we'll show you how to integrate Scaleway's Generative APIs with popular AI tools like LangChain, LlamaIndex, and OpenAI. +tags: generative-apis ai language-models +dates: + validation: 2025-02-18 + posted: 2025-02-18 +--- + +Scaleway's Generative APIs are designed to provide easy access to the latest AI models and techniques. Our APIs are built on top of a robust infrastructure that ensures scalability, reliability, and security. With our APIs, you can integrate AI capabilities into your applications, such as text generation, image classification, and more. + +## Comparison of AI tools and libraries + +The following table compares AI tools and libraries supported by Scaleway's Generative APIs: + +| Tool/Library | Description | Use cases | Integration effort | +| --- | --- | --- | --- | +| [OpenAI client](#openai-client-libraries) | Popular AI library for natural language processing | Text generation, language translation, text summarization | Low | +| [LangChain](#langchain-rag-and-llm-applications) | Library for building AI applications leveraging RAG | Inference, embeddings, document indexing and retrieval | Medium | +| [LlamaIndex](#llamaindex-advanced-rag-applications) | Library for building advanced AI RAG applications | Knowledge graph building, document retrieval, data indexing | Medium | +| [Continue Dev](#continue-dev-ai-coding-assistance) | Library for AI-powered coding assistance | Code completion, code review | Low | +| [Chatbox AI](#chatbox-ai) | Desktop client for generative APIs, available on Windows, Mac, Linux | AI copilot for documents, images, or code| Low | +| [cURL/Python](#custom-http-integrations) | Direct HTTP API calls for custom integrations | Custom applications, data processing | High | + + + The integration effort is subjective and may vary depending on the specific use case and requirements. + + +## OpenAI client libraries + +Scaleway Generative APIs follow OpenAI's API structure, making integration straightforward. To get started, you'll need to install the OpenAI library and set up your API key. + +### Configuration + +To use the OpenAI client library with Scaleway's Generative APIs, first install the required dependencies: +```bash +pip install openai +``` + +Then set the API key and base URL in your OpenAI-compatible client: +```python +from openai import OpenAI +client = OpenAI( + base_url="https://api.scaleway.ai/v1", + api_key="" +) +``` + + Make sure to replace `` with your actual API key. + + +### Using OpenAI client for text generation + +To use OpenAI client for text generation, you can create a `client.chat.completions` object and call the `create` method: +```python +response = client.chat.completions.create( + model="llama-3.1-8b-instruct", + messages=[{"role": "user", "content": "Tell me a joke about AI"}] +) +print(response.choices[0].message.content) +``` + +## LangChain (RAG & LLM applications) + +LangChain is a popular library for building AI applications. Scaleway's Generative APIs support LangChain for both inference and embeddings. + +### Python + + Refer to our dedicated documentation for [implementing Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) with LangChain and Scaleway Generative APIs](/tutorials/how-to-implement-rag-generativeapis/) + + +## LlamaIndex (advanced RAG applications) + +LlamaIndex is an open-source framework for building Large Language Models (LLMs) based applications, especially optimizing RAG (Retrieval Augmented Generation) pipelines. +1. Install the required dependencies to use the LlamaIndex framework with Scaleway's Generative APIs: + ```bash + pip install llama-index-llms-openai-like + ``` + +2. Create a file `main.py` and add the following code to it to configure the `OpenAILike` client and your secret key: + ```python + from llama_index.llms.openai_like import OpenAILike + from llama_index.core.llms import ChatMessage + + llm = OpenAILike( + model="llama-3.1-8b-instruct", + api_key="", + api_base="https://api.scaleway.ai/v1", + max_tokens=512, + temperature=0.7, + top_p=1, + presence_penalty=0, + ) + ``` + + Make sure to replace `` with your actual API key. + + +3. You can then interact with the LLM by sending messages to the model with the following code: + ```python + response = llm.chat([ChatMessage("Could you tell me about Scaleway please ?")]) + print(response) + ``` + +4. Finally, run `main.py`: + ```python + python main.py + ``` + The LLM response should display an answer: + ```bash + Generally, Scaleway is a reliable and secure cloud provider that offers a range of services for businesses and developers. + ``` + +### Javascript (Typescript) + +To perform chat conversations with Langchain, first install `langchain` and `@langchain/openai` packages using your node package manager. + +1. Use the following command to install Langchain using `npm` (`yarn` and `pnpm` are also available): + ```bash + npm install langchain @langchain/openai + ``` + +2. Edit your `package.json` file to ensure it has the `"type": "module"` property: + ```json + { + "type": "module", + "dependencies": { + "@langchain/openai": "^0.4.4", + "langchain": "^0.3.19" + } + } + ``` + +3. Create a `main.js` file and add the following content to it: + ```js + import { ChatOpenAI } from "@langchain/openai"; + + const chat = new ChatOpenAI({ + apiKey: "", + model: "llama-3.1-8b-instruct", + configuration: { + baseURL: "https://api.scaleway.ai/v1", + } + }); + + const response = await chat.invoke("Tell me a joke"); + console.log(response.content); + ``` + + + Make sure to replace `` with your actual API secret key. + + +4. Run `main.js`: + ```bash + node main.js + ``` + The model answer should display: + ```bash + Why couldn't the bicycle stand up by itself? Because it was two-tired. + ``` + +Note that other Langchain objects from OpenAI client library are also compatible, such as `OpenAI` and `OpenAIEmbeddings`. + + +## Continue Dev (AI coding assistance) + +Continue Dev is a library that provides AI-powered coding assistance. Scaleway's Generative APIs support Continue Dev for code completion and more. + + + Refer to our dedicated documentation for + - [Integrating Continue Dev with Visual Studio Code](/generative-apis/reference-content/adding-ai-to-vscode-using-continue/) + - [Integrating Continue Dev with IntelliJ IDEA](/generative-apis/reference-content/adding-ai-to-intellij-using-continue/) + + +## Chatbox AI + +Chatbox AI is a powerful AI client and smart assistant, compatible with Scaleway's Generative APIs service. It is available across multiple platforms, including Windows, macOS, Android, iOS, Web, and Linux. + + + Refer to our dedicated documentation for [installing and configuring Chatbox AI with Generative APIs](/tutorials/configure-chatboxai-with-generative-apis/) + + +## Custom HTTP integrations + +You can interact with Scaleway's Generative APIs directly using any HTTP client. + +### cURL example + +To use cURL with Scaleway's Generative APIs, you can use the following command: +```bash +curl https://api.scaleway.ai/v1/chat/completions \ + -H "Authorization: Bearer " \ + -H "Content-Type: application/json" \ + -d '{ + "model": "llama-3.1-8b-instruct", + "messages": [{"role": "user", "content": "What is quantum computing?"}] + }' +``` + + Make sure to replace `` with your actual API key. + + +### Python HTTP example + +To perform HTTP requests with Scaleway's Generative APIs, install the `requests` dependency: +```bash +pip install requests +``` + +Then, you can use the following code: +```python +import requests +headers = { + "Authorization": "Bearer ", + "Content-Type": "application/json" +} +data = { + "model": "llama-3.1-8b-instruct", + "messages": [{"role": "user", "content": "Explain black holes"}] +} +response = requests.post("https://api.scaleway.ai/v1/chat/completions", json=data, headers=headers) +print(response.json()["choices"][0]["message"]["content"]) +``` + + Make sure to replace `` with your actual API key. + diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/model-lifecycle.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/model-lifecycle.mdx index 4edf17e444..cd33d32b5d 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/model-lifecycle.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/model-lifecycle.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how each status affects model usage and updates. tags: generative-apis ai-data model-lifecyle dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2024-09-02 --- diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/rate-limits.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/rate-limits.mdx index f51b8b9df6..809babe1da 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/rate-limits.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/rate-limits.mdx @@ -21,28 +21,28 @@ Any model served through Scaleway Generative APIs gets limited by: These limits only apply if you created a Scaleway Account and registered a valid payment method. Otherwise, stricter limits apply to ensure usage stays within Free Tier only. +## How can I increase the rate limits? + +We actively monitor usage and will improve rates based on feedback. +If you need to increase your rate limits, [contact our support team](https://console.scaleway.com/support/create), providing details on the model used and specific use case. +Note that for increases of up to x5 or x10 volumes, we highly recommend using dedicated deployments with [Managed Inference](https://console.scaleway.com/inference/deployments), which provides exactly the same features and API compatibility. + ### Chat models | Model string | Requests per minute | Total tokens per minute | |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------| -| `llama-3.1-8b-instruct` | 300 | 100K | -| `llama-3.1-70b-instruct` | 300 | 100K | -| `mistral-nemo-instruct-2407`| 300 | 100K | -| `pixtral-12b-2409`| 300 | 100K | -| `qwen2.5-32b-instruct`| 300 | 100K | +| `llama-3.1-8b-instruct` | 300 | 200K | +| `llama-3.1-70b-instruct` | 300 | 200K | +| `mistral-nemo-instruct-2407`| 300 | 200K | +| `pixtral-12b-2409`| 300 | 200K | +| `qwen2.5-32b-instruct`| 300 | 200K | ### Embedding models | Model string | Requests per minute | Input tokens per minute | |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------| -| `sentence-t5-xxl` | 100 | 200K | -| `bge-multilingual-gemma2` | 100 | 200K | +| `bge-multilingual-gemma2` | 300 | 400K | ## Why do we set rate limits? These limits safeguard against abuse or misuse of Scaleway Generative APIs, helping to ensure fair access to the API with consistent performance. - -## How can I increase the rate limits? - -We actively monitor usage and will improve rates based on feedback. -If you need to increase your rate limits, contact us via the support team, providing details on the model used and specific use case. diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models.mdx index 90bbca6a9c..3265f60fd0 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/reference-content/supported-models.mdx @@ -7,35 +7,43 @@ content: paragraph: Generative APIs offer serverless AI models hosted at Scaleway - no need to configure hardware or deploy your own models tags: generative-apis ai-data supported-models dates: - validation: 2025-01-02 + validation: 2025-14-02 posted: 2024-09-02 --- - This service is free while in beta. Starting March 12th 2025, Generative APIs will become Generally Available, and the [following pricing](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/model-as-a-service/#generative-apis) will apply along with exsting [Specific terms and conditions](https://www.scaleway.com/en/contracts/). + This service is free while in beta. Starting March 12th 2025, Generative APIs will become Generally Available, and the [following pricing](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/model-as-a-service/#generative-apis) will apply along with existing [Specific terms and conditions](https://www.scaleway.com/en/contracts/). -Our [Chat API](/generative-apis/how-to/query-language-models) has built-in support for the most popular instruct models. +Our API supports the most popular models for [Chat](/generative-apis/how-to/query-language-models), [Vision](/generative-apis/how-to/query-vision-models/) and [Embeddings](/generative-apis/how-to/query-embedding-models/). ## Chat models | Provider | Model string | Context window (Tokens) | Maximum output (Tokens)| License | Model card | |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------| -| Meta | `llama-3.3-70b-instruct` | 128k | 4096 | [Llama 3.3 Community](https://www.llama.com/llama3_3/license/) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/meta-llama/Llama-3.3-70B-Instruct) | -| Meta | `llama-3.1-70b-instruct` | 128k | 4096 | [Llama 3.1 Community](https://llama.meta.com/llama3_1/license/) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/meta-llama/Llama-3.1-70B-Instruct) | +| Meta | `llama-3.3-70b-instruct` | 131k | 4096 | [Llama 3.3 Community](https://www.llama.com/llama3_3/license/) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/meta-llama/Llama-3.3-70B-Instruct) | | Meta | `llama-3.1-8b-instruct` | 128k | 16384 | [Llama 3.1 Community](https://llama.meta.com/llama3_1/license/) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/meta-llama/Llama-3.1-8B-Instruct) | | Mistral | `mistral-nemo-instruct-2407` | 128k | 8192 | [Apache-2.0](https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/mistralai/Mistral-Nemo-Instruct-2407) | -| Mistral | `pixtral-12b-2409` | 128k | 4096 | [Apache-2.0](https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/mistralai/Pixtral-12B-2409) | | Qwen | `qwen2.5-coder-32b-instruct` | 128k | 8192 | [Apache-2.0](https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/Qwen/Qwen2.5-Coder-32B-Instruct) | -| Deepseek (Preview) | `deepseek-r1-distill-llama-70b` | 32k | 4096 | [MIT](https://huggingface.co/datasets/choosealicense/licenses/blob/main/markdown/mit.md) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/deepseek-ai/DeepSeek-R1-Distill-Llama-70B) | +| DeepSeek (Preview) | `deepseek-r1` | 20k | 4096 | [MIT](https://huggingface.co/datasets/choosealicense/licenses/blob/main/markdown/mit.md) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/deepseek-ai/DeepSeek-R1) | +| DeepSeek (Preview) | `deepseek-r1-distill-llama-70b` | 32k | 4096 | [MIT](https://huggingface.co/datasets/choosealicense/licenses/blob/main/markdown/mit.md) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/deepseek-ai/DeepSeek-R1-Distill-Llama-70B) | + + DeepSeek-R1 is currently under maintenance and therefore not available on Generative APIs anymore. + If you are unsure which chat model to use, we currently recommend Llama 3.1 8B Instruct (`llama-3.1-8b-instruct`) to get started. +## Vision models + +| Provider | Model string | Context window (Tokens) | Maximum output (Tokens)| License | Model card | +|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------| +| Mistral | `pixtral-12b-2409` | 128k | 4096 | [Apache-2.0](https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0) | [HF](https://huggingface.co/mistralai/Pixtral-12B-2409) | + - Missing a model? [Tell us what you would like to see here](https://feature-request.scaleway.com/?tags=ai-services), and we might add it shortly. + Image sizes are limited to 32 million pixels (e.g., a resolution of about 8096 x 4048). Images with a resolution higher than 1024 x 1024 are supported, but automatically downscaled to fit these limitations (image ratio and proportions will be preserved). ## Embedding models @@ -56,7 +64,13 @@ Scaleway's model lifecyle is introduced on our [dedicated documentation page](/g | Provider | Model string | EOL date |-----------------|-----------------|-----------------| -| SBERT | `sentence-t5-xxl` | 26 February, 2025 | +| Meta | `llama-3.1-70b-instruct` | 25th May, 2025 | +| SBERT | `sentence-t5-xxl` | 26 February, 2025 | + + + Llama 3.1 70B is now deprecated. The new Llama 3.3 70B is available with similar or better performance in most use cases. +After May 25th 2025, your requests to Llama 3.1 70B will be redirected automatically to Llama 3.3 70B. Llama 3.1 8B is not affected by this change and remains supported. + ## EOL models diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/troubleshooting/fixing-common-issues.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/troubleshooting/fixing-common-issues.mdx index 48348b84e2..eca438252d 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/troubleshooting/fixing-common-issues.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/troubleshooting/fixing-common-issues.mdx @@ -69,6 +69,24 @@ Below are common issues that you may encounter when using Generative APIs, their } ``` +## Tokens consumption is not displayed in Cockpit metrics + +### Causes +- Cockpit is isolated by `project_id` and only displays token consumption related to one Project. +- Cockpit `Tokens Processed` graphs along time can take up to an hour to update (to provide more accurate average consumptions over time). The overall `Tokens Processed` counter is updated in real time. + +### Solution +- Ensure you are connecting to the Cockpit corresponding to your Project. Cockpits are currently isolated by `project_id`, which you can see in their URL: `https://PROJECT_ID.dashboard.obs.fr-par.scw.cloud/`. This Project should correspond to the one used in the URL you used to perform Generative APIs requests, such as `https://api.scaleway.ai/{PROJECT_ID}/v1/chat/completions`. You can list your projects and their IDs in your [Organization dashboard](https://console.scaleway.com/organization/projects). + +#### Example error behavior +- When displaying the wrong Cockpit for the Project: + - Counter for **Tokens Processed** or **API Requests** should display a value of 0 + - Graph across time should be empty +- When displaying the Cockpit of a specific Project, but waiting for average token consumption to display: + - Counter for **Tokens Processed** or **API Requests** should display a correct value (different from 0) + - Graph across time should be empty +``` + ## Best practices for optimizing model performance ### Input size management diff --git a/pages/generative-apis/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/generative-apis/troubleshooting/index.mdx index 6b9669bbeb..a45cf37e52 100644 --- a/pages/generative-apis/troubleshooting/index.mdx +++ b/pages/generative-apis/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -1,8 +1,64 @@ --- meta: title: Generative APIs - Troubleshooting - description: Generative APIs - Troubleshooting + description: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Generative APIs. content: - h1: Generative APIs - Troubleshooting - paragraph: Generative APIs - Troubleshooting ---- \ No newline at end of file + paragraph: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Generative APIs. +dates: + posted: 2025-03-10 +categories: + - generative-apis +--- + + + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + + + + + + + +## Generative APIs troubleshooting pages + +- [Fixing common issues with Generative APIs](/generative-apis/troubleshooting/fixing-common-issues/) diff --git a/pages/gpu/concepts.mdx b/pages/gpu/concepts.mdx index d9bbd6667e..29818dd1fe 100644 --- a/pages/gpu/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/gpu/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to Scaleway GPU Instances tags: instance gpu gpu-instance docker nvidia pipenv dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 categories: - compute --- @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Major AI frameworks (such as TensorFlow and PyTorch) have embraced this approach ## BF16 -BF16, or Brain Floating Point 16, is a numerical format optimized for neural network computations. +BF16, or Brain Floating Point 16, is a numerical format optimized for neural network computations. It strikes a balance between range and precision, making it efficient for deep learning tasks while maintaining accuracy. BF16 uses 1 bit for the sign, 8 bits for the exponent, and 7 bits for the mantissa (fractional part). This format provides a wider range than IEEE 754 half-precision (FP16) while still maintaining better precision than integer formats. It was introduced to address the limitations of FP16 for deep learning tasks, offering improved efficiency and accuracy for training and running neural network models. diff --git a/pages/gpu/how-to/create-manage-gpu-instance.mdx b/pages/gpu/how-to/create-manage-gpu-instance.mdx index 3229a74809..52e34a843b 100644 --- a/pages/gpu/how-to/create-manage-gpu-instance.mdx +++ b/pages/gpu/how-to/create-manage-gpu-instance.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to create and manage a GPU Instance tags: gpu-instance gpu instance dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2022-03-25 categories: - compute @@ -34,17 +34,17 @@ When you have completed your calculations using the GPU Instance, [deletion can 3. Follow these steps to configure your GPU Instance: - **Availability Zone**: Choose the geographical region, represented by the Availability Zone, where your Instance will be deployed. - **Instance Type (GPU)**: Select the desired GPU Instance type, considering factors such as processing power, memory, storage options, and bandwidth. Refer to our guide on [choosing the right GPU Instance type](/gpu/reference-content/choosing-gpu-instance-type/) for more information. - - **Image**: Pick an operating system image suitable for your GPU Instance. For example, select **Ubuntu Jammy GPU OS 12**, which comes with preinstalled NVIDIA drivers and an NVIDIA Docker environment. You have the flexibility to customize your working environment using Docker with our provided Docker images or your own containers. + - **Image**: Pick an operating system image suitable for your GPU Instance. For example, select **Ubuntu Jammy GPU OS 12**, which comes with preinstalled Nvidia drivers and an Nvidia Docker environment. You can customize your working environment using Docker with our provided Docker images or your own containers. + - **Instance name and tags**: Assign a name to your Instance for easy identification. You can also add tags to organize your Instances efficiently. - **Volumes**: Optionally, add storage volumes for your Instance. You can adjust settings such as Block and Local Storage volumes according to your requirements. * The recommended minimum volume size for GPU OS images is 125 GB. * If your GPU Instance supports scratch storage, the scratch volume displays but can not be edited. [Learn more about scratch storage.](/gpu/how-to/use-scratch-storage-h100-instances/) - - **Network Configuration**: Choose between a routed public IP or a NAT public IP for your Instance. We recommend using a routed public IP. You can allocate IPv4 and IPv6 addresses as needed, with a maximum of 5 IPs per Instance. - - **Instance Name and Tags**: Assign a name to your Instance for easy identification. You can also add tags to organize your Instances efficiently. - - **Advanced Options**: Configure `cloud-init` settings if required, or leave them at default values. - - **SSH Keys**: Verify the SSH keys that will grant you access to your Instance. - - **Estimated Cost**: Review the estimated cost of your GPU Instance based on the selected specifications. + - **Network configuration**: You can allocate routed IPv4 and IPv6 addresses as needed, with a maximum of 5 IPs per Instance. + - **Cloud-init**: Configure `cloud-init` settings if required, or leave them at default values. + - **SSH keys**: Verify the SSH keys that will grant you access to your Instance. + - **Estimated cost**: Review the estimated cost of your GPU Instance based on the selected specifications. 4. Once you have completed the configuration, click on **Create Instance** to initiate the creation process. You will receive a notification once the GPU Instance is ready for use. ## How to connect to a GPU Instance diff --git a/pages/gpu/how-to/use-pipenv.mdx b/pages/gpu/how-to/use-pipenv.mdx index ad3281145c..423ee869fa 100644 --- a/pages/gpu/how-to/use-pipenv.mdx +++ b/pages/gpu/how-to/use-pipenv.mdx @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Pipenv is a powerful package and dependency manager for Python projects. It comb ## Accessing the preinstalled Pipenv virtual environment -Refer to our [dedicated documentation](/gpu/how-to/use-preinstalled-env/#working-with-the-preinstalled-environment-on-ubuntu-focal-gpu-os-11) on how to access the Pipenv virtual environment from your Scaleway GPU Instance. +Refer to our [dedicated documentation](/gpu/how-to/use-preinstalled-env/#working-with-the-preinstalled-environment-on-ubuntu-focal-gpu-os-12) on how to access the Pipenv virtual environment from your Scaleway GPU Instance. ## Managing packages with Pipenv diff --git a/pages/gpu/how-to/use-preinstalled-env.mdx b/pages/gpu/how-to/use-preinstalled-env.mdx index a44a440850..86a52c98da 100644 --- a/pages/gpu/how-to/use-preinstalled-env.mdx +++ b/pages/gpu/how-to/use-preinstalled-env.mdx @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ GPU Instances have different types of preinstalled environments, depending on th |:----------------------:|:------------------:|:---------------------------------------------------------------:|------------------------------------------------| | Ubuntu Focal GPU OS 12 | Latest | Nvidia drivers, Nvidia Docker environment (launch Docker container to access working environment) | Pipenv virtual environment accessed via Docker | -Using the latest Ubuntu Focal GPU OS11 image gives you a minimal OS installation on which you can [launch](/gpu/how-to/use-gpu-with-docker/) one of our ready-made [Docker images](/gpu/reference-content/docker-images/). This gives you access to a preinstalled Python environment managed with pipenv. A number of useful AI core packages and tools are installed, including `scipy`, `numpy`, `scikit-learn`, `jupyter`, `tensorflow`, and the Scaleway SDK. Depending on the [Docker image you choose](/gpu/reference-content/docker-images/), other packages and tools will also be preinstalled, providing a convenient framework environment for you so that you can begin work immediately. +Using the latest Ubuntu Focal GPU OS12 image gives you a minimal OS installation on which you can [launch](/gpu/how-to/use-gpu-with-docker/) one of our ready-made [Docker images](/gpu/reference-content/docker-images/). This gives you access to a preinstalled Python environment managed with pipenv. A number of useful AI core packages and tools are installed, including `scipy`, `numpy`, `scikit-learn`, `jupyter`, `tensorflow`, and the Scaleway SDK. Depending on the [Docker image you choose](/gpu/reference-content/docker-images/), other packages and tools will also be preinstalled, providing a convenient framework environment for you so that you can begin work immediately. diff --git a/pages/gpu/how-to/use-scratch-storage-h100-instances.mdx b/pages/gpu/how-to/use-scratch-storage-h100-instances.mdx index 05938b51d0..9331a36838 100644 --- a/pages/gpu/how-to/use-scratch-storage-h100-instances.mdx +++ b/pages/gpu/how-to/use-scratch-storage-h100-instances.mdx @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ You need to add an extra volume, for example: "volumes":{"1":{"name":"scratch-volume","volume_type":"scratch","size":3000000000000}} ``` -## How can I add scratch storage to my GPU Instance using Terraform? +## How can I add scratch storage to my GPU Instance using Terraform/OpenTofu? ``` resource “scaleway_instance_volume” “scratch_volume” { size_in_gb = 3000 diff --git a/pages/gpu/index.mdx b/pages/gpu/index.mdx index 83720a0e28..8bdc33e79b 100644 --- a/pages/gpu/index.mdx +++ b/pages/gpu/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> * The recommended minimum volume size for GPU OS images is 125 GB. * If your GPU Instance supports scratch storage, the scratch volume displays but can not be edited. [Learn more about scratch storage.](/gpu/how-to/use-scratch-storage-h100-instances/) - - **Network configuration**: Choose between a routed public IP or a NAT public IP for your Instance. We recommend using a routed public IP. You can allocate IPv4 and IPv6 addresses as needed, with a maximum of 5 IPs per Instance. - - **Instance name and tags**: Assign a name to your Instance for easy identification. You can also add tags to organize your Instances efficiently. - - **Advanced options**: Configure `cloud-init` settings if required, or leave them at default values. + - **Network configuration**: You can allocate routed IPv4 and IPv6 addresses as needed, with a maximum of 5 IPs per Instance. + - **Cloud-init**: Configure `cloud-init` settings if required, or leave them at default values. - **SSH keys**: Verify the SSH keys that will grant you access to your Instance. - **Estimated cost**: Review the estimated cost of your GPU Instance based on the selected specifications. 4. Once you have completed the configuration, click on **Create Instance** to initiate the creation process. You will receive a notification once the GPU Instance is ready for use. diff --git a/pages/gpu/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/gpu/troubleshooting/index.mdx index ec6e33080d..bbbc273f8d 100644 --- a/pages/gpu/troubleshooting/index.mdx +++ b/pages/gpu/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -1,8 +1,66 @@ --- meta: title: GPU Instances - Troubleshooting - description: GPU Instances Troubleshooting + description: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with GPU Instances. content: - h1: GPU Instances - Troubleshooting - paragraph: GPU Instances Troubleshooting ---- \ No newline at end of file + paragraph: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with GPU Instances. +dates: + posted: 2025-03-10 +categories: + - gpu-instances +--- + + + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + + + + + + + +## GPU Instances troubleshooting pages + +- [Fixing GPU issues after installing NVIDIA driver packages](/gpu/troubleshooting/fix-driver-issues/) +- [Installing NVIDIA drivers on Ubuntu 22.04](/gpu/troubleshooting/install-nvidia-drivers-ubuntu/) +- [Fixing GPU issues after upgrading GPU Instances with cloud-init](/gpu/troubleshooting/updating-gpu-instance-with-cloud-init/) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/guidelines.mdx b/pages/guidelines.mdx index bb9ab6623a..c6df49c490 100644 --- a/pages/guidelines.mdx +++ b/pages/guidelines.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Discover comprehensive guidelines on writing and formatting for our documentation site. Ensure consistency and clarity with our style guide, covering grammar, terminology, and best practices. tags: style-guide guidelines wording grammar dates: - validation: 2024-08-07 + validation: 2025-02-11 --- This document sets out the writing guidelines (style guide) for Scaleway Documentation, including grammar, formatting, and standardized terminology. These guidelines should be followed by both internal and external contributors when making additions to the Scaleway Documentation site. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ All documentation pages must fall into one of the following categories: | Quickstart | Shows how to do the main series of actions necessary to start using a Scaleway product via the console, e.g. [Instances Quickstart](/instances/quickstart/) | | Concepts | Defines and briefly explains the main terminology associated with a Scaleway product, e.g. [Kubernetes Concepts](/kubernetes/concepts/) | | Troubleshooting | Gives solutions to help resolve a common issue with a Scaleway product, e.g. [VPC auto-config is not working](/vpc/troubleshooting/autoconfig-not-working/) | -| API/CLI | Presents information and tips for creating and configuring a Scaleway product via both official and third-party APIs, CLIs, SDKs and other developer tools, e.g. Terraform, e.g. [Using Object Storage with the AWS-CLI](/object-storage/api-cli/object-storage-aws-cli/). These pages complement the [main developer reference documentation](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/). | +| API/CLI | Presents information and tips for creating and configuring a Scaleway product via both official and third-party APIs, CLIs, SDKs and other developer tools, e.g. Terraform/OpenTofu, e.g. [Using Object Storage with the AWS-CLI](/object-storage/api-cli/object-storage-aws-cli/). These pages complement the [main developer reference documentation](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/). | | Additional Content | Provides detailed information on specific subjects and features associated with a Scaleway product, e.g. [Optimize your Object Storage performance](/object-storage/reference-content/optimize-object-storage-performance/) | | Tutorial | Explains how to use a Scaleway product with a third-party tool, or how to use multiple Scaleway products together for a specific use-case, e.g. [Deploying Strapi on an Instance](/tutorials/strapi/) | | FAQ | Gives answers to the most frequently asked questions about Scaleway products, e.g. [Cockpit FAQ](/faq/cockpit/) | diff --git a/pages/iam/api-cli/using-api-key-object-storage.mdx b/pages/iam/api-cli/using-api-key-object-storage.mdx index 4b3b058597..f3ecabf622 100644 --- a/pages/iam/api-cli/using-api-key-object-storage.mdx +++ b/pages/iam/api-cli/using-api-key-object-storage.mdx @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ When you create new Projects, you can choose the Project in which you want to ad ## API keys -You need an API key if you want to carry out actions on Scaleway products and resources via the Scaleway [API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/) or other Scaleway developer tools like the [CLI](https://github.com/scaleway/scaleway-cli) and [Terraform](https://github.com/scaleway/terraform-provider-scaleway), or any third-party API/CLI compatible with Scaleway products. An API key is not necessary if you only use the [console](https://console.scaleway.com/) to create and manage your Scaleway resources. +You need an API key if you want to carry out actions on Scaleway products and resources via the Scaleway [API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/) or other Scaleway developer tools like the [CLI](https://github.com/scaleway/scaleway-cli) and [Terraform/OpenTofu](https://github.com/scaleway/terraform-provider-scaleway), or any third-party API/CLI compatible with Scaleway products. An API key is not necessary if you only use the [console](https://console.scaleway.com/) to create and manage your Scaleway resources. When you generate an API key with IAM, the key is associated with a specific [IAM user](/iam/concepts/#user) or [IAM application](/iam/concepts/#application). The API key inherits the permissions of its bearer (the user or application it is associated with). The user/application may have permissions on one or several Scaleway Projects, accorded to them via [policies](/iam/concepts/#policy). diff --git a/pages/iam/reference-content/permission-sets.mdx b/pages/iam/reference-content/permission-sets.mdx index fb2413235b..493e396f97 100644 --- a/pages/iam/reference-content/permission-sets.mdx +++ b/pages/iam/reference-content/permission-sets.mdx @@ -57,6 +57,10 @@ Below is a list of the permission sets available at Scaleway. | KubernetesSystemMastersGroupAccess | Gives the Kubernetes system:masters role to perform any action on the cluster | | DediboxReadOnly | List and read access to Dedibox | | DediboxFullAccess | Full access to create, read, list, edit and delete Dedibox | +| GenerativeApisModelAccess | Access to Generative APIs models. | +| GenerativeApisFullAccess | Full access to Generative APIs. | +| InferenceReadOnly | Read access to Inference deployments | +| InferenceFullAccess | Full access to Inference deployments | | ContainersReadOnly | List and read access to Containers | | ContainersFullAccess | Full access to create, read, list, edit and delete to Containers | | FunctionsReadOnly | List and read access to Functions | @@ -113,6 +117,8 @@ Below is a list of the permission sets available at Scaleway. | TransactionalEmailWebhookReadOnly | Read access to Webhooks in Transactional Email | | TransactionalEmailProjectSettingsFullAccess | Full access to Project settings in Transactional Email | | TransactionalEmailProjectSettingsReadOnly | Read access to Project settings in Transactional Email | +| TransactionalEmailEmailSmtpCreate | Permission to create emails via SMTP | +| TransactionalEmailEmailApiCreate | Permission to create emails via the API | | WebHostingReadOnly | List and read access to Web Hosting | | WebHostingFullAccess | Full access to create, read, list, edit and delete Web Hosting | | SecretManagerReadOnly | List and read secrets' metadata (name, tags, creation date, etc.). Does not include permissions for data (versions) accessing or editing | diff --git a/pages/iam/troubleshooting/cannot-use-resources.mdx b/pages/iam/troubleshooting/cannot-use-resources.mdx index 73f64c93c0..5d11fbd169 100644 --- a/pages/iam/troubleshooting/cannot-use-resources.mdx +++ b/pages/iam/troubleshooting/cannot-use-resources.mdx @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ You (or the IAM [user](/iam/concepts/#user) or [application](/iam/concepts/#appl 2. Make sure that the bearer of the API key (IAM [user](/iam/concepts/#user) or [application](/iam/concepts/#application)) has the appropriate [IAM permissions](/iam/how-to/view-permission-sets/) to perform the desired actions. -3. If you **do not** have [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status for the organization in which you are trying to perform actions, contact the IAM manager or owner of this organization. +3. If you **do not** have [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status for the Organization in which you are trying to perform actions, contact the IAM manager or owner of this Organization. -4. If your are using a command-line tool to interact with Scaleway resources, make sure that there is no environment variable overriding your API key. Refer to the [documentation on environment variables priority](/scaleway-cli/reference-content/environment-variables/#environment-variables-priority) for more information. +4. If you are using a command-line tool to interact with Scaleway resources, make sure that there is no environment variable overriding your API key. Refer to the [documentation on environment variables priority](/scaleway-cli/reference-content/environment-variables/#environment-variables-priority) for more information. If you encounter issues while using Object Storage, refer to the [dedicated troubleshooting page](/object-storage/troubleshooting/api-key-does-not-work/). diff --git a/pages/instances/api-cli/cli-cheatsheet.mdx b/pages/instances/api-cli/cli-cheatsheet.mdx index d602ef845e..fc1389c2cd 100644 --- a/pages/instances/api-cli/cli-cheatsheet.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/api-cli/cli-cheatsheet.mdx @@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ meta: content: h1: Scaleway Instances CLI Cheatsheet paragraph: This page shows the most common Scaleway CLI commands for creating and managing Scaleway Instances. -tags: instance cli cheatsheet scw +tags: instance cli cheatsheet scw dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 -categories: + validation: 2025-02-11 +categories: - compute --- diff --git a/pages/instances/api-cli/creating-managing-instances-with-cliv2.mdx b/pages/instances/api-cli/creating-managing-instances-with-cliv2.mdx index 7b8649517b..021c1ff382 100644 --- a/pages/instances/api-cli/creating-managing-instances-with-cliv2.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/api-cli/creating-managing-instances-with-cliv2.mdx @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to create and manage a Scaleway Instance with CLI (v2) tags: instance create manage cli cli-v2 scw dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-08-05 categories: - compute --- -Scaleway Instances provide you with resources to develop, test code and deploy your applications in no time. Instances are designed for modern workflows. They are with you from prototyping to large-scale deployment. You can [create](/instances/how-to/create-an-instance/) and manage your Instances from the [console](https://console.scaleway.com/login), via the [API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/instance/) or the [Scaleway Command Line Interface](https://github.com/scaleway/scaleway-cli). +Scaleway Instances provide you with resources to develop, test code and deploy your applications in no time. Instances are designed for modern workflows. They are with you from prototyping to large-scale deployment. You can [create](/instances/how-to/create-an-instance/) and manage your Instances from the [console](https://account.scaleway.com/login), via the [API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/instance/) or the [Scaleway Command Line Interface](https://github.com/scaleway/scaleway-cli). ## Scaleway Command Line Interface (CLI) overview diff --git a/pages/instances/api-cli/increasing-volume-size.mdx b/pages/instances/api-cli/increasing-volume-size.mdx index 10516d807e..30b45f90d4 100644 --- a/pages/instances/api-cli/increasing-volume-size.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/api-cli/increasing-volume-size.mdx @@ -5,21 +5,27 @@ meta: content: h1: Increasing Block Storage volumes via the Instance API paragraph: This page explains how to increase a Block Storage volume -tags: increase expland increment raise storage volume block +tags: increase expand increment raise storage volume block dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2020-01-10 categories: - block-storage - storage --- + + Management of Block Storage volumes via the Instances API is deprecated. We recommend migrating existing volumes to the Block Storage API for continued support and improved functionality. For step-by-step instructions on migrating your volumes, refer to our [How to migrate existing volumes and snapshots to Scaleway's new Block Storage management](/instances/how-to/migrate-volumes-snapshots-to-sbs/). + + +The Instances API allows you to interact with Block Storage volumes programmatically through API calls. To increase the size of a volume using the Block Storage API, refer to the [dedicated documentation](/block-storage/api-cli/increasing-volume-size/). + - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - A valid [API key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) -- A [Block Storage volume](/instances/api-cli/creating-a-volume/) +- A [Block Storage volume](/instances/api-cli/creating-a-volume/) attached to an Instance 1. Inspect the volume and verify its name, size, and if the type is `b_ssd` by running the following request. diff --git a/pages/instances/api-cli/managing-instance-snapshot-via-cli.mdx b/pages/instances/api-cli/managing-instance-snapshot-via-cli.mdx index b6961d6051..11b0019efe 100644 --- a/pages/instances/api-cli/managing-instance-snapshot-via-cli.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/api-cli/managing-instance-snapshot-via-cli.mdx @@ -87,6 +87,4 @@ scw instance snapshot create zone=fr-par-1 name=my-imported-snapshot volume-type When importing existing QCOW / QCOW2 files from Object Storage as Instance snapshots, make sure that the file has the suffix `.qcow` or `.qcow2`. - - - + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/instances/api-cli/migrating-instances.mdx b/pages/instances/api-cli/migrating-instances.mdx index aa8367d26f..4777445d45 100644 --- a/pages/instances/api-cli/migrating-instances.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/api-cli/migrating-instances.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to change the commercial type of a Scaleway Instance with the API or CLI tags: upgrade instance api dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute @@ -22,6 +22,10 @@ To do so, you need the Instance’s ID and a valid API key. - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - An [Instance](/instances/how-to/create-an-instance/), which must be stopped and not be in a placement group + + Network interface names may vary across commercial families (e.g. ENT1 vs. POP2). Ensure that any hardcoded interface names in your configurations or scripts are updated to avoid migration issues. + + diff --git a/pages/instances/api-cli/snapshot-import-export-feature.mdx b/pages/instances/api-cli/snapshot-import-export-feature.mdx index e4fa056e20..6e3bd93897 100644 --- a/pages/instances/api-cli/snapshot-import-export-feature.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/api-cli/snapshot-import-export-feature.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to import/export Instance snapshots using the Scaleway API tags: snapshot import export api instance dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-07-25 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/api-cli/using-placement-groups.mdx b/pages/instances/api-cli/using-placement-groups.mdx index ce7cf7db47..2f0d7cad79 100644 --- a/pages/instances/api-cli/using-placement-groups.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/api-cli/using-placement-groups.mdx @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ categories: - compute tags: compute placement-group server api instance dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 --- Placement groups allow you to group your Instances. @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ If you prefer a visual environment, discover [how to manage placement groups fro ## Understanding placement groups -Placement groups work for all Instance ranges in the same Availability Zone without any architecture or type distinction. It means that GP1, DEV1, ARM64, or all the future virtualized ranges can be part of the same placement group. However, they are not compatible with Elastic Metal servers. +Placement groups work for all Instance ranges in the same Availability Zone without any architecture or type distinction. It means that all virtualized Instances ranges can be part of the same placement group. However, they are not compatible with Elastic Metal servers. A placement group is composed of three mandatory fields: - Name, diff --git a/pages/instances/concepts.mdx b/pages/instances/concepts.mdx index 064e517f0e..b3a9647a69 100644 --- a/pages/instances/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to Scaleway Instances tags: region traffic availability-zone block-volume boot-on-block cloud-init dynamic-ip flexible-ip reverse-dns stardust dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-24 categories: - compute --- @@ -28,8 +28,9 @@ Block volumes provide network-attached storage you can plug in/out of Instances ## Carrier-grade NAT (CGNAT) -Scaleway uses a 1:1 carrier-grade (CGNAT) setup for legacy Instance types. With this architecture, each Instance is assigned a unique NAT IP that directly maps to a unique public IP, unlike standard CGNAT, where multiple users share a single public IP. -This setup ensures that all outbound and inbound traffic for an Instance is translated between these two addresses, preserving the exclusivity of IP addresses and avoiding certain connectivity issues related to a shared IP setup. +Scaleway used a 1:1 carrier-grade (CGNAT) setup for legacy Instance types. With this architecture, each Instance was assigned a unique NAT IP that directly mapped to a unique public IP, unlike standard CGNAT, where multiple users share a single public IP. +This setup ensured that all outbound and inbound traffic for an Instance was translated between these two addresses, preserving the exclusivity of IP addresses and avoiding certain connectivity issues related to a shared IP setup. +All recent Instance types support routed IPs through [IP mobility](#ip-mobility). ## Cloud-init diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/configure-reverse-dns.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/configure-reverse-dns.mdx index fab048399c..4c3c7125db 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/configure-reverse-dns.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/configure-reverse-dns.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to configure the reverse DNS record of a Scaleway Instance. tags: configure reverse-dns dns instance dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute @@ -36,5 +36,3 @@ Reverse DNS is the opposite of classic "forward" DNS and maps an IP address to a Once the reverse DNS has been updated, it may take up to 24 hours before it is fully propagated. - - diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/create-a-backup.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/create-a-backup.mdx index 2285ad3522..95c0fd58ea 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/create-a-backup.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/create-a-backup.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to create an image of your Instance tags: instance image backup dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/create-a-block-volume.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/create-a-block-volume.mdx index 219526bd50..68b6263fc6 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/create-a-block-volume.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/create-a-block-volume.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to create Block Storage volumes in Scaleway tags: create volume add dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-25 posted: 2023-11-23 categories: - instances @@ -19,7 +19,11 @@ categories: - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization + + This procedure refers to legacy block volumes. To low latency block volumes, refer to the [dedicated documentation](/block-storage/how-to/create-a-volume/). + +- 1. Click **Instances** in the **Compute** section of the side menu. The [Instances page](https://console.scaleway.com/instance/servers) displays. 2. Click the **Volumes** tab to display a list of all your current volumes. 3. Click **Create volume** to create a volume that can be attached to any of your Instances. diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/create-an-instance.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/create-an-instance.mdx index 670fba5c00..907b06edff 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/create-an-instance.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/create-an-instance.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: How to create an Instance - description: This page explains how to create an Instance + description: This page explains how to create a Scaleway Instance content: h1: How to create an Instance - paragraph: This page explains how to create an Instance + paragraph: This page explains how to create a Scaleway Instance tags: instance create dates: - validation: 2024-12-09 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute @@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ Select a tab below for instructions on how to create an Instance via either our - (Optional) Click **Advanced options** to configure a [cloud-init configuration](/instances/concepts/#cloud-init). Otherwise, leave these options at their default values. You can configure a cloud-init script to automate Instance setup, such as setting up software, users, and system configurations at the first boot. - **Choose the [RSA SSH key](/organizations-and-projects/how-to/create-ssh-key/#how-to-generate-a-rsa-ssh-key-pair)** that will give you access to your Instance. If you do not have an RSA SSH key yet, click **Add RSA SSH key** and follow the steps indicated. + + To activate the OpenSSH Server during Instance creation, add a `with-ssh` tag before launching the Instance. + - Verify the **Estimated cost** of your Instance, based on the specifications you chose. 4. Click **Create Instance**. The creation of your Instance begins, and you will be informed when the Instance is ready. diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/delete-instance.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/delete-instance.mdx index 03257c6b98..1a3f4b5ab0 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/delete-instance.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/delete-instance.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to delete a Scaleway Instance. tags: delete instance dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute @@ -35,5 +35,3 @@ This page shows you how to delete an Instance. 5. Click **Delete Instance**. You are returned to the list of your Instances, where the Instance you deleted no longer appears. - - diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/manage-volumes.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/manage-volumes.mdx index 240fb4cf1d..1a627890fc 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/manage-volumes.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/manage-volumes.mdx @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ categories: ## How to attach a volume - You must have created a [volume](/instances/how-to/create-a-block-volume/) that is not attached to any of your Instances before proceeding with the steps below. + You must have created a [volume](/block-storage/how-to/create-a-volume/) that is not attached to any of your Instances before proceeding with the steps below. 1. Click **Instances** from the left side menu. The Instances section displays. diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/migrate-instances.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/migrate-instances.mdx index 0016de79df..c602741339 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/migrate-instances.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/migrate-instances.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to migrate from one Scaleway Instance to another tags: instance migration migrate dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/migrate-volumes-snapshots-to-sbs.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/migrate-volumes-snapshots-to-sbs.mdx index a9a03a1065..5cdc84e18f 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/migrate-volumes-snapshots-to-sbs.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/migrate-volumes-snapshots-to-sbs.mdx @@ -19,13 +19,14 @@ To facilitate the transition to Scaleway's new Block Storage management, two mai - [Using the Instance API/CLI migration endpoint (Plan and Apply)](#migrating-using-the-instance-apicli-migration-endpoint-plan-and-apply): - **Advantage:** Migration can occur without service interruption, as the volume remains attached to the running Instance and fully accessible. - - **Drawback:** Only the volume's representation is migrated to the SBS API; the data itself does not move. This means the migrated volume will not benefit from low latency or higher IOPS, as it retains the original `b_ssd` characteristics. + - **Drawback:** Only the volume's representation is migrated to the SBS API; the data itself does not move. This means the migrated volume will not benefit from low latency or higher IOPS, as it **retains the original `b_ssd` characteristics**. - [Using the snapshot export/import features](#migrating-using-the-snapshot-exportimport-features): - **Advantage:** The migrated volume will fully support low latency, and it is possible to modify the IOPS up to 15k. All existing data of the old volume will be copied to the new Block Storage Low Latency volume. - **Drawback:** A snapshot must be manually created, exported, and imported. After importing, the snapshot must be converted into a volume, which must then be attached to the Instance. This process may require downtime. -Each method caters to different needs, balancing uninterrupted service against achieving maximum performance benefits. After migration, these resources will be managed under [Storage](/block-storage/quickstart/) instead of Compute. +Each method caters to different needs, balancing uninterrupted service against achieving maximum performance benefits. After migration, these resources will be managed under [Storage](/block-storage/quickstart/) instead of Compute.
+Learn more about the [advantages of migrating from the Instance API to the Block Storage API for managing block volumes and snapshots](/block-storage/reference-content/advantages-migrating-to-sbs/). ## Comparison of migration methods @@ -37,11 +38,33 @@ Each method caters to different needs, balancing uninterrupted service against a This guide offers step-by-step instructions to migrate your volumes and snapshots using either the [Scaleway Command Line Interface (CLI)](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/) tool (recommended) or the [Instances API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/instance/#path-volumes-migrate-a-volume-andor-snapshots-to-sbs-scaleway-block-storage). Alternatively, you can use the [snapshot export/import feature](/instances/api-cli/snapshot-import-export-feature/) to migrate your unified volumes and snapshots to Block Storage Low Latency volumes. - Volumes **created and managed through Kubernetes** do not fall within the scope of the migration described on this page. Find specific instructions for migrating Kubernetes volumes behind the Scaleway Block Storage API in the [managing storage for Kubernetes documentation](/kubernetes/api-cli/managing-storage/#upgrading-to-csi-version-03). +## Comparison of Block Storage volume types + +| Volume type | IOPS | Underlying hardware | Latency | Max volume size | Recommended use cases | Availability & resilience | +|-----------------------------------|----------|--------------------------------|---------------------|----------------------|-------------------------|----------------------------| +| `b_ssd` (Block Storage 5K legacy) | 5,000 | Legacy SSDs | Higher | Up to 10 TB | General-purpose workloads that do not demand high IOPS or low latency | Data is replicated three times across multiple disks for high availability and integrity | +| `sbs_5k` (Block Low Latency 5K) | 5,000 | Modern NVMe disks | Low | 5 GB to 10 TB | Development environments, web servers, and applications needing consistent performance | 99.99% SLA, triple-replicated data to safeguard against hardware failures | +| `sbs_15k` (Block Low Latency 15K) | 15,000 | Modern NVMe disks | Very low | 5 GB to 10 TB | High-performance databases, transactional applications, and I/O-intensive workloads | 99.99% SLA, triple-replicated data to safeguard against hardware failures | + +You can attach a maximum of 16 volumes (including the mandatory boot volume) to a single Instance. + + + Refer to [Understand the difference between Block Storage volumes and Block Storage Low Latency volumes](/block-storage/reference-content/differences-between-5kiops-volumes/) for more information on the differences between Block Storage 5K legacy volumes and Block Storage Low Latency 5K volumes. + + +### Additional details: + +- `b_ssd`: These volumes are based on older SSD technology, providing reliable performance but with limitations in terms of speed and latency. +- `sbs_5k`: These volumes use NVMe technology, offering better performance and lower latency. They allow flexibility to adjust storage based on your needs. +- `sbs_15k`: These volumes offer even higher performance, with up to 15,000 IOPS, making them ideal for workloads requiring fast and reliable data access. + + To maximize compatibility with Block Storage Low Latency 15K, select an Instance with at least [3 GiB/s of Block bandwidth](/instances/reference-content/instances-bandwidth-overview/). + + - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) @@ -162,6 +185,11 @@ Alternatively, you can use the [snapshot export/import feature](/instances/api-c + + After the migration, your volume's type will still be `b_ssd` (displayed as **Block SSD 5K legacy** in the Scaleway console). + To benefit from the new features and performance of Scaleway Block Storage, you must create a new volume (`sbs_5k` or `sbs_15k` displayed as **Block Low Latency 5K** or **Block Low Latency 15K** in the Scaleway console) using the snapshot export/import feature. For more information, see [Migrating using the snapshot export/import features](#migrating-using-the-snapshot-exportimport-features). + + ### Migrating an existing Block Storage snapshot to Scaleway Block Storage management @@ -255,6 +283,11 @@ Alternatively, you can use the [snapshot export/import feature](/instances/api-c + + After the migration, your volume's type will still be `b_ssd` (displayed as **Block SSD 5K legacy** in the Scaleway console). + To benefit from the new features and performance of Scaleway Block Storage, you must create a new volume (`sbs_5k` or `sbs_15k` displayed as **Block Low Latency 5K** or **Block Low Latency 15K** in the Scaleway console) using the snapshot export/import feature. For more information, see [Migrating using the snapshot export/import features](#migrating-using-the-snapshot-exportimport-features). + + ## Migrating using the snapshot export/import features To convert your unified volumes and snapshots, you can use the snapshot export/import features as an alternative solution for transitioning a Block Storage legacy volume into a Block Storage Low Latency volume. diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/power-off-instance.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/power-off-instance.mdx index 8eccdff210..811abdfbfe 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/power-off-instance.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/power-off-instance.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to power off a Scaleway Instance. tags: power off power-off instance dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/snapshot-import-export-feature.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/snapshot-import-export-feature.mdx index 4bc452ebaf..1f41a8fb3c 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/snapshot-import-export-feature.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/snapshot-import-export-feature.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to import/export snapshots of Instances using the Scaleway console. tags: snapshot, import, export, instance, availability zone, qcow2 dates: - validation: 2024-08-13 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2021-07-27 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/use-boot-modes.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/use-boot-modes.mdx index 68e1314acc..5cbb14295c 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/use-boot-modes.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/use-boot-modes.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use boot modes for Scaleway Instances. tags: boot-mode boot mode boot instance bootscript dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/use-flexips.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/use-flexips.mdx index 9494ceef17..6655c5e8e7 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/use-flexips.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/use-flexips.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use flexible IP addresses with Scaleway Instances. tags: flexible-ip Instance flexible ip detach delete attach ipv6 dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ categories: This page provides guidance on using [flexible IP addresses](/instances/concepts/#flexible-ip) with your Scaleway Instances. -When creating an Instance, you have options for network connectivity: +When creating an Instance, you have two options for network connectivity: - **Flexible routed IPv4 addresses**: public IPv4 addresses routed directly to your Instance. - **Flexible routed IPv6 addresses**: public IPv6 prefixes routed directly to your Instance. @@ -237,5 +237,3 @@ fi nmcli connection up eth0-ipv6 EOF ``` - - diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/use-placement-groups.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/use-placement-groups.mdx index 2a9c3c9ba8..7be8965e1d 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/use-placement-groups.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/use-placement-groups.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use placement groups with Scaleway Instances. tags: placement-group instance dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute @@ -130,5 +130,3 @@ Deleting a placement group will have no direct impact on the Instances attached 3. Click **Delete placement group**. You are returned to the list of your placement groups, where the group you deleted no longer displays. - - diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/use-private-networks.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/use-private-networks.mdx index a82008f458..e5d42bff67 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/use-private-networks.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/use-private-networks.mdx @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to use Private Networks for Scaleway Instances tags: private-networks private networks instance dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute --- -[Private Networks](/vpc/concepts/#private-networks) allow your Instances to communicate in an isolated and secure network without needing to be connected to the public internet. Each Instance can be connected to one or several Private Networks, letting you build your own network topologies. +[Private Networks](/vpc/concepts/#private-networks) allow your Instances to communicate in an isolated and secure network without needing to be connected to the public internet. Each Instance can be connected to one or several Private Networks, letting you build your own network topologies. Private Networks are LAN-like layer 2 ethernet networks. A new network interface with a unique media access control address (MAC address) is configured on each Instance in a Private Network. Private Networks' built-in DHCP server manages the distribution of private IP addresses for Instances (and other resources) when they are attached to the network. @@ -74,5 +74,3 @@ If you want to create a Private Network without immediately attaching any resour This must be carried out from the VPC section of the console. Follow the procedure detailed in our [dedicated VPC documentation](/vpc/how-to/delete-private-network/). - - diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/use-security-groups.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/use-security-groups.mdx index 0284b33236..a319289e75 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/use-security-groups.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/use-security-groups.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to create, edit, and configure security groups on Scaleway Instances to control traffic and enhance security. tags: security create instance traffic security-group dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/use-serial-console.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/use-serial-console.mdx index d642a6eb9e..9c5b08ce76 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/use-serial-console.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/use-serial-console.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how t use the serial console to connect to a Scaleway Instance. tags: serial console serial-console instance connection dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2022-02-25 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/how-to/use-standby-mode.mdx b/pages/instances/how-to/use-standby-mode.mdx index d96455949a..8772e81dd2 100644 --- a/pages/instances/how-to/use-standby-mode.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/how-to/use-standby-mode.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to use standby mode on Scaleway Instances to save resources and reduce costs without losing data or configurations. tags: instance standby standby-mode dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-26 categories: - compute @@ -36,5 +36,3 @@ categories: You are still billed for an Instance in standby mode, as well as for its storage and any flexible IPs attached to it. To avoid being charged for an unused Instance, you can [power it off](/instances/how-to/power-off-instance/).

[Find out when the billing of your Instance starts and stops](/faq/billing/#when-does-the-billing-of-an-instance-start-and-stop). - - diff --git a/pages/instances/index.mdx b/pages/instances/index.mdx index 356963f3b5..ff0616c632 100644 --- a/pages/instances/index.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> -## COPARM Range +## COPARM1 range | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | COPARM1-16C-64G | 1.6 Gbit/s | 640 MiB/s | | COPARM1-32C-128G | 3.2 Gbit/s | 1.25 GiB/s | -## DEV Range +## DEV1 range | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | DEV1-L | 400 Mbit/s | 200 MiB/s | | DEV1-XL | 500 Mbit/s | 250 MiB/s | -## ENT Range +## ENT1 range | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | ENT1-L | 6.4 Gbit/s | 6.25 GiB/s | | ENT1-XL | 12.8 Gbit/s | 12.5 GiB/s | -## GP Range +## GP1 range | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | GP1-L | 5 Gbit/s | 1 GiB/s | | GP1-XL | 10 Gbit/s | 2 GiB/s | -## PLAY Range +## PLAY2 range | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | PLAY2-NANO | 200 Mbit/s | 80 MiB/s | | PLAY2-MICRO | 400 Mbit/s | 160 MiB/s | -## PRO2 Range +## PRO2 range | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | PRO2-M | 3 Gbit/s | 1 GiB/s | | PRO2-L | 6 Gbit/s | 2 GiB/s | -## POP Range +## POP2 range | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -99,7 +99,17 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | POP2-32C-128G | 6.4 Gbit/s | 6.25 GiB/s | | POP2-64C-256G | 12.8 Gbit/s | 12.5 GiB/s | -## POP-HC Range (High Compute) +## POP2-WIN range (Windows Server OS) + +| Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | +|-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| +| POP2-2C-8G-WIN | 400 Mbit/s | 400 MiB/s | +| POP2-4C-16G-WIN | 800 Mbit/s | 800 MiB/s | +| POP2-8C-32G-WIN | 1.6 Gbit/s | 1.56 GiB/s | +| POP2-16C-64G-WIN | 3.2 Gbit/s | 3.12 GiB/s | +| POP2-32C-128G-WIN | 6.4 Gbit/s | 6.25 GiB/s | + +## POP2-HC range (High Compute) | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -110,7 +120,7 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | POP2-HC-32C-64G | 6.4 Gbit/s | 6.25 GiB/s | | POP2-HC-64C-128G | 12.8 Gbit/s | 12.5 GiB/s | -## POP-HM Range (High Memory) +## POP2-HM range (High Memory) | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| @@ -121,7 +131,7 @@ Bandwidth impacts how your applications perform and interact with other systems. | POP2-HM-32C-256G | 6.4 Gbit/s | 6.25 GiB/s | | POP2-HM-64C-512G | 12.8 Gbit/s | 12.5 GiB/s | -## POP-HN Range (High Network) +## POP2-HN range (High Network) | Instance Type | Internet Bandwidth | Block Bandwidth | |-----------------------|-------------------------|---------------------| diff --git a/pages/instances/reference-content/instances-datasheet.mdx b/pages/instances/reference-content/instances-datasheet.mdx index 36e4357a8f..c30382bedc 100644 --- a/pages/instances/reference-content/instances-datasheet.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/reference-content/instances-datasheet.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page shows the technical characteristics of the different Scaleway Instance offers. tags: dedibox server dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2023-12-18 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/reference-content/manual-configuration-private-ips.mdx b/pages/instances/reference-content/manual-configuration-private-ips.mdx index 45c1e1043b..a3def30086 100644 --- a/pages/instances/reference-content/manual-configuration-private-ips.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/reference-content/manual-configuration-private-ips.mdx @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ tags: instance private-ip-address ip address private dhcp categories: - compute dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 --- @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ dates: - If you have a Private Network created before July 12 2023, [check our migration documentation](/vpc/reference-content/vpc-migration/) to find out if DHCP has been automatically activated on your network. - We recommend activating DHCP and letting us take care of the automatic IP address management of all resources on your Private Networks, including Instances, to ensure they are fully compatible with managed products and integrated with our [internal IPAM](/vpc/concepts/#ipam). - The steps outlined in this document are intended for advanced users only and are not supported by Scaleway. + **The steps outlined in this document are intended for advanced users only and are not supported by Scaleway.** ## How to configure the Private Network interface on your Instances @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Once you have [added your Instances to a Private Network](/instances/how-to/use- - Using the `10.0.0.0/8` private IP range is **not recommended**, as this block is used for the Instances' own private IPs and infrastructure services. - This is only recommended for expert users. - + 1. Connect to the Instance using [SSH](/instances/how-to/connect-to-instance/). 2. Delete the file `/lib/udev/rules.d/72-scw-vpc-iface.rules` to disable the automatic DHCP scripts: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Once you have [added your Instances to a Private Network](/instances/how-to/use- The network interface names may be different, depending on the operating system and the release you use. - + The network interface name is not guaranteed to be stable and may change across reboot or poweroff and poweron actions, similarily to the rest of the PCI hierarchy. diff --git a/pages/instances/reference-content/preventing-outgoing-ddos.mdx b/pages/instances/reference-content/preventing-outgoing-ddos.mdx index 73965dbe54..4b10355686 100644 --- a/pages/instances/reference-content/preventing-outgoing-ddos.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/reference-content/preventing-outgoing-ddos.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to prevent outgoing DDoS from happening on your Scaleway Instance tags: instance ddos outgoing attack prevention dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 categories: - compute --- diff --git a/pages/instances/reference-content/production-optimized.mdx b/pages/instances/reference-content/production-optimized.mdx index c8c1570778..fc121a3233 100644 --- a/pages/instances/reference-content/production-optimized.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/reference-content/production-optimized.mdx @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ content: h1: The right Instance for production purposes paragraph: Find out more about Instances from Scaleway's Production-Optimized range, such as ENT1 and POP2 Instances. dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2023-02-22 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/reference-content/understanding-differences-x86-arm.mdx b/pages/instances/reference-content/understanding-differences-x86-arm.mdx index ca3a6afbe3..905d2531c2 100644 --- a/pages/instances/reference-content/understanding-differences-x86-arm.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/reference-content/understanding-differences-x86-arm.mdx @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ content: paragraph: Discover the differences between ARM and x86 architectures in cloud computing, and learn which is best suited for your needs. tags: instance x86 arm dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 -categories: + validation: 2025-02-17 +categories: - compute --- diff --git a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/bootscript-eol.mdx b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/bootscript-eol.mdx index 681177db7c..b8699f0ee2 100644 --- a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/bootscript-eol.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/bootscript-eol.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page helps you migrating your Scaleway Instance following the EOL of the bootscript feature tags: bootscript boot-script instance boot script dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2023-02-20 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/cant-connect-ssh.mdx b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/cant-connect-ssh.mdx index c2df88545d..c681865ae4 100644 --- a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/cant-connect-ssh.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/cant-connect-ssh.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page helps you troubleshoot problems when you cannot connect to your Scaleway Instance via SSH tags: connection instance ssh ssh-key error publickey public-key dates: - validation: 2024-08-01 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-10-19 categories: - compute @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ categories: - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - An [Instance](/instances/how-to/create-an-instance/) -Discover how to resolve common SSH connection problems with your Scaleway Instance. Learn to fix errors like "Permission denied (publickey)" and "Remote host identification has changed" with our step-by-step troubleshooting guides. +Discover how to resolve common SSH connection problems with your Scaleway Instance. Learn to fix errors like *"Permission denied (publickey)"* and *"Remote host identification has changed"* with our step-by-step troubleshooting guides. ## Permission denied (publickey) diff --git a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/change-rescue-mode.mdx b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/change-rescue-mode.mdx index cbfc4946ff..591d2477fa 100644 --- a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/change-rescue-mode.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/change-rescue-mode.mdx @@ -7,13 +7,14 @@ content: paragraph: This page helps you switch your Scaleway Instance to the new rescue mode tags: rescue rescuemode bootscript boot-script instance boot script dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2023-05-04 categories: - compute --- -The previous Instances rescue mode, which relied on bootscripts, was discontinued on **May 31, 2023**. +Rescue mode is a feature that allows you to boot your Instance on a temporary OS over the network, giving you access to your Instance's file system to troubleshoot and repair issues. +This is particularly useful when your Instance is not booting properly due to configuration errors, corrupted files, or other system issues, and you need to recover data or make repairs without affecting the original system. diff --git a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-dns-routed-ipv6-only-debian-bullseye.mdx b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-dns-routed-ipv6-only-debian-bullseye.mdx index 6ee524c8bd..b5c56ea47b 100644 --- a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-dns-routed-ipv6-only-debian-bullseye.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-dns-routed-ipv6-only-debian-bullseye.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: Fixing DNS resolution with a routed IPv6-only setup on Debian Bullseye - description: This page helps you to fix DNS resolution with a routed IPv6-only setup on Debian Bullseye + description: This page helps you to fix DNS resolution with a routed IPv6-only setup on Scaleway Instances running Debian Bullseye content: h1: Fixing DNS resolution with a routed IPv6-only setup on Debian Bullseye - paragraph: This page helps you to fix DNS resolution with a routed IPv6-only setup on Debian Bullseye + paragraph: This page helps you to fix DNS resolution with a routed IPv6-only setup on Scaleway Instances running Debian Bullseye tags: dns ipv6 Instance debian bullseye dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2024-01-23 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-lost-ip-connectivity-on-debian-buster.mdx b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-lost-ip-connectivity-on-debian-buster.mdx index 09697c918f..915b973826 100644 --- a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-lost-ip-connectivity-on-debian-buster.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-lost-ip-connectivity-on-debian-buster.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This guide helps recover or avoid unreachable IPv6 instances after transitioning to routed IP on older Debian Buster images. tags: ipv6, routed ip, debian buster dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2024-01-22 categories: - compute diff --git a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-unreachable-ipv6-rhel-based-instance.mdx b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-unreachable-ipv6-rhel-based-instance.mdx index 9de26efc4a..6ec0cd3244 100644 --- a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-unreachable-ipv6-rhel-based-instance.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/fix-unreachable-ipv6-rhel-based-instance.mdx @@ -7,78 +7,84 @@ content: paragraph: This page helps recover or avoid unreachable IPv6 Instances after transitioning to routed IP tags: centos-stream rockylinux almalinux network-manager ipv6 routed ip dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2023-11-16 categories: - compute --- -RHEL-based Instances created before November 15 2023 require a NetworkManager configuration that enables correct IPv6 configuration, after a transition to routed IP is performed. If your Instance is configured only with an IPv6 address, it will become unreachable after the migration. It is important to add the NetworkManager configuration so IPv6 configuration remains correct.
+## Problem + +RHEL-based Instances created before November 15 2023 require a NetworkManager configuration that enables correct IPv6 configuration, after a transition to routed IP is performed. If your Instance is configured only with an IPv6 address, it will become unreachable after the migration. It is important to add the NetworkManager configuration so IPv6 configuration remains correct. The affected O/S distributions are: - CentOS Stream versions 8 and 9 - RockyLinux versions 8 and 9 - AlmaLinux versions 8 and 9 -- Fedora versions 37 and 38 +- Fedora versions 37 and 38. - CentOS 7.9 is not concerned by this issue as it does not support routed IP. + CentOS 7.9 is not concerned by this issue, as it does not support routed IP. - - This guide addresses specific issues related to RHEL-based Instances after transitioning to routed IP. For general information on routed IPs and migration procedures, refer to our [main migration guide](/instances/how-to/migrate-routed-ips/) and the [related FAQ](/faq/instances/#are-there-any-limitations-on-ip-autoconfiguration-with-the-routed-ip-feature). - +This guide addresses specific issues related to RHEL-based Instances after transitioning to routed IP. +For general information on routed IPs and migration procedures, refer to our [main migration guide](/instances/how-to/migrate-routed-ips/) and the [related FAQ](/faq/instances/#are-there-any-limitations-on-ip-autoconfiguration-with-the-routed-ip-feature). + +## Cause + +This issue is caused by a missing NetworkManager configuration for IPv6 address generation mode (`ipv6.addr-gen-mode=0`) on RHEL-based Instances. + +## Possible solution + +There are two scenarios to consider, depending on whether your Instance has been migrated to routed IP or not. -## Your Instance has not been migrated to routed IP yet +### Your Instance has not been migrated to routed IP yet Connect to your Instance and execute the following command as `root` user to add the required NetworkManager option: -``` +```bash cat << EOF > /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/00-scaleway.conf [connection] # The value 0 stands for eui64 -- see nm-settings-nmcli(5) ipv6.addr-gen-mode=0 EOF ``` +### Your Instance has been moved to routed IP -## Your Instance has been moved to routed IP - -If your Instance has been moved to routed IP and you have IPv4 connectivity, add the NetworkManager configuration as outlined in the previous section. After the next reboot, you will recover IPv6 connectivity while IPv4 configuration will remain untouched - -### You only have IPv6 configured so you cannot connect to the Instance anymore +If your Instance has been moved to routed IP and you have IPv4 connectivity, add the NetworkManager configuration as outlined in the previous section. After the next reboot, you will recover IPv6 connectivity while IPv4 configuration will remain untouched. - - Two reboots of your Instance will be required in order to recover IPv6 connectivity. - +#### You only have IPv6 configured so you cannot connect to the Instance anymore -If you are in this situation, you need to temporarily add an IPv4 address to connect to your Instance in order to add the NetworkManager configuration. +Two reboots of your Instance will be required in order to recover IPv6 connectivity. If you are in this situation, you need to temporarily add an IPv4 address to connect to your Instance in order to add the NetworkManager configuration. -``` +```bash scw instance server list ID NAME TYPE STATE ZONE PUBLIC IP PRIVATE IP TAGS IMAGE NAME ROUTED {Instance_ID} rocky8 DEV1-S running fr-par-2 2001:bc8:1210:26a:dc00:ff:fe23:ab83 - [] RockyLinux 8 true - scw instance ip create type=routed_ipv4 server={Instance_ID} scw instance server reboot {Instance_ID} - ``` Once the reboot is completed, list your IP addresses and identify the IPv4 address attached to your Instance: -``` + +```bash $ scw instance ip list ID ADDRESS PREFIX TYPE REVERSE PROJECT SERVER ID SERVER NAME TAGS ZONE {IPv6_address_ID} - 2001:bc8:1210:26a::/64 routed_ipv6 - {project id} {project id} rocky8 [] fr-par-2 {IPv4_address_ID} 51.159.143.128 - routed_ipv4 - {project id} {project id} rocky8 [] fr-par-2 ``` You can now connect to your Instance with the IPv4 address to make the NetworkManager configuration change: -``` + +```bash ssh root@51.159.143.128 cat << EOF > /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/00-scaleway.conf [connection] ipv6.addr-gen-mode=0 EOF ``` + Once modified, reset your Instance to its prior configuration. It is necessary to first detach the IPv4 address before attaching the IPv6 address. -``` + +```bash scw instance server standby {Instance_ID} scw instance server update {Instance_ID} ip=none scw instance server update {Instance_ID} ip={IPv6_address_ID} @@ -87,11 +93,18 @@ scw instance ip delete {IPv4_address_ID} ``` You can now connect using your IPv6 address: -``` + +```bash ssh root@2001:bc8:1210:26a:dc00:ff:fe23:ab83 Warning: Permanently added '2001:bc8:1210:26a:dc00:ff:fe23:ab83' (ED25519) to the list of known hosts. Activate the web console with: systemctl enable --now cockpit.socket - Last login: Wed Nov 15 16:53:09 2023 from 51.159.46.153 [root@rocky8 ~]# -``` \ No newline at end of file +``` + +## Going further +For general information on routed IPs and migration procedures, refer to our [main migration guide](/instances/how-to/migrate-routed-ips/) and the [related FAQ](/faq/instances/#are-there-any-limitations-on-ip-autoconfiguration-with-the-routed-ip-feature). If you still encounter issues, please provide the following information when creating a support ticket: +- Instance ID +- Operating System version +- Current IP configuration +- Steps taken to resolve the issue diff --git a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/index.mdx index ecd9daf1fe..44245aa182 100644 --- a/pages/instances/troubleshooting/index.mdx +++ b/pages/instances/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -1,8 +1,79 @@ --- meta: title: Instances - Troubleshooting - description: Instances Troubleshooting + description: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Scaleway Instances. content: - h1: Instances - Troubleshooting - paragraph: Instances Troubleshooting + paragraph: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Scaleway Instances. +dates: + posted: 2025-03-10 +categories: + - instances --- + + + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + + + + + + + +## Instances troubleshooting pages + +- [Dealing with the end of life of the bootscript feature](/instances/troubleshooting/bootscript-eol/) +- [Troubleshooting SSH connection issues to Instances](/instances/troubleshooting/cant-connect-ssh/) +- [I cannot connect to my Instance using SSH after attaching it to a Private Network](/instances/troubleshooting/cant-connect-to-instance-with-pn-gateway/) +- [Changing the rescue mode of your Instance](/instances/troubleshooting/change-rescue-mode/) +- [Fix broken VPN when switching OpenVPN Instance to routed IP](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-broken-vpn-when-switching-openvpn-vm-to-routed-ip/) +- [Fix the wrong user configuration of cloud-init on Debian 12 (Bookworm)](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-cloud-init-debian12/) +- [Fix common issues with Scaleway Instances](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-common-issues/) +- [Fixing DNS resolution with a routed IPv6-only setup on Debian Bullseye](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-dns-routed-ipv6-only-debian-bullseye/) +- [Fix error when fetching SSH keys on Windows Server 2022](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-error-message-in-scw-fetch-ssh-keys/) +- [Fix long delays when booting without a public IP](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-long-delays-booting-without-public-ip/) +- [Fix lost IPv6 connectivity on old Debian Buster images when migrating to routed IP](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-lost-ip-connectivity-on-debian-buster/) +- [Fixing wrong PPA configuration on Ubuntu Noble Instances](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-noble-wrong-ppa-configuration/) +- [Fix unreachable Ubuntu Focal Instance when it has two public IP adresses](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-unreachable-focal-with-two-public-ips/) +- [Fix unreachable IPv6 RHEL-based Instances after transitioning to routed IP](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-unreachable-ipv6-rhel-based-instance/) +- [Fix unreachable Ubuntu Noble Instances following a reboot](/instances/troubleshooting/fix-unreachable-noble-after-reboot/) +- [Troubleshooting issues with faulty kernel installations](/instances/troubleshooting/reboot-from-faulty-kernel/) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/iot-hub/index.mdx b/pages/iot-hub/index.mdx index f247081be5..8dd6a12d65 100644 --- a/pages/iot-hub/index.mdx +++ b/pages/iot-hub/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> -Find out how to encrypt and decrypt data with Tink in the [dedicated documentation](/key-manager/api-cli/encrypt-decrypt-data-with-km-dek/). \ No newline at end of file +Find out how to encrypt and decrypt data with Tink in the [dedicated documentation](/key-manager/api-cli/encrypt-decrypt-data-with-km-dek/). diff --git a/pages/key-manager/concepts.mdx b/pages/key-manager/concepts.mdx index 13893d8e59..2c8758df45 100644 --- a/pages/key-manager/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/key-manager/concepts.mdx @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ DEKs are **not stored in or managed by Key Manager**. Users are responsible for A cryptographic operation used to convert [ciphertext](#ciphertext) back into its original [plaintext](#plaintext) form, using a key encryption key. -The only way to decrypt an encrypted payload is by using the `Decrypt` [endpoint](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/key-manager/V1/#path-keys-decrypt-data). Since key versions never leave Key Manager, there is no other way to decrypt data outside Key Manager. A payload encrypted with an older key version can still be decrypted. In this case, for convenience, the payload encrypted with the latest key version will be returned, along with the decrypted payload. +The only way to decrypt an encrypted payload is by using the `Decrypt` [endpoint](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/key-manager/#path-keys-decrypt-an-encrypted-payload). Since key versions never leave Key Manager, there is no other way to decrypt data outside Key Manager. A payload encrypted with an older key version can still be decrypted. In this case, for convenience, the payload encrypted with the latest key version will be returned, along with the decrypted payload. ## Encryption diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/concepts.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/concepts.mdx index 68fa5fc6c9..202b14c2e3 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/concepts.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/concepts.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains all the concepts related to Kubernetes Kapsule tags: kubernetes autoheal autoscale auto-upgrade container-runtime cni control-plane kubeconfi kubectl pods replicaset dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-24 categories: - kubernetes --- diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/access-audit-logs.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/access-audit-logs.mdx index b9836c764b..0d639b2b1c 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/access-audit-logs.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/access-audit-logs.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to access the dashboard of your Kubernetes cluster tags: kubernetes kubernetes-kapsule kapsule kosmos cluster audit logs dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2024-01-24 categories: - kubernetes diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/create-kosmos-cluster.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/create-kosmos-cluster.mdx index 5a0f377844..a3e2f93454 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/create-kosmos-cluster.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/create-kosmos-cluster.mdx @@ -42,13 +42,7 @@ Kubernetes Kosmos provides an alternative to a classic [Kubernetes Kapsule](/kub * Specify the Kubernetes **version** for your cluster. 4. Provide a **name** for the cluster. Optionally, you can add a description and tags for better organization. -5. Configure the **Private Network** for the cluster to ensure secure and isolated network communication. Each cluster is auto-configured with a /22 IP subnet. Click **Select Private Network** to: - * Attach an existing Private Network (VPC) within the same Availability Zone from the drop-down menu. - * Attach a new Private Network to the cluster. - - The Private Network cannot be detached, and the cluster cannot be moved to another Private Network post-creation. - -6. Click **Configure pools** to proceed. +5. Click **Configure pools** to proceed. ## Pool configuration @@ -63,10 +57,6 @@ This section outlines the settings for your cluster pools. You can configure as Unsure about the autoheal feature? [Learn more about autoheal.](/kubernetes/concepts/#autoheal) - * Enable full isolation, if required. - - Need more information on full isolation? [Learn more about full isolation.](/kubernetes/reference-content/secure-cluster-with-private-network/#what-is-the-difference-between-controlled-isolation-and-full-isolation) - * For **multi-cloud** pools: * Specify the external nodes to be added to the pool. @@ -85,4 +75,4 @@ This section outlines the settings for your cluster pools. You can configure as To modify any element, click the **Edit** icon next to the respective configuration component. -2. Click **Create cluster** to deploy your cluster. Once deployment is complete, the cluster appears in the clusters list. \ No newline at end of file +2. Click **Create cluster** to deploy your cluster. Once deployment is complete, the cluster appears in the clusters list. diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/delete-cluster.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/delete-cluster.mdx index 56d43bd548..51babf9c38 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/delete-cluster.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/delete-cluster.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to delete a Scaleway Kubernetes Kapsule cluster tags: kubernetes kapsule-cluster kapsule dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-31 categories: - kubernetes diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-image-from-container-registry.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-image-from-container-registry.mdx index 84142484c4..52414029b9 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-image-from-container-registry.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-image-from-container-registry.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to deploy an image from Scaleway Container Registry to Kubernetes Kapsule tags: deploy scaleway-container-registry container-registry kubernetes-kapsule kapsule dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2020-09-20 categories: - container-registry diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-ingress-controller.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-ingress-controller.mdx index 6d0f88eba6..5ef77df30c 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-ingress-controller.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-ingress-controller.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to deploy an ingress controller on a Scaleway Kubernetes Kapsule or Kosmos cluster. tags: deploy kubernetes ingress-controller dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-03 posted: 2021-05-31 categories: - kubernetes diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-x86-arm-images.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-x86-arm-images.mdx index 001d32af7d..4455aff619 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-x86-arm-images.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/deploy-x86-arm-images.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to deploy both x86 and ARM images in Kubernetes tags: kubernetes kapsule arm x86 dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2024-02-29 categories: - kubernetes diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/monitor-cluster.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/monitor-cluster.mdx index ad15c0d761..8d4b6e3897 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/how-to/monitor-cluster.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/how-to/monitor-cluster.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page explains how to monitor your Scaleway Kubernetes Kapsule cluster with Cockpit tags: kubernetes kubernetes-kapsule kapsule cluster observability cockpit dates: - validation: 2024-08-12 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2023-07-24 categories: - kubernetes diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/index.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/index.mdx index fc6d3eef10..6da667c0bf 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/index.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> -Load Balancers for Kubernetes clusters should **always** be provisioned via the cluster's Cloud Controller Manager. It is **not** correct procedure to provision the Load Balancer by creating a Scaleway Load Balancer in the console or via the API, and then attempting to use it as your cluster's external Load Balancer. Similarly, you cannot use the Scaleway console or devtools to edit your cluster's Load Balancer after creation, this must be done via the CCM, as detailed in this documentation. +Load Balancers for Kubernetes clusters should **always** be provisioned via the cluster's Cloud Controller Manager. It is **not** correct procedure to provision the Load Balancer by creating a Scaleway Load Balancer in the console or via the API, and then attempting to use it as your cluster's external Load Balancer. Similarly, you cannot use the Scaleway console or developer tools to edit your cluster's Load Balancer after creation, this must be done via the CCM, as detailed in this documentation. ## Creating a Load Balancer for your cluster: Step by step @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Your Load Balancer will be created with a default configuration unless you defin With annotations, you can configure parameters such as the balancing method, health check settings, and more. -You should **never** try to modify the configuration of your cluster's Load Balancer via the Scaleway console, the API, or any other devtools. Any modifications made this way will be overwritten by the cluster's CCM. You should **always** use annotations as described below to configure your cluster's Load Balancer. +You should **never** try to modify the configuration of your cluster's Load Balancer via the Scaleway console, the API, or any other developer tools. Any modifications made this way will be overwritten by the cluster's CCM. You should **always** use annotations as described below to configure your cluster's Load Balancer. Add annotations to the `metadata` section of your LoadBalancer Service's yaml manifest as shown below. In this example we include two annotations, but you can include as many as you need. diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/move-kubernetes-nodes-routed-ip.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/move-kubernetes-nodes-routed-ip.mdx deleted file mode 100644 index 54cabae06f..0000000000 --- a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/move-kubernetes-nodes-routed-ip.mdx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ ---- -meta: - title: Moving Kubernetes nodes to routed IPs - description: Safely moving Kubernetes nodes to routed IPs -content: - h1: Moving Kubernetes nodes to routed IPs - paragraph: Safely moving Kubernetes nodes to routed IPs -tags: routed-ip ip-mobility kubernetes kapsule kosmos -dates: - validation: 2024-10-17 - posted: 2024-04-22 -categories: - - kubernetes ---- - - - The migration of all Kubernetes nodes to routed IP has been successfully completed. No further action is required on your part. This documentation is retained **for reference purposes only**. - - -As part of our ongoing efforts to enhance infrastructure capabilities and provide better services to our customers, Scaleway is [introducing routed IPs for all products](https://www.scaleway.com/en/news/routed-ips-are-coming-to-all-scaleway-products/), including Kubernetes (K8s) worker nodes. - -One of the standout benefits of routed IPs is their support for [IP mobility](/instances/concepts/#ip-mobility), streamlining IP management and movement within the Scaleway ecosystem. By simplifying the process of reallocating IPs across different products, routed IPs empower users with unprecedented flexibility and control over their network infrastructure. - -Additionally, routed IPs unlock the ability to attach multiple IPv4 addresses to a single Instance, enabling specific functionalities such as IP failover. While this feature may have limited applicability within Kubernetes environments, it offers invaluable flexibility and resilience across other Scaleway products. - - - Routed IPs provide primary support for IPv6, ensuring direct connectivity for IPv6 addresses with Instances. - However, IPv6 support for Kapsule is not yet available due to compatibility limitations with existing Container Network Interfaces (CNIs). - - - - NAT IPs will reach end-of-life on October 1st, 2024. After this date, Scaleway will organize migrations for all clusters to transition to routed IPs. - Migrations are planned region by region: - * For clusters in Warsaw (`pl-waw-1`), the migration is scheduled for October 1st to October 7th, 2024. [Learn more](https://status.scaleway.com/incidents/l45384bsm5w0). - * For clusters in Amsterdam (`nl-ams-1`, `nl-ams-2`, and `nl-ams-3`), the migration is scheduled for October 7 to October 14, 2024. [Learn more](https://status.scaleway.com/incidents/bctz2b9fhpqc). - * For clusters in Paris (`fr-par-1`, `fr-par-2`, and `fr-ar-3`), the migration is scheduled for October 14 to October 21, 2024. [Learn more](https://status.scaleway.com/incidents/1gh354wb3j27). - - -## Moving your Kubernetes nodes to routed IPs - - - -- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) -- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -- Set up a [Kubernetes Kapsule cluster](/kubernetes/how-to/create-cluster/) - - - Kapsule and Kosmos clusters created after April 11th 2024 are deployed with IP mobility enabled by default. For existing clusters, you can manually launch the migration to routed IPs. - - -### Using the Scaleway console - -1. Click **Kubernetes** in the **Containers** section of the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com) side menu. The Kubernetes overview displays. -2. Click the name of the cluster you want to access. The cluster overview page displays. -3. Click the **Network** tab. The cluster network information displays. -4. Click **Move to routed IP** in the **IP address type** section of the page. A pop-up displays. -5. Confirm the move of your worker nodes to routed IPs by typing **MOVE**, then click **Move to routed IPs** to launch the process. - - * This operation is similar to a cluster upgrade. Each node in your cluster will reboot. Ensure that you have more than one node ready in order to avoid downtime. - * Kubernetes clusters use dynamic IPs, meaning nodes may receive new public IPs upon reboot. Users relying on node IPs for filtering/whitelisting should take necessary precautions. - - - The worker nodes of your Kubernetes cluster will reboot during the process and a new flexible IP will be assigned to each worker node. - Once the migration has completed, the IP address type of your cluster will change to **Routed flexible IPs**. - -### Using the API - - - -- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) -- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization -- Created a [Kubernetes cluster](/kubernetes/how-to/create-cluster/) that uses NAT IPs -- A valid [API key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) - -1. Configure the following variables for your Kubernetes cluster: - ``` - REGION=fr-par # The region of your cluster. Can be either "fr-par", "nl-ams", or "pl-waw" - CLUSTER_ID=b69106db-e212-4fff-9584-5da4a47217ed # The ID of your Kubernetes cluster - SCW_SECRET_KEY=196dadd9-5685-42c8-aa71-a34d46861303 # Your Scaleway secret key - ``` -2. Run the following command to launch the migration of existing Kubernetes clusters to routed IPs: - ``` - curl --location "https://api.scaleway.com/k8s/v1/regions/$REGION/clusters/$CLUSTER_ID/migrate-to-routed-ips" --header "x-auth-token: $SCW_SECRET_KEY" --header 'Content-Type: application/json' --data '{}' - ``` - - * Activating routed IPs on Kubernetes nodes will require draining each node before reconfiguration and reboot. Single-node clusters will experience downtime during this process. - It is recommended to have **at least two nodes** and proper configuration to minimize downtime. - * Kubernetes clusters use dynamic IPs, meaning nodes may receive new public IPs upon reboot. Users relying on node IPs for filtering/whitelisting should take necessary precautions. - diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/multi-az-clusters.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/multi-az-clusters.mdx index c7fd4a673f..d5fa962033 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/multi-az-clusters.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/multi-az-clusters.mdx @@ -57,17 +57,17 @@ It is important to note that the scalability and reliability of Kubernetes does ### Prerequisites for setting up a multi-AZ cluster -- Your cluster must be compatible with, and connected to a Private Network. If it is not, you will need to migrate your cluster following the [procedure through the console, API, or Terraform](/kubernetes/reference-content/secure-cluster-with-private-network/). +- Your cluster must be compatible with, and connected to a Private Network. If it is not, you will need to migrate your cluster following the [procedure through the console, API, or Terraform/OpenTofu](/kubernetes/reference-content/secure-cluster-with-private-network/). - Ensure the node types required for your pool are available in your chosen AZs, as not all node types are available in every AZ and stocks might be limited. ### Network configuration -Start by setting up the network for our Kubernetes Kapsule cluster. This setup includes creating a multi-AZ VPC. Using Terraform, we can manage this infrastructure as shown below: +Start by setting up the network for our Kubernetes Kapsule cluster. This setup includes creating a multi-AZ VPC. Using Terraform/OpenTofu, we can manage this infrastructure as shown below: ```hcl -# Terraform configuration for Scaleway Kapsule multi-AZ VPC +# Terraform/OpenTofu configuration for Scaleway Kapsule multi-AZ VPC provider "scaleway" { #... your Scaleway credentials @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ resource "scaleway_vpc_private_network" "pn_multi_az" { Once the network is ready, proceed to create the Kubernetes cluster and node pools spanning multiple AZs. Each node pool should correspond to a different AZ for high availability. ```hcl -# Terraform configuration for Scaleway Kapsule cluster and node pools +# Terraform/OpenTofu configuration for Scaleway Kapsule cluster and node pools resource "scaleway_k8s_cluster" "kapsule_multi_az" { name = "kapsule-multi-az" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ resource "scaleway_k8s_pool" "pool-multi-az" { } ``` -After applying this Terraform configuration, the cluster and node pools will be set up across the defined AZs. +After applying this Terraform/OpenTofu configuration, the cluster and node pools will be set up across the defined AZs. ### Deployments with topologySpreadConstraints @@ -263,11 +263,11 @@ Creating a volume ahead of this could lead to its arbitrary placement in an AZ, This method is an important point to maintain system resilience and operational consistency across multi-AZ deployments. - You now have a brief overview of how to set up a multi-AZ Kubernetes Kapsule cluster on Scaleway. For further information, refer to our complete step-by-step tutorial on [deploying a multi-AZ Kubernetes cluster with Terraform and Kapsule](/tutorials/k8s-kapsule-multi-az/). + You now have a brief overview of how to set up a multi-AZ Kubernetes Kapsule cluster on Scaleway. For further information, refer to our complete step-by-step tutorial on [deploying a multi-AZ Kubernetes cluster with Terraform/OpenTofu and Kapsule](/tutorials/k8s-kapsule-multi-az/). ## Additional resources -* Tutorial [Deploying a multi-AZ Kubernetes cluster with Terraform and Kapsule](/tutorials/k8s-kapsule-multi-az/) -* Complete [Terraform configuration files to deploy a multi-AZ cluster](https://github.com/scaleway/kapsule-terraform-multi-az-tutorial/) +* Tutorial [Deploying a multi-AZ Kubernetes cluster with Terraform/OpenTofu and Kapsule](/tutorials/k8s-kapsule-multi-az/) +* Complete [Terraform/OpenTofu configuration files to deploy a multi-AZ cluster](https://github.com/scaleway/kapsule-terraform-multi-az-tutorial/) * [Official Kubernetes best practices for running clusters in multiple zones](https://kubernetes.io/docs/setup/best-practices/multiple-zones/) diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/secure-cluster-with-private-network.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/secure-cluster-with-private-network.mdx index 8eb3a439be..d21becfb33 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/secure-cluster-with-private-network.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/secure-cluster-with-private-network.mdx @@ -137,10 +137,10 @@ If you wish to allow access to the nodes through a public IP using a specific po 6. Click **Add inbound route** to configure a new rule and customize it according to your requirements. 7. Apply your custom rules by clicking . -### Using Terraform +### Using Terraform/OpenTofu -If you are using Terraform to create your cluster, you can create a security group resource after creating the cluster resource and before creating the pool resource. -You can find a Terraform configuration example below: +If you are using Terraform/OpenTofu to create your cluster, you can create a security group resource after creating the cluster resource and before creating the pool resource. +You can find a Terraform/OpenTofu configuration example below: ```json data "scaleway_k8s_version" "latest" { name = "latest" diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/understanding-differences-kapsule-kosmos.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/understanding-differences-kapsule-kosmos.mdx index 209be20778..ee24d5558e 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/understanding-differences-kapsule-kosmos.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/understanding-differences-kapsule-kosmos.mdx @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Kapsule is Scaleway's **fully managed Kubernetes service**, enabling users to de - Available in multiple Scaleway regions (PAR, AMS, WAW), allowing users to deploy applications closer to their target audience for enhanced performance. - Allows users to deploy, manage, and scale containerized applications using Kubernetes without having to manage the underlying infrastructure. - Automatic scaling, rolling updates, and seamless integration with other Scaleway services like Load Balancers and Object Storage. - - Users can manage their Kubernetes clusters through the Kubernetes API, the intuitive Scaleway console or the Scaleway developer tools (namely [Scaleway CLI](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/) or the [Terraform provider](/terraform/quickstart/). + - Users can manage their Kubernetes clusters through the Kubernetes API, the intuitive Scaleway console or the Scaleway developer tools (namely [Scaleway CLI](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/) or the [Terraform/OpenTofu provider](/terraform/quickstart/). **Kapsule is ideal for:** Developers and organizations seeking to deploy containerized applications with Kubernetes without the operational overhead of managing Kubernetes infrastructure. diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/using-load-balancer-annotations.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/using-load-balancer-annotations.mdx index 26355ff712..c15a58712d 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/using-load-balancer-annotations.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/using-load-balancer-annotations.mdx @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ See the full list of available Load Balancer annotations [here](https://github.c - [Configuring health checks](/load-balancer/reference-content/configuring-health-checks/) -You should **always** use annotations as described below to configure your cluster's Load Balancer. Any modifications made to the configuration of your Kubernetes cluster's Load Balancer via the Scaleway console, the API, or any other devtools, will be **overwritten by the cluster's CCM**. +You should **always** use annotations as described below to configure your cluster's Load Balancer. Any modifications made to the configuration of your Kubernetes cluster's Load Balancer via the Scaleway console, the API, or any other developer tools, will be **overwritten by the cluster's CCM**. The following documentation shows you how to use annotations to fine tune your Load Balancer's configuration. diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/version-support-policy.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/version-support-policy.mdx index ca70468bcf..b7a95951ce 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/version-support-policy.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/reference-content/version-support-policy.mdx @@ -58,16 +58,13 @@ When a minor version becomes unsupported, Scaleway operates an upgrade to the la |--------------------|------------------|----------------------|------------------------------|------------------|-------------------| | 1.31 | August 2024 | October 28, 2025 | December 2, 2024 | December 2, 2025 | February 2, 2026 | | 1.30 | April 2024 | June 28, 2025 | July 9, 2024 | July 9, 2025 | September 9, 2025 | -| 1.29 | December 2023 | February 2025 | February 7, 2024 | February 2025 | April 7, 2025* | -| 1.28 | August 2023 | October 2024 | August 2023 | February 2025* | April 7, 2025* | -| 1.27 | April 2023 | June 2024 | April 2023 | February 2025* | April 7, 2025* | -| 1.26 | December 2022 | February 2024 | February 6, 2023 | February 2025 | March 6, 2025 | -| 1.25 | August 2022 | October 2023 | February 6, 2023 | February 2025 | March 6, 2025 | +| 1.29 | December 2023 | February 2025 | February 7, 2024 | February 2025 | April 7, 2025 | +| 1.28 | August 2023 | October 2024 | August 2023 | February 2025 | April 7, 2025 | +| 1.27 | April 2023 | June 2024 | April 2023 | February 2025 | April 7, 2025 | -* New support policy: from the release of version 1.29, Scaleway's support window has shifted to 14 months. -We are discontinuing extended support for outdated upstream Kubernetes releases to ensure you can always benefit from the latest features, bug fixes, enhanced support and maximum security. -Consequently, versions `1.27` and `1.28` will have corresponding end of support timelines. +Scaleway's support window for Kubernetes releases is 14 months. +Versions prior 1.27 are no longer supported. Please upgrade your clusters to a supported version. ## Version information @@ -95,14 +92,6 @@ The following documentation only lists the main feature changes for each version * Official [release announcement](https://kubernetes.io/blog/2023/04/11/kubernetes-v1-27-release/) * This release consists of 60 enhancements. 18 of those enhancements are entering alpha, 29 are graduating to beta, and 13 are graduating to stable. -### 1.26 -* Official [release announcement](https://kubernetes.io/blog/2022/12/09/kubernetes-v1-26-release/) -* 11 features graduated to GA, 12 features deprecated or removed. - -### 1.25 -* Official [release announcement](https://kubernetes.io/blog/2022/08/23/kubernetes-v1-25-release/) -* 13 enhancements graduated to GA (see announcement for full list). - ## Supported Container Network Interfaces (CNI) Starting from Kubernetes version 1.25 launch: diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/troubleshooting/containers-not-starting-arm-instances.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/troubleshooting/containers-not-starting-arm-instances.mdx index d090c6628d..db130a512d 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/troubleshooting/containers-not-starting-arm-instances.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/troubleshooting/containers-not-starting-arm-instances.mdx @@ -7,19 +7,23 @@ content: paragraph: This page helps you troubleshoot issues related to containers not starting on ARM Instances tags: kapsule arm x86 crashloopbackoff dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2024-02-28 categories: - kubernetes --- +## Problem Containers failing to start on ARM nodes can often be attributed to architecture mismatches. This occurs when container images designed for x86 architecture are deployed on ARM-based nodes. +## Cause The binary instructions in the x86 image are incompatible with ARM processors, causing the kernel on the ARM node to encounter illegal or unknown instructions, resulting in errors. The most common symptom of this issue is the occurrence of `CrashLoopBackOff` errors in Kubernetes. -## Inspecting container image architecture +## Possible solutions + +### Inspecting container image architecture To inspect the architecture of container images, you can use the following steps: @@ -27,8 +31,6 @@ To inspect the architecture of container images, you can use the following steps 2. Extract the image using `docker save` or similar tools. 3. Within the extracted files, locate the image manifest file (usually named `manifest.json`). Open this file and look for the `architecture` field to determine the architecture the image is built for. -## Possible solutions - ### Rebuilding ARM images If you have control over the container image source, consider rebuilding the image specifically for the ARM architecture. diff --git a/pages/kubernetes/troubleshooting/index.mdx b/pages/kubernetes/troubleshooting/index.mdx index d3a9b937ec..a508841b22 100644 --- a/pages/kubernetes/troubleshooting/index.mdx +++ b/pages/kubernetes/troubleshooting/index.mdx @@ -1,8 +1,65 @@ --- meta: title: Kubernetes - Troubleshooting - description: Kubernetes troubleshooting + description: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Kubernetes. content: - h1: Kubernetes - Troubleshooting - paragraph: Kubernetes troubleshooting + paragraph: Find troubleshooting resources for resolving issues with Kubernetes. +dates: + posted: 2025-03-10 +categories: + - serverless --- + + + +## Featured Pages + + + + + + + + + + + + +## Kubernetes troubleshooting pages + +- [Configuring a SQL storage backend in Helm on Scaleway Kubernetes Kapsule](/kubernetes/troubleshooting/configuring-sql-storage-backend-helm/) +- [Containers are not starting on ARM Instances](/kubernetes/troubleshooting/containers-not-starting-arm-instances/) diff --git a/pages/load-balancer/how-to/create-manage-acls.mdx b/pages/load-balancer/how-to/create-manage-acls.mdx index 9a9cfca6d1..dc0125ab7a 100644 --- a/pages/load-balancer/how-to/create-manage-acls.mdx +++ b/pages/load-balancer/how-to/create-manage-acls.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Discover how to create and manage ACLs for Scaleway Load Balancers. Improve security, manage traffic efficiently, and optimize your network setup easily. tags: acl, load-balancer, acls, access-control-list, access, control, HTTP-header, filter, allow, reject, redirect, HTTPSacl load-balancer access-control access-control-list dates: - validation: 2024-08-07 + validation: 2025-02-13 posted: 2022-02-04 categories: - network diff --git a/pages/load-balancer/how-to/create-manage-routes.mdx b/pages/load-balancer/how-to/create-manage-routes.mdx index 1bcfaab875..5e3360bc05 100644 --- a/pages/load-balancer/how-to/create-manage-routes.mdx +++ b/pages/load-balancer/how-to/create-manage-routes.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to efficiently create and manage routes with Scaleway's Load Balancer, ensuring seamless traffic distribution and enhanced network performance. tags: route rules load-balancer sni host-header target-backend dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-05 posted: 2023-02-08 categories: - network diff --git a/pages/load-balancer/how-to/monitor-lb-cockpit.mdx b/pages/load-balancer/how-to/monitor-lb-cockpit.mdx index c696eb5b21..38f45feef6 100644 --- a/pages/load-balancer/how-to/monitor-lb-cockpit.mdx +++ b/pages/load-balancer/how-to/monitor-lb-cockpit.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to efficiently monitor your Scaleway Load Balancer using the intuitive Cockpit dashboard. Enhance your network performance with this step-by-step guide. tags: load-balancer cockpit observability dashboard metrics logs alerts dates: - validation: 2024-08-23 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2023-08-07 categories: - network @@ -21,13 +21,9 @@ You can view your Load Balancer's metrics and logs by using [Scaleway Cockpit](/ - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - [Created a Load Balancer](/load-balancer/how-to/create-load-balancer/) -## How to activate your Cockpit - -Scaleway Cockpit is activated by default if you have created [Scaleway resources integrated with Cockpit](/cockpit/reference-content/cockpit-limitations/#product-integration-into-cockpit). - ## How to access the Grafana dashboard -To view your Load Balancer's metrics and logs, use the Grafana dashboard which is accessible from the Scaleway console: +To view your Load Balancer's metrics and logs via Cockpit, use the Grafana dashboard which is accessible from the Scaleway console: - First, you must create a user and their associated credentials (a username and password) for Grafana - Then, you can use these credentials to access the Grafana dashboard for all your Scaleway products, via the Scaleway console. diff --git a/pages/load-balancer/how-to/resize-lb.mdx b/pages/load-balancer/how-to/resize-lb.mdx index 8dab7d64f4..0094558435 100644 --- a/pages/load-balancer/how-to/resize-lb.mdx +++ b/pages/load-balancer/how-to/resize-lb.mdx @@ -7,13 +7,13 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to resize your Scaleway Load Balancer to a different offer type. Switching to a more powerful Load Balancer can provide higher bandwidth, better performance and allow multi-cloud backend servers. tags: load-balancer resize plan upgrade bandwidth offer dates: - validation: 2024-08-23 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-08-23 categories: - network --- -You can resize an existing Scaleway Load Balancer if you want to switch to a different [offer type](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/network/). This will allow you to access higher bandwidth, better performance and potentially multi-cloud backend servers. Resizing a Load Balancer can be done via the Scaleway console by following the steps below. +You can resize an existing Scaleway Load Balancer if you want to switch to a different [offer type](https://www.scaleway.com/en/pricing/network/#load-balancer). This will allow you to access higher bandwidth, better performance and potentially multi-cloud backend servers. Resizing a Load Balancer can be done via the Scaleway console by following the steps below. diff --git a/pages/load-balancer/reference-content/public-private-accessibility.mdx b/pages/load-balancer/reference-content/public-private-accessibility.mdx index 2b567ae82b..07c155cc61 100644 --- a/pages/load-balancer/reference-content/public-private-accessibility.mdx +++ b/pages/load-balancer/reference-content/public-private-accessibility.mdx @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ A Load Balancer is defined as public when you choose the "public" accessibility - It must have a public IPv4 address, which can either be a new address created along with the Load Balancer, or an existing available flexible IP address held in your account. - It can optionally have an additional public IPv6 address. - The Load Balancer is accessible over the public internet via its public IP address(es), but can optionally also be attached to up to eight different Private Networks. -- It can be configured or deleted using the Scaleway API, console, CLI, Terraform or other devtools. +- It can be configured or deleted using the Scaleway API, console, CLI, Terraform/OpenTofu or other developer tools. - It provides its metrics to [Scaleway Cockpit](/cockpit/concepts/#cockpit), allows the use of Let's Encrypt certificates, and (if the appropriate Load Balancer type is selected), supports multi-cloud IP addresses for its backend servers. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ A Load Balancer is defined as private when you choose the "private" accessibilit - It has no public IP address for sending requests or initiating TCP connections. - It only listens to requests or connections sent to its interface(s) on the [Private Network(s)](/vpc/concepts/#private-networks) it is attached to. It is not accessible over the public internet. - Like a public Load Balancer, it can be attached to up to eight different Private Networks. -- It can be configured or deleted using the Scaleway API, console, CLI, Terraform, or other devtools. +- It can be configured or deleted using the Scaleway API, console, CLI, Terraform/OpenTofu, or other developer tools. - It provides its metrics to [Scaleway Cockpit](/cockpit/concepts/#cockpit), even though there is no traffic. - It does not allow the use of a Let's Encrypt [certificate](/load-balancer/concepts/#certificate) - only imported certificates are supported. - It does not support multi-cloud IP addresses for its backend servers, since it is not directly connected to the internet. Routes to them are thus, not guaranteed. diff --git a/pages/load-balancer/reference-content/sni-route-deprecation.mdx b/pages/load-balancer/reference-content/sni-route-deprecation.mdx index 11def42332..7e1119bd8e 100644 --- a/pages/load-balancer/reference-content/sni-route-deprecation.mdx +++ b/pages/load-balancer/reference-content/sni-route-deprecation.mdx @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Find below some sample configurations for HTTP Host header routes to HTTP backen ``` - + Assuming you are managing a route resource to a backend using HTTP protocol with the following resource definition: ```bash diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/api-cli/logical-replication-as-subscriber.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/api-cli/logical-replication-as-subscriber.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5b951b85d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/api-cli/logical-replication-as-subscriber.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Setting up logical replication as a subscriber in PostgreSQL + description: Learn how to set up and use logical replication as a subscriber in PostgreSQL to migrate your database with zero downtime +content: + h1: Setting up logical replication as a subscriber in PostgreSQL + paragraph: This page explains how to set up and use logical replication as a subscriber in PostgreSQL to migrate your database to Scaleway, with zero downtime and real-time data synchronization +tags: postgresql logical replication subscriber migration database +dates: + validation: 2025-02-20 + posted: 2025-02-20 +--- + +The logical replication of databases as a subscriber is available with [PostgreSQL 16](/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/pg-version-updates#postgresql-16), which is now supported in Scaleway's Managed Databases for PostgreSQL. + +The feature allows you to replicate data from a non-managed database to a Managed Database for PostgreSQL in real-time, without having to replicate the entire database and keep them in sync, without having to take the original database offline or lock it for an extended period. + + + At Scaleway we use a public interface to connect to an external database, even when you use a private endpoint. The connection, however, is completely secure as all ports are closed and outgoing data is encrypted. Learn more in the [Limitations section](#limitations) of this page. + + +Logical replication is especially useful when migrating your databases to Scaleway's Managed Databases. + +By setting up the new database as a subscriber to the original database you can ensure: + - **Zero-downtime** - Migrate your data without taking the original database offline. Your applications can continue to write data on the original database while the new database is being populated. + - **Real-time data synchronization** - The subscriber database receives updates in real-time, ensuring that data is consistent across the two databases. + - **Flexible migration windows** - You can choose when to switch your application to the new database, without having to worry about data consistency. Logical replication ensures that the new database is always up-to-date with the latest changes in the original database. + - **Easy rollback** - If you encounter issues during migration, such as data corruption and application issues, you can point your application back to the original database. Since the subscriber database constantly keeps a copy of the data in sync with the publisher, you can avoid data loss or inconsistencies. + + +## How to set up the subscription + +To be able to create a subscription, you must have the privileges of the `pg_create_subscription` role, as well as CREATE privileges on the current database. + +1. Grant `pg_create_subscription` and CREATE privileges to your role of choice. In this example we use `my_replication_user`. Make sure you replace all variables with the information of your databases. + + + You must follow the step below as an admin. Only users with admin rights can grant `pg_create_subscription` to other users. + + + ```sql + GRANT pg_create_subscription TO my_replication_user; + GRANT CREATE ON DATABASE my_database TO my_replication_user; + ``` +2. Create a publication in the original database to define which tables and schemas will be replicated. In the example below we include all tables in the database. + + Refer to the official [Create Publication](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/16/sql-createpublication.html) PostgreSQL documentation to learn how to detail the specific tables or schemas. + + + ```sql + CREATE PUBLICATION my_publication FOR ALL TABLES; + ``` +3. Subscribe the subscriber database to the publication created in the previous step. This will create a subscription that connects both databases. + + Subscriptions in the same database cannot have the same name. + + + ```sql + CREATE SUBSCRIPTION my_subscription + CONNECTION 'host=publisher_host port=5432 user=my_replication_user password=my_password dbname=my_database' + PUBLICATION my_publication; + ``` +4. Run the commands below to respectively grant the user read access to the subscription, and to check its statistics. This helps you make sure the subscription was successful. You can check the number of pending changes and last error message in the output. + ```sql + GRANT pg_read_all_stats TO my_replication_user; + SELECT * FROM pg_stat_subscription; + ``` +5. Run the command below to get a table containing data about all subscriptions defined in the database. This data includes the subscription ID, name, owner, and whether the subscription is enabled or not. + ```sql + SELECT subname, subenabled, subenabled, subslotname, subpublications FROM pg_catalog.pg_subscription; + ``` + + Refer to the official [PostgreSQL documentation](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/catalog-pg-subscription.html) for more information on the `pg_subscription` catalog. + + + +## Limitations + +When creating a subscription from a Scaleway Database Instance to a public IP, the public interface of the Database Instance node is used to connect to the publisher. This might incur in the following consequences: + +- If you only have a private endpoint, your Database Instance will still have a public management IP address. The ports are all closed, stopping all connections except the one with the publisher database. All outgoing data is securely encrypted. +- If your Database Instance set-up is composed of more than one node, your IP address is subject to change. In case of failover, for example, the IP address connecting to the publisher database will change. We cannot predict the new IP your nodes might take. However, you can use [Scaleway's Autonomous System](https://ipinfo.io/AS12876) to check the number (ASN) of your primary node's IP address, and look up the IP address allocation for the ASN. This can help you predict the IP address of your failover nodes. +- There is a limit to the number of subscriptions that can be created per Database Instance offer. You can find the table of maximum number of subscriptions per node type below. + +| Node Type | Maximum subscriptions | +| :--- | :--- | +| db-dev-s | 2 | +| db-dev-m | 4 | +| db-dev-l | 8 | +| db-dev-xl | 12 | +| db-gp-xs | 16 | +| db-gp-s | 16 | +| db-gp-m | 16 | +| db-gp-l | 16 | +| db-gp-xl | 16 | +| db-play2-pico | 2 | +| db-play2-nano | 4 | +| db-pro2-xxs | 8 | +| db-pro2-xs | 16 | +| db-pro2-s | 16 | +| db-pro2-m | 16 | +| db-pro2-l | 16 | +| db-pop2-2c-8g | 8 | +| db-pop2-4c-16g | 16 | +| db-pop2-8c-32g | 16 | +| db-pop2-16c-64g | 16 | +| db-pop2-32c-128g | 16 | + diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/api-cli/using-pgcron.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/api-cli/using-pgcron.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a8239db80 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/api-cli/using-pgcron.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Setting up and using the pg_cron extension + description: This page explains how to set up and use the pg_cron extension. +content: + h1: Setting up and using the pg_cron extension + paragraph: This page explains how to set up and use the pg_cron extension on Scaleway's Managed Databases for PostgreSQL. +tags: managed-database postgresql pg_cron pg-extensions +dates: + validation: 2025-02-18 + posted: 2025-02-18 +categories: + - managed-databases + - postgresql-and-mysql +--- + +The pg_cron extension for PostgreSQL is used to execute periodic tasks. You can schedule SQL tasks, such as queries and data imports, using jobs that run at the intervals you set. On a daily, weekly or monthly basis, for example. + +The `pg_cron` extension is available with Scaleway Managed Databases for PostgreSQL. The extension is natively loaded in the `shared_preload_libraries` of the Database Instances by default. + + + +- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) +- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization +- A [Database Instance](/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-a-database/) running a PostgreSQL engine + +## Installing pg_cron + + + The `pg_cron` extension can only be installed in the `rdb` database, which is created by default upon Database Instance creation. To run jobs in another database, you can use the [schedule_in_database](#scheduling-jobs-in-other-databases) function. + + +Run the following command to install the extension: + +```sql +rdb=> CREATE EXTENSION pg_cron; +CREATE EXTENSION +``` + +## Configuring pg_cron + +To fully use the extension, you must grant read/write rights to the user who will be running the `pg_cron` functions to manage jobs on the database. + + + Refer to the [How to add users to a PostgreSQL or MySQL Database Instance](/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-users) documentation for more information. + + +## Scheduling jobs + +Jobs allow you to define the SQL command or task you want to run based on a cron schedule. + +To schedule jobs, you can run the following command in the SQL client: +```sql +SELECT cron.schedule( + '${JOB_NAME}', + '${SCHEDULE_SPEC}', + $$ + ${SQL_COMMAND} + $$ +); +``` + +Replace the variables with the corresponding information: + +- `${JOB_NAME}` - set a name for the job +- `${SCHEDULE_SPEC}` - the schedule specification in [cron format](/serverless-jobs/reference-content/cron-schedules/) +- `${SQL_COMMAND}` - the SQL command to be executed. Depending on the command, you might need to specify other parameters. + +### Examples + +**Deleting old data** + +You can run the command below to delete old data from the `events` table every Saturday at 3:30am: + +```sql +SELECT cron.schedule('30 3 * * 6', $$DELETE FROM events WHERE event_time < now() - interval '1 week'$$); +``` + +**Scheduling a VACUUM job** + +You can run the command below to execute the VACUUM task every day at 10:00am. + +```sql +SELECT cron.schedule('nightly-vacuum', '0 10 * * *', 'VACUUM'); +``` + +## Listing jobs + +To list all scheduled jobs, you can run the following command: + +```sql +SELECT * FROM cron.job; +``` +Each job is represented by a record. You can see the following information in the response: + +- `jobid` - a unique job ID +- `schedule` - the schedule specification in cron format +- `command` - the SQL command +- `database`, `username`, `nodename`, `nodeport` - connection details +- `active` - whether the job is active or not +- `jobname` - the name of the job + +```sql +-[ RECORD 1 ]------------------------------------------------------------- +jobid | 1 +schedule | 30 3 * * 6 +command | DELETE FROM events WHERE event_time < now() - interval '1 week' +nodename | /var/run/postgresql +nodeport | 5432 +database | rdb +username | myuser +active | t +jobname | +-[ RECORD 2 ]------------------------------------------------------------- +jobid | 2 +schedule | 0 10 * * * +command | VACUUM +nodename | /var/run/postgresql +nodeport | 5432 +database | rdb +username | myuser +active | t +jobname | nightly-vacuum +``` + +## Unscheduling jobs + +To unschedule a job, you can run the following command: + +```sql +SELECT cron.unschedule('${JOB_ID}'); +``` +Replace `${JOB_ID}` with the ID of the job you want to unschedule. + +### Examples + +To unschedule the jobs set in the previous section, you can run: + +```sql +SELECT cron.unschedule(1); +``` + +or + +```sql +SELECT cron.unschedule('nightly-vacuum'); +``` + +## Scheduling jobs in other databases + +To schedule a job in another database, you can use the `schedule_in_database` function. + +In the example below we create a job to insert values into another table. + +```sql +SELECT cron.schedule_in_database('job-in-another-db', '0 12 * * *', 'INSERT INTO public.another_db_table values (now())', 'mydb'); +``` + + The `cron.schedule_in_database` function runs jobs as the user who created them. Therefore, you need to connect as said user to execute the job. This function does not allow specifying a different user, as it would require superuser privileges. + + + +## Editing jobs + +To edit a job, you can use the `alter_job` function. + +In the example below we alter an existing job to run in a different database. You must specify the `job_id` and `database`. + +```sql +SELECT cron.alter_job(job_id:=3,database:='anotherdb'); +``` + +## Cron specifications + +Schedules in `pg_cron` use the standard Cron syntax: + +``` +┌───────────── min (0 - 59) +│ ┌────────────── hour (0 - 23) +│ │ ┌─────────────── day of month (1 - 31) or last day of the month ($) +│ │ │ ┌──────────────── month (1 - 12) +│ │ │ │ ┌───────────────── day of week (0 - 6) (0 to 6 are Sunday to +│ │ │ │ │ Saturday, or use names; 7 is also Sunday) +│ │ │ │ │ +│ │ │ │ │ +* * * * * +``` + + + Refer to the [Cron schedules reference](/serverless-jobs/reference-content/cron-schedules/) for a detailed description of the cron format and examples. + + +### How to configure your schedule timezone + +The time zone of the `pg_cron` extension can be changed in the advanced settings of the Database Instance. By default, the time zone is set to GMT. + + + The `cron.timezone` setting is only available with [PostgreSQL 16](/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/pg-version-updates#postgresql-16). + + +1. Go to the **Advanced settings** of your Database Instance in the Scaleway console. +2. Click . +3. Click **+ Add parameters**. +4. Select `cron.timezone` in the drop-down. +5. Enter the time zone of your choice. + + Refer to the [official PostgreSQL documentation](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/datatype-datetime.html#DATATYPE-TIMEZONES) for more information about timezone conventions. + +6. Click to validate. + + The configuration takes a few seconds to be applied. During this time the Database Instance connection remains uninterrupted. However, you must wait until the new configuration is applied to edit your advanced settings again. + diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-a-database.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-a-database.mdx index b34d3a8d72..776a671a5b 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-a-database.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-a-database.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to add a new database to your PostgreSQL and MySQL Database Instances. tags: managed-database database postgresql ferretdb database-instance mongodb dates: - validation: 2024-08-13 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2023-08-01 categories: - managed-databases diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-users.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-users.mdx index 3ca702bca4..c5508baa0d 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-users.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/add-users.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Steps to add users to your PostgreSQL and MySQL databases. tags: managed-database database postgresql mysql database-instance dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2019-09-21 categories: - managed-databases diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/connect-database-instance.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/connect-database-instance.mdx index 19201d329f..093a7fcfd9 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/connect-database-instance.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/connect-database-instance.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to connect to your PostgreSQL and MySQL Database Instances. tags: postgresql mysql database-instance managed-database database dates: - validation: 2024-09-02 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2023-02-16 categories: - managed-databases diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/connect-database-private-network.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/connect-database-private-network.mdx index 323c17fc4e..b05438591e 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/connect-database-private-network.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/connect-database-private-network.mdx @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ You can create new Database Instances to attach to your Private Network, or atta - Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform. + Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform/OpenTofu. 6. Click **Attach to Private Network** to conclude. @@ -63,12 +63,6 @@ Managed Databases for PostgreSQL and MySQL are currently not compatible with the You can use Public Gateways in [SSH bastion](/public-gateways/how-to/use-ssh-bastion/) mode and perform port forwarding. - - If you are using Scaleway Kubernetes Kapsule, you can use the [scaleway-k8s-vpc](https://github.com/Sh4d1/scaleway-k8s-vpc) GitHub project to connect a Database Instance to your pods using a Private Network.

- Once your Kapsule node is connected to the Private Network you can directly reach the database by using the assigned service IP. There is no need to expose it through a Kubernetes resource like a service. The database is ready to use out of the box.

- **The `scaleway-k8s-vpc` is not an officially supported by Scaleway.** - - ## How to detach a Database Instance from a Private Network 1. Click **PostgreSQL and MySQL** under **Managed Databases** on the side menu. A list of your Database Instances displays. diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-a-database.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-a-database.mdx index 2c665e9c64..b6f4e2effb 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-a-database.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-a-database.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Step-by-step guide to creating a PostgreSQL or MySQL Database Instance on Scaleway. tags: postgresql mysql database-instance managed-database database dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2019-05-11 categories: - managed-databases @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Compared to traditional database management, which requires customers to provide - Choose your storage type and capacity. Two types of storage are available: - **Block Storage Legacy** - With this type, your storage is decoupled from your compute resources. You can increase your storage space without changing your node type. You can define your storage capacity by entering the desired amount in the box. The volume can be increased up to 10 TB. - - **Block Storage**: This storage type works like the [Block Storage Legacy](/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/concepts/#block-storage-legacy), while providing lower latency and high resiliency through 5k IOPS. You can increase your volume to up to 10 TB. + - **Block Storage**: This storage type works like Block Storage Legacy, while providing lower latency and high resiliency through 5k or 15k IOPS. You can increase your volume to up to 10 TB. - **Local SSD Storage** - Your storage is fixed and tied to your compute resource. diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-read-replica.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-read-replica.mdx index 2403d35bb4..1cbd8ec920 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-read-replica.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/create-read-replica.mdx @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ Read Replicas allow you to scale your Database Instance for read-heavy database - **Private Networks** - Private Networks allow you to create virtual Private Networks for your Databases, enabling them to communicate in an isolated network without the need for a public IP address. If you select this option, you must select an existing Private Network to attach to your Read Replica. - Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform. + Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform/OpenTofu. - If you select **Public network**, you can [attach a Private Network](/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/manage-read-replica/#how-to-manage-private-networks) to your Read Replica after its creation. If you chose to attach your Read Replica to a Private Network, you will not be able to add a Public Network to the same Read Replica later via the Scaleway console. You can, however, use the [Managed Databases API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/managed-database-postgre-mysql/) to do so via a command line or Terraform. + If you select **Public network**, you can [attach a Private Network](/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/manage-read-replica/#how-to-manage-private-networks) to your Read Replica after its creation. If you choose to attach your Read Replica to a Private Network, you will not be able to add a Public Network to the same Read Replica later via the Scaleway console. You can, however, use the [Managed Databases API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/managed-database-postgre-mysql/) to do so via a command line or Terraform/OpenTofu. 7. Click **Create Read Replica**. A list of your Read Replicas displays. diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/delete-db.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/delete-db.mdx index e7dfb5d995..239974ad81 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/delete-db.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/delete-db.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Guide to deleting databases in your PostgreSQL and MySQL Database Instances. tags: managed-database postgresql mysql dates: - validation: 2024-08-13 + validation: 2025-02-17 posted: 2023-08-01 categories: - managed-databases diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/manage-read-replica.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/manage-read-replica.mdx index 036c074a1e..c3b1becf46 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/manage-read-replica.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/how-to/manage-read-replica.mdx @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ You can attach and detach your Read Replica to a Private Network even after its 4. Click > **Attach Private Network** next to the name of your selected Read Replica. A pop-up displays. 5. Select **Create and attach a new Private Network**. - Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform. + Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform/OpenTofu. 6. Click **Attach Private Network**. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ You can attach and detach your Read Replica to a Private Network even after its 4. Click > **Attach Private Network** next to the name of your selected Read Replica. A pop-up displays. 5. Select an existing Private Network to attach to your Read Replica. - Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform. + Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform/OpenTofu. 6. Click **Attach to Private Network** to confirm. diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/pg-version-updates.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/pg-version-updates.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99332bb035 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/pg-version-updates.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +--- +meta: + title: PostgreSQL version updates + description: Learn more about the latest updates and features available in each PostgreSQL version at Scaleway +content: + h1: PostgreSQL version updates + paragraph: Stay up-to-date with the latest features and improvements in each PostgreSQL version, and learn how to take advantage of them in your Scaleway Managed Databases +tags: databases postgresql versions updates features +dates: + validation: 2025-02-24 +categories: + - managed-databases + - postgresql-and-mysql +--- + +This page lists updates for PostreSQL versions and their corresponding features that are supported at Scaleway. + +## PostgreSQL 16 + +Find below the new features and updates available with PostgreSQL 16. + +## Roles + +The `RDB` admin role can now assign the following predefined roles: + +| Role | Description | +| :--- | :--- | +| `pg_read_all_data` | Has the right to read all data as if they have SELECT rights on objects and USAGE rights on schemas, without explicitly having said rights. | +| `pg_write_all_data`| Has the right to read all data as if they have INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE rights on objects and USAGE rights on schemas, without explicitly having said rights. | +| `pg_read_all_settings`| Has the right to read all configuration variables. | +| `pg_read_all_stats` | Has the right to read all `pg_stat_*` views and use statistics related extensions. | +| `pg_stat_scan_tables` | Has the right to run monitoring functions that may take ACCESS SHARE locks on tables, potentially for a long time. | +| `pg_monitor`| Has the right to read and execute various monitoring views and functions. | +| `pg_signal_backend` | Has the right to signal another backend to cancel a query or terminate its session. | +| `pg_checkpoint` | Has the right to execute the CHECKPOINT command. | +| `pg_create_subscription` | Has the right to issue CREATE SUBSCRIPTION, if they have CREATE permissions on the database. | + + + Refer to the official [Predefined Roles](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/16/predefined-roles.html) PostgreSQL documentation for a more detailed description of the roles above. + + +## Features + +New features are available with PostgreSQL 16: + +- The logical replication of databases as a subscriber is now supported. Refer to the [Setting up logical replication as a subscriber in PostgreSQL](/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/api-cli/logical-replication-as-subscriber) documentation page for more information. +- Passwords are now encrypted using the `SCRAM-SHA-256` setting. If you upgrade your engine and are currently using MD5, you also have to migrate to SCRAM-SHA-256. Refer to the official [Password Authentication](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/auth-password.html#AUTH-PASSWORD) PostgreSQL documentation to learn how to do so. +- Support of the Timescale [pre-restore](https://docs.timescale.com/api/latest/administration/#timescaledb_pre_restore) and [post-restore](https://docs.timescale.com/api/latest/administration/#timescaledb_post_restore) features. They allow you to restore the database using `pg_restore`. + +## Extensions + +The following extensions were also upgraded. + +- **PostGIS** - [3.5](https://postgis.net/tags/3.5/) +- **PG GEOS** - 3.13 native with PostGIS 3.5 +- **Timescale** - [2.17](https://github.com/timescale/timescaledb/releases/tag/2.17.0) +- **pgRouting** - [3.6.2](https://github.com/pgRouting/pgrouting/releases/tag/v3.6.2) +- **pgvector** - [0.8.0](https://github.com/pgvector/pgvector/releases/tag/v0.8.0) +- **H3 PG** - [4.1.4](https://github.com/zachasme/h3-pg/releases/tag/v4.1.4) + +## Advanced settings + +These are the new advanced settings available with PostgreSQL 16: + +### Autovaccum + +- `autovacuum_vacuum_insert_scale_factor` +- `autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold` +- `autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor` +- `autovacuum_vacuum_threshold` + +Refer to the official [Autovaccum](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/16/routine-vacuuming.html#AUTOVACUUM) PostgreSQL documentation for more information. + +### Error reporting and logging + +- `cron.timezone` +- `log_checkpoints` +- `log_lock_waits` +- `log_min_duration_statement` +- `log_replication_commands` +- `log_temp_files` + +Refer to the official [Error reporting and logging](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/16/runtime-config-logging.html) PostgreSQL documentation for more information. + +### PG stats parameters + +- `pg_stat_statements.max` +- `pg_stat_statements.track` +- `pg_stat_statements.track_utility` + +Refer to the official [PG stats parameters](https://www.postgresql.org/docs/16/pgstatstatements.html#PGSTATSTATEMENTS-CONFIG-PARAMS) PostgreSQL documentation for more information. + diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/postgresql-extensions.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/postgresql-extensions.mdx index 093c9ebfbe..4a66b7009c 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/postgresql-extensions.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-postgresql-and-mysql/reference-content/postgresql-extensions.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn more about the PostgreSQL extensions available at Scaleway and explore best configuration practices tags: databases postgresql extensions pgaudit pgrestore dates: - validation: 2024-09-04 + validation: 2025-03-11 categories: - managed-databases - postgresql-and-mysql diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/how-to/create-a-database-for-redis.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/how-to/create-a-database-for-redis.mdx index 81c5190bde..0faa216dad 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/how-to/create-a-database-for-redis.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/how-to/create-a-database-for-redis.mdx @@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ Managed Database for Redis™* is a low-latency caching solution base - Select a node type. 4. Configure your Network. You can select either: - - **Private Network**: allows your databases to communicate in an isolated and secure network without requiring a public IP address. If you select this option, you must either: + - **Attach to Private Network**: allows your databases to communicate in an isolated and secure network without requiring a public IP address. If you select this option, you must either: - select an existing Private Network to attach from the drop-down or - create and attach a new one - If you want to use Private Networks, you must select the option upon creation. It is not possible to add the Redis™ Database Instance to a Private Network once it has been created. - - Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform. + - Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform/OpenTofu. - Managed Databases for Redis™ are currently not compatible with the [Static NAT](/public-gateways/concepts/#nat) feature of [Scaleway Public Gateways](/public-gateways/concepts/#public-gateway). You can use Public Gateways in [SSH bastion](/public-gateways/how-to/use-ssh-bastion/) mode and perform port forwarding. - - **Public network**: resources in a public network are publicly visible by default. The default Access Control List (ACL) settings allow anybody to connect to resources in your network. You can restrict access by configuring ACLs. + - **Set up public connectivity**: resources in a public network are publicly visible by default. The default Access Control List (ACL) settings allow anybody to connect to resources in your network. You can restrict access by configuring ACLs. 5. Complete the remaining steps in the creation wizard: - Create credentials: add a name and set a password for your user. diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/how-to/delete-a-database-for-redis.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/how-to/delete-a-database-for-redis.mdx index 7490bf1f45..2eefc5f118 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/how-to/delete-a-database-for-redis.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/how-to/delete-a-database-for-redis.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Instructions for deleting a Redis™ database on Scaleway. tags: managed-database database redis dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2022-06-27 categories: - managed-databases diff --git a/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/quickstart.mdx b/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/quickstart.mdx index ac2913c784..ad61c72c64 100644 --- a/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/quickstart.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-databases-for-redis/quickstart.mdx @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Managed Database for Redis™ is a low-latency caching solution based on in-memo - Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform. + Your private IP addresses are automatically allocated. They are managed via an IP Address Manager (IPAM). You can retrieve them on the Private Network tab of your Database Instance. To allocate IPs manually, you can use the Scaleway API and CLI, or Terraform/OpenTofu. - **Public network**: resources in a public network are publicly visible by default. The default Access Control List (ACL) settings allow anybody to connect to resources in your network. You can restrict access by configuring ACLs. diff --git a/pages/managed-inference/how-to/monitor-deployment.mdx b/pages/managed-inference/how-to/monitor-deployment.mdx index 5ee59a2b22..75521be1fe 100644 --- a/pages/managed-inference/how-to/monitor-deployment.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-inference/how-to/monitor-deployment.mdx @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ This documentation page shows you how to monitor your Managed Inference deployme 3. Click the **Monitoring** tab of your deployment. The Cockpit overview displays. 4. Click **Open Grafana metrics dashboard** to open your Cockpit's Grafana interface. 5. Authenticate with your [Grafana credentials](/cockpit/how-to/retrieve-grafana-credentials/). The Grafana dashboard displays. -6. Select your Managed Inference dashboard from the [list of your managed dashboards](/cockpit/how-to/access-grafana-and-managed-dashboards/) to visualize your metrics. \ No newline at end of file +6. Select your Managed Inference dashboard from the [list of your preconfigured dashboards](/cockpit/how-to/access-grafana-and-managed-dashboards/) to visualize your metrics. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/managed-inference/index.mdx b/pages/managed-inference/index.mdx index 93bded41ae..b64cf7ee02 100644 --- a/pages/managed-inference/index.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-inference/index.mdx @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ meta: /> Despite efforts for accuracy, the possibility of generated text containing inaccuracies or [hallucinations](/managed-inference/concepts/#hallucinations) exists. Always verify the content generated independently. - \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/mistral-nemo-instruct-2407.mdx b/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/mistral-nemo-instruct-2407.mdx index ccf76d3d0e..79859b4b07 100644 --- a/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/mistral-nemo-instruct-2407.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/mistral-nemo-instruct-2407.mdx @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ meta: content: h1: Understanding the Mistral-nemo-instruct-2407 model paragraph: This page provides information on the Mistral-nemo-instruct-2407 model -tags: +tags: dates: - validation: 2024-08-20 + validation: 2025-02-24 posted: 2024-08-20 categories: - ai-data diff --git a/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/mistral-small-24b-instruct-2501.mdx b/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/mistral-small-24b-instruct-2501.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9b19c023d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/mistral-small-24b-instruct-2501.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +--- +meta: + title: Understanding the Mistral-small-24b-base-2501 model + description: Deploy your own secure Mistral-small-24b-base-2501 model with Scaleway Managed Inference. Privacy-focused, fully managed. +content: + h1: Understanding the Mistral-small-24b-base-2501 model + paragraph: This page provides information on the Mistral-small-24b-base-2501 model +tags: +dates: + validation: 2025-03-04 + posted: 2025-03-04 +categories: + - ai-data +--- + +## Model overview + +| Attribute | Details | +|-----------------|------------------------------------| +| Provider | [Mistral](https://mistral.ai/technology/#models) | +| Compatible Instances | L40S, H100, H100-2 (FP8) | +| Context size | 32K tokens | + +## Model name + +```bash +mistral/mistral-small-24b-instruct-2501:fp8 +``` + +## Compatible Instances + +| Instance type | Max context length | +| ------------- |-------------| +| L40 | 20k (FP8) | +| H100 | 32k (FP8) | +| H100-2 | 32k (FP8) | + +## Model introduction + +Mistral Small 24B Instruct is a state-of-the-art transformer model of 24B parameters, built by Mistral. +This model is open-weight and distributed under the Apache 2.0 license. + +## Why is it useful? + +- Mistral Small 24B offers a large context window of up to 32k tokens and provide both conversational and reasoning capabilities. +- This model supports multiple languages, including English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Dutch, and Polish. +- It supersedes Mistral Nemo Instruct, although its tokens throughput is slightly lower. + +## How to use it + +### Sending Inference requests + +To perform inference tasks with your Mistral model deployed at Scaleway, use the following command: + +```bash +curl -s \ +-H "Authorization: Bearer " \ +-H "Content-Type: application/json" \ +--request POST \ +--url "https://.ifr.fr-par.scaleway.com/v1/chat/completions" \ +--data '{"model":"mistral/mistral-small-24b-instruct-2501:fp8", "messages":[{"role": "user","content": "Tell me about Scaleway."}], "top_p": 1, "temperature": 0.7, "stream": false}' +``` + +Make sure to replace `` and `` with your actual [IAM API key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) and the Deployment UUID you are targeting. + + + Ensure that the `messages` array is properly formatted with roles (system, user, assistant) and content. + + +### Receiving Managed Inference responses + +Upon sending the HTTP request to the public or private endpoints exposed by the server, you will receive inference responses from the managed Managed Inference server. +Process the output data according to your application's needs. The response will contain the output generated by the LLM model based on the input provided in the request. + + + Despite efforts for accuracy, the possibility of generated text containing inaccuracies or [hallucinations](/managed-inference/concepts/#hallucinations) exists. Always verify the content generated independently. + diff --git a/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/openai-compatibility.mdx b/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/openai-compatibility.mdx index aeebafa3ec..f06220cb11 100644 --- a/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/openai-compatibility.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/openai-compatibility.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: This page provides information on Scaleway's managed inference compatibility with OpenAI's REST API tags: ai-data chat embeddings dates: - validation: 2024-08-26 + validation: 2025-03-02 posted: 2024-05-06 categories: - ai-data diff --git a/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/pixtral-12b-2409.mdx b/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/pixtral-12b-2409.mdx index 4899e8a3d6..4ccaca93b5 100644 --- a/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/pixtral-12b-2409.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-inference/reference-content/pixtral-12b-2409.mdx @@ -160,7 +160,9 @@ Process the output data according to your application's needs. The response will Only bitmaps can be analyzed by Pixtral, PDFs and videos are not supported. #### Is there a limit to the size of each image? -The only limitation is in context window (1 token for each 16x16 pixel). +Images size are limited: +- Directly by the maximum context window. As an example, since tokens are squares of 16x16 pixels, the maximum context window taken by a single image is `4096` tokens (ie. `(1024*1024)/(16*16)`) +- Indirectly by the model accuracy: resolution above 1024x1024 will not increase model output accuracy. Indeed, images above 1024 pixels width or height will be automatically downscaled to fit within 1024x1024 dimension. Note that image ratio and overall aspect is preserved (images are not cropped, only additionaly compressed). #### What is the maximum amount of images per conversation? One conversation can handle up to 12 images (per request). The 13rd will return a 413 error. diff --git a/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-instance.mdx b/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-instance.mdx index beef5ade7e..1fde092b89 100644 --- a/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-instance.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-instance.mdx @@ -1,25 +1,24 @@ --- meta: - title: How to connect to a MongoDB® Database Instance + title: How to connect to a Managed MongoDB® Database Instance description: This page explains how to connect to a MongoDB® Database Instance content: - h1: How to connect to a MongoDB® Database Instance + h1: How to connect to a Managed MongoDB® Database Instance paragraph: This page explains how to connect to a MongoDB® Database Instance tags: mongodb mongodb document database-instance managed-database database dates: - validation: 2024-09-18 + validation: 2025-03-11 posted: 2024-09-18 categories: - managed-databases --- -Managed MongoDB® is currently in private beta. Click [here](https://www.scaleway.com/en/managed-mongodb/) to join the waiting list. +Managed MongoDB® is currently in public beta. Click [here](https://www.scaleway.com/en/managed-mongodb/) to join the waiting list. - - A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) - [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization - A [MongoDB® Database Instance](/managed-mongodb-databases/quickstart/) @@ -38,13 +37,13 @@ Managed MongoDB® is currently in private beta. Click [here](https://www.scalewa Find below a detailed description of each connection mode: -### mongosh +### With mongosh To connect to a public endpoint using the MongoDB® shell: 1. Replace the following variables in the command as described: ```sh - mongosh "mongodb+srv://{instance_id}.mgdb.{region}.scw.cloud" --tlsCAFile {your_certificate.pem} -u {username} + mongosh "mongodb+srv://{db-instance-id}.mgdb.{region}.scw.cloud" --tlsCAFile {your_certificate.pem} -u {username} ``` - `{your-certificate.pem}` - the TLS certificate downloaded on **step 3**. @@ -57,23 +56,21 @@ To connect to a public endpoint using the MongoDB® shell: If the connection is successful, you should see the following message display on your console, and be able to write queries: ```sh - The server generated these startup warnings when booting - Powered by MongoDB® v0.9.0 and PostgreSQL 14.6. - ``` + Current Mongosh Log ID: 67ab0096d43bcc1d9ed4336d + Connecting to: mongodb+srv://@{db-instance-id}.mgdb.{region}.scw.cloud/?appName=mongosh+2.3.8 + Using MongoDB: 7.0.12 + Using Mongosh: 2.3.8 -Follow the same procedure to connect to a private endpoint for one node, replacing `{privateNetorkName}` with the name of your Private Network: + For mongosh info see: https://docs.mongodb.com/mongodb-shell/ - ```sh - mongosh "mongodb://{instance_id}-0.{privateNetworkName}" -u {username} + rs-{db-instance-id} [primary] test> ``` -For multiple nodes, replace `{db-instance-id}` with the Database Instance UUID of each respective Instance, and `{privateNetworkName}` with the names of your Private Network: - - ```sh - "mongodb://{instance_id}-0.{privateNetworkName},{instance_id}-1.{privateNetworkName},{instance_id}-2.{privateNetworkName}" -u {username} - ``` + +To connect to a MongoDB® via a Private Network, use the following command: `mongosh "mongodb+srv://{username}:{password}@{instance_id}.{private_network_id}.internal/?tls=true&tlsCAFile={tls_certificate}"`. Make sure you replace the variables indicated within the `{}` with their corresponding values. + -### Python +### With Pymongo The following code shows you how to use the `pymongo` library to connect using TLS. @@ -109,8 +106,11 @@ documents = collection.find({}) for doc in documents: print(doc) ``` + +To connect to a MongoDB® via a Private Network, use the following connection string: `connection_string = f"mongodb+srv://{username}:{password}@{instance_id}.{private_network_id}.internal/?tls=true&tlsCAFile={tls_certificate}"`. Make sure you replace the variables indicated within the `{}` with their corresponding values. + -### Node.js +### With Node.js The following code shows you how to use the `mongodb` module to connect using TLS. @@ -128,8 +128,10 @@ const databaseName = 'databaseName' // Path to your TLS certificate file const tlsCertificatePath = path.resolve(__dirname, 'path/to/your_tls_certificate.pem'); -// Construct the connection string -const connectionString = `mongodb+srv://${username}:${password}@${instanceId}.mgdb.${region}.scw.cloud`; +// Construct the public connection string +const connectionString = `mongodb+srv://${username}:${password}@${instanceId}.mgdb.${region}.scw.cloud;` +// Construct the private connection string +const connectionString = `mongodb+srv://${username}:${password}@${instanceId}.${privateNetworkId}.internal;` // Create a new MongoClient const client = new MongoClient(connectionString, { @@ -164,7 +166,7 @@ async function run() { run().catch(console.dir); ``` -### Go +### With Go The following code shows you how to use the `mongo` driver to connect using TLS. ```go @@ -172,54 +174,100 @@ package main import ( "context" + "crypto/tls" + "crypto/x509" "fmt" + "io/ioutil" + "log" + "go.mongodb.org/mongo-driver/mongo" "go.mongodb.org/mongo-driver/mongo/options" ) func main() { + // Replace with your MongoDB connection details + username := "your_username" + password := "your_password" + instanceID := "your_instance_id" // your instance_id + privateNetworkID := "your_private_network_id" // Id of your Private Network + region := "your_region" // the region of your database instance. "fr-par" for Paris. + tlsCertificate := "path/to/your_tls_certificate.pem" // path to your TLS certificate + databaseName = "databaseName" + + // Read CA certificate + caCert, err := ioutil.ReadFile(tlsCertificate) + if err != nil { + log.Fatalf("Erreur lors de la lecture du fichier CA: %v", err) + } - username := "" - password := "" - host := "" - port := 1234 // replace with endpoint port number - caCertPath := "" - // prepare the uri for the connection - uri := fmt.Sprintf( - "mongodb://%s:%s@%s:%d/rdb?tls=true&tlsCACert=%s&authMechanism=PLAIN", - username, - password, - host, - port, - caCertPath, - ) - ctx := context.Background() - // connect to the database - client, _ := mongo.Connect(ctx, options.Client().ApplyURI(uri)) - // get the database - db := client.Database("rdb") - // get the collection - cars := db.Collection("cars") - // insert a document - carToInsert := Car{Name: "Supercar", Year: 2020} - cars.InsertOne(ctx, carToInsert) - - // read the document - carToRead := Car{} - cars.FindOne(ctx, map[string]interface{}{"name": "Supercar"}).Decode(&carToRead) - - // print the document - fmt.Println(carToRead) + // Create certificate pool + caCertPool := x509.NewCertPool() + caCertPool.AppendCertsFromPEM(caCert) -} + tlsConfig := &tls.Config{ + RootCAs: caCertPool, + } + + // Construct the public connection string + connectionString := fmt.Sprintf("mongodb+srv://%s:%s@%s.mgdb.%s.scw.cloud", username, password, instanceID, region) + // Construct the private connection string + connectionString := fmt.Sprintf("mongodb+srv://%s:%s@%s.%s.internal", username, password, instanceID, privateNetworkID) + + // Create a new client and connect to the server + clientOptions := options.Client(). + ApplyURI(connectionString). + SetTLSConfig(tlsConfig) + client, err := mongo.Connect(context.TODO(), clientOptions) + + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } -type Car struct { - Name string - Year int + // Check the connection + err = client.Ping(context.TODO(), nil) + + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + + fmt.Println("Connected to MongoDB!") + + // Access a specific collection + collection := client.Database(databaseName).Collection("your_collection_name") + + // Example: Find documents in the collection + cursor, err := collection.Find(context.TODO(), map[string]interface{}{}) + + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + + defer cursor.Close(context.TODO()) + + for cursor.Next(context.TODO()) { + var result map[string]interface{} + err := cursor.Decode(&result) + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + fmt.Println(result) + } + + if err := cursor.Err(); err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + + // Close the connection once no longer needed + err = client.Disconnect(context.TODO()) + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + + fmt.Println("Connection to MongoDB closed.") } ``` -### Mongoose +### With Mongoose The following code shows you how to use the `Mongoose` schema to connect using TLS. @@ -227,20 +275,23 @@ The following code shows you how to use the `Mongoose` schema to connect using T const mongoose = require('mongoose'); const path = require('path'); -// Replace with your MongoDB® connection details +// Replace with your MongoDB connection details const username = encodeURIComponent('your_username'); const password = encodeURIComponent('your_password'); -const region = "your_region" // "fr-par" for Paris. +const region = "your_region"; // "fr-par" for Paris. const instanceId = 'your_instance_id'; // your instance id +const privateNetworkId = 'your_private_network_id'; // your private network id const databaseName = 'databaseName' // Path to your TLS certificate file const tlsCertificatePath = path.resolve(__dirname, 'path/to/your_tls_certificate.pem'); -// Construct the connection string +// Construct the public connection string const connectionString = `mongodb+srv://${username}:${password}@${instanceId}.mgdb.${region}.scw.cloud`; +// Construct the private connection string +const connectionString = `mongodb+srv://${username}:${password}@${instanceId}.${privateNetworkId}.internal`; -// Connect to MongoDB® using Mongoose +// Connect to MongoDB using Mongoose mongoose.connect(connectionString, { useNewUrlParser: true, useUnifiedTopology: true, @@ -248,7 +299,7 @@ mongoose.connect(connectionString, { tlsCAFile: tlsCertificatePath, // Path to the CA certificate file }) .then(() => { - console.log('Connected to MongoDB® with Mongoose!'); + console.log('Connected to MongoDB with Mongoose!'); }) .catch(err => { console.error('Connection error', err); @@ -272,4 +323,4 @@ exampleDoc.save() .catch(err => { console.error('Error saving document', err); }); -``` \ No newline at end of file +``` diff --git a/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-private-network.mdx b/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-private-network.mdx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4ac670bc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-private-network.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +meta: + title: How to connect an existing MongoDB® Database Instance to a Private Network + description: Instructions for connecting your MongoDB® Database Instance over a Private Network. +content: + h1: How to connect an existing MongoDB® Database Instance to a Private Network + paragraph: Instructions for connecting your MongoDB® Database Instance over a Private Network. +tags: managed-mongodb mongodb private-network database-instance +dates: + validation: 2025-02-17 + posted: 2025-02-17 +categories: + - managed-databases + - mongodb +--- + +[Private Networks](/vpc/concepts/#private-networks) allows you to enhance the security of your system's architecture by isolating it from the internet. + +Using Private Networks improves performance by reducing the latency between your application and your database nodes. It also increases the security of your databases, as Instances in your Private Network can directly communicate with your Database Instance, without passing through the public internet. + +You can [create new Database Instances](/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/create-a-database-instance) to attach to your Private Network, or attach existing ones. + + + +- A Scaleway account logged into the [console](https://console.scaleway.com) +- [Owner](/iam/concepts/#owner) status or [IAM permissions](/iam/concepts/#permission) allowing you to perform actions in the intended Organization +- A valid [API key](/iam/how-to/create-api-keys/) +- A [Managed MongoDB® Database Instance](/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/create-a-database-instance) + +## How to attach a Database Instance to a Private Network + + + You can only attach your Database Instance to one Private Network at a time. + + +1. Click **MongoDB®** under **Managed Databases** on the side menu. A list of your Database Instances displays. +2. Click the database name or , then click **More info** to access the Database Instance information page. +3. Scroll to the **Network** section. +4. Click **Attach Private Network** next to **Private endpoint**. A pop-up appears. +5. Choose one or both of the options below: + - Select and attach an existing Private Network and select the network from the drop-down list. + + The Database Instance must be attached to a Private Network in the same region. + + - Create and attach a new Private Network and enter the name of the network in the form. + + If you select this option, a Private Network with default settings will be created in the same region as your Database Instance. Do not use a TLD (e.g. `dev` or `cloud`) as a name, to avoid conflicts. + +6. Click **Attach to Private Network** to conclude. + + +Managed MongoDB® is currently not compatible with the [Static NAT](/public-gateways/concepts/#nat) feature of [Scaleway Public Gateways](/public-gateways/concepts/#public-gateway). You can use Public Gateways in [SSH bastion](/public-gateways/how-to/use-ssh-bastion/) mode and perform port forwarding. + + + +Once you have attached your Database Instance to a Private Network, you can [connect to the Database Instance](/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/connect-database-instance) using the private endpoint connection string. + + +## How to detach a Database Instance from a Private Network + +1. Click **MongoDB®** under **Managed Databases** on the side menu. A list of your Database Instances displays. +2. Click the database name or , then click **More info** to access the Database Instance information page. +3. Scroll to the **Network** section. +4. Click **Detach Private Network**. A pop-up appears. +5. Click **Detach resource** to confirm. + + +This action takes a few moments to complete. During this time, your Database Instance: + - remains available, + - goes into **Configuring** mode, and + - network configuration actions become unavailable + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/create-a-database-instance.mdx b/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/create-a-database-instance.mdx index 8f62766f34..60ced51b35 100644 --- a/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/create-a-database-instance.mdx +++ b/pages/managed-mongodb-databases/how-to/create-a-database-instance.mdx @@ -38,16 +38,32 @@ Document databases enable users to store and retrieve data in a document format, - **Replica-set 1-node** - an instance of MongoDB® that runs as a single server and does not provide redundancy or high availability. - **Replica-set 3-nodes** - a group of 3 MongoDB® servers (1 primary and 2 standby nodes) that maintain the same data set. Replica sets provide redundancy and high availability and are the basis for all production deployments. If the main node fails for any reason, one of the remaining standby nodes is assigned and can take over requests, reducing downtime. - Select a node type. - - Define the size of your Block Storage volume. You can increase your storage space without changing your node type, with no downtime. You can increase your volume size to up to 10 TB. - - Add a name and set a password for your user. - - Your username must adhere to specific criteria. - - Length must be between 1 and 63 characters - - First character must be an alphabetic character (**a-Za-Z**) - - It can not start with **_rdb** - - Only **a-zA-Z0-9_$-** characters are accepted - + - Configure storage settings. You can: + - Choose the [IOPS](/block-storage/concepts/#iops) setting, between **5k** and **15k**. + - Define your volume size. Block Storage volumes can increase up to 10 TB. + - Review the snapshot configuration. During the private beta, only manual snapshots are available. +4. Configure your Network. Choose one or both of the options below: + - **Attach to Private Network**: allows your databases to communicate in an isolated and secure network without requiring a public IP address. If you select this option, you must either: + - Select and attach an existing Private Network and select the network from the drop-down list. + + The Database Instance must be attached to a Private Network in the same region. + + - Create and attach a new Private Network and enter the name of the network in the form. + + If you select this option, a Private Network with default settings will be created in the same region as your Database Instance. Do not use a TLD (e.g. `dev` or `cloud`) as a name, to avoid conflicts. + + - **Set up public connectivity**: resources in a public network are publicly visible by default. +5. Complete the remaining steps in the creation wizard: + - Create credentials: add a name and set a password for your user. + + Your username must adhere to specific criteria. + - Length must be between 1 and 63 characters + - First character must be an alphabetic character (**a-Za-Z**) + - It cannot start with **_rdb** + - Only **a-zA-Z0-9_$-** characters are accepted + - Enter a name for your Database Instance. -4. Click **Create a Database Instance** to confirm your choices and launch creation. + - Review the estimated cost. +4. Click **Create Database Instance** to confirm your choices and launch creation. You are taken to the **Overview** tab for your Database Instance. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/messaging/api-cli/nats-cli.mdx b/pages/messaging/api-cli/nats-cli.mdx index f8c747f081..e3f00adb9d 100644 --- a/pages/messaging/api-cli/nats-cli.mdx +++ b/pages/messaging/api-cli/nats-cli.mdx @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The NATS CLI (`nats`) is the official NATS tool for managing your NATS resources Check out the official [NATS CLI documentation](https://docs.nats.io/using-nats/nats-tools/nats_cli/) for installation instructions, examples and more. - You can also configure Scaleway NATS with the Terraform NATS Jetstream provider using our [dedicated tutorial](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/scaleway/scaleway/latest/docs/guides/mnq_with_nats_terraform_provider). + You can also configure Scaleway NATS with the Terraform/OpenTofu NATS Jetstream provider using our [dedicated tutorial](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/scaleway/scaleway/latest/docs/guides/mnq_with_nats_terraform_provider). This page shows you how to get started with some basic actions via the NATS CLI. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ To create a [stream](/messaging/concepts/#stream), use the command `nats stream - The volume of billed messages -You can connect to your stream using code, devtools or the NATS CLI (for testing purposes only). +You can connect to your stream using code, developer tools or the NATS CLI (for testing purposes only). ## NATS cheat sheet diff --git a/pages/messaging/index.mdx b/pages/messaging/index.mdx index 5d9dc55412..89f6a6c8a3 100644 --- a/pages/messaging/index.mdx +++ b/pages/messaging/index.mdx @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ meta: label="Read more" /> diff --git a/pages/messaging/reference-content/nats-overview.mdx b/pages/messaging/reference-content/nats-overview.mdx index eeb9abb6e8..17747cf0e8 100644 --- a/pages/messaging/reference-content/nats-overview.mdx +++ b/pages/messaging/reference-content/nats-overview.mdx @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Scaleway NATS is a managed messaging service that enable seamless communication ## NATS accounts -You can easily create a NATS account from the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/), via the [Scaleway API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/messaging-and-queuing/nats-api/) or via [Terraform](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/scaleway/scaleway/latest/docs/guides/mnq_with_nats_terraform_provider). +You can easily create a NATS account from the [Scaleway console](https://console.scaleway.com/), via the [Scaleway API](https://www.scaleway.com/en/developers/api/messaging-and-queuing/nats-api/) or via [Terraform/OpenTofu](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/scaleway/scaleway/latest/docs/guides/mnq_with_nats_terraform_provider). ## NATS credentials @@ -78,4 +78,4 @@ The main difference you will find between the standard NATS documentation and Sc - [Publish/Subscribe in pure NATS (no message retention)](https://docs.nats.io/nats-concepts/core-nats/pubsub/pubsub_walkthrough) - [Introduction to JetStream](https://docs.nats.io/nats-concepts/jetstream) - [Learn NATS by Example](https://natsbyexample.com/) -- [How to use Scaleway NATS with the Terraform NATS Jetstream provider](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/scaleway/scaleway/latest/docs/guides/mnq_with_nats_terraform_provider) \ No newline at end of file +- [How to use Scaleway NATS with the Terraform/OpenTofu NATS Jetstream provider](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/scaleway/scaleway/latest/docs/guides/mnq_with_nats_terraform_provider) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy.mdx b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy.mdx index e46828cb51..c86e142fb3 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy.mdx @@ -44,16 +44,16 @@ Bucket policies use a JSON-based access policy language, and are composed of str ### Version **Description** -: [IAM](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Identity_management) syntax version +: IAM syntax version **Required** : Yes **Type** -: const +: string **Value** -: "2023-04-17" +: `"2023-04-17"` **Sample**: @@ -622,4 +622,4 @@ Bucket policies use a JSON-based access policy language, and are composed of str - `DateLessThan` - `DateLessThanEquals` -Refer to our [dedicated documentation](/object-storage/api-cli/manage-bucket-permissions-ip/) for more information on managing bucket permissions for IP addresses or ranges of IP. \ No newline at end of file +Refer to our [dedicated documentation](/object-storage/api-cli/manage-bucket-permissions-ip/) for more information on managing bucket permissions for IP addresses or ranges of IP. diff --git a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/create-bucket-policy.mdx b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/create-bucket-policy.mdx index 94b1024f00..22dbf55f25 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/create-bucket-policy.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/create-bucket-policy.mdx @@ -114,5 +114,5 @@ Run the command below to delete the policy of a specific bucket. Replace ` -Your objects will become accessible to all the users in your organization that have [IAM permissions](/object-storage/api-cli/combining-iam-and-object-storage/#combining-iam-and-bucket-policies) for Object Storage. +Your objects will become accessible to all the users in your Organization that have [IAM permissions](/object-storage/api-cli/combining-iam-and-object-storage/#combining-iam-and-bucket-policies) for Object Storage. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/managing-lifecycle-cliv2.mdx b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/managing-lifecycle-cliv2.mdx index cb48512345..efc19cb6ff 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/managing-lifecycle-cliv2.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/managing-lifecycle-cliv2.mdx @@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ categories: - object-storage --- -[Scaleway Object Storage](/object-storage/concepts/#object-storage) is a service based on the Amazon S3 protocol. It allows you to store different types of objects (documents, images, videos, etc.) and distribute them instantly, anywhere in the world. You can create and manage your Object Storage resources from the [console](https://console.scaleway.com/login), or via the [Scaleway Command Line Interface](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/) that uses external tools such as [S3cmd](https://github.com/s3tools/s3cmd), [Rclone](https://rclone.org/downloads/) or [MinIO Client (mc)](https://github.com/minio/mc). +[Scaleway Object Storage](/object-storage/concepts/#object-storage) is a service based on the Amazon S3 protocol. It allows you to store different types of objects (documents, images, videos, etc.) and distribute them instantly, anywhere in the world. You can create and manage your Object Storage resources from the [console](https://account.scaleway.com/login), or via the [Scaleway Command Line Interface](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/) that uses external tools such as [S3cmd](https://github.com/s3tools/s3cmd), [Rclone](https://rclone.org/downloads/) or [MinIO Client (mc)](https://github.com/minio/mc). ## Scaleway Command Line Interface Overview -[The Scaleway Command Line Interface (CLI)](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/) allows you to pilot your Scaleway infrastructure directly from your terminal, providing a faster way to administer and monitor your resources. Scaleway CLI is easy to set up and is an essential tool for operating efficiently in your cloud environment. +[The Scaleway Command Line Interface (CLI)](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/) allows you to pilot your Scaleway infrastructure directly from your terminal, providing a faster way to administer and monitor your resources. Scaleway CLI is easy to set up and is an essential tool for operating efficiently in your cloud environment. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Run the following command in a terminal to preview the configuration file for Mi ## Installing a configuration file for Amazon S3-compatible tools (s3cmd, rclone, and mc) -The `scw object config install` allows you to create a configuration file for the selected third party tool based on your [Scaleway CLI configuration](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/). +The `scw object config install` allows you to create a configuration file for the selected third party tool based on your [Scaleway CLI configuration](/scaleway-cli/quickstart/). Creating a new configuration file using `scw object config install` will overwrite the existing one for the specified third party tool. To update an existing configuration, [generate a preview](#previewing-an-object-storage-configuration-file-for-the-scaleway-cli) and manually edit the configuration file. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ The `scw object config install` allows you to create a configuration file for th Run the following command in a terminal to install a configuration file for Rclone: - + ``` scw object config install type=rclone ``` @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Run the following command in a terminal to install a configuration file for MinI An output similar to the following displays: ``` - rclone lsd scaleway: + rclone lsd scaleway: -1 2022-06-04 14:38:03 -1 my-bucket -1 2023-12-23 12:10:57 -1 my-new-bucket ``` diff --git a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/migrating-buckets.mdx b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/migrating-buckets.mdx index 8ef4a51838..a89c26c871 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/migrating-buckets.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/migrating-buckets.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: Migrating data from one bucket to another - description: Learn to migrate buckets between accounts and regions with the Scaleway CLI. + description: Learn to migrate buckets between accounts and regions with the AWS CLI. content: h1: Migrating data from one bucket to another - paragraph: Learn to migrate buckets between accounts and regions with the Scaleway CLI. + paragraph: Learn to migrate buckets between accounts and regions with the AWS CLI. tags: object storage object-storage bucket migrate dates: - validation: 2024-07-29 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2018-09-14 categories: - storage @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ categories: ``` aws s3api create-bucket --bucket BUCKET-TARGET ``` -2. Copy the objects between the Object Storage buckets. +2. Copy the objects between the Object Storage buckets using the [sync](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/s3/sync.html) command. If you have objects in the Scaleway `Glacier` storage class you must [restore](/object-storage/how-to/restore-an-object-from-glacier/) them before continuing. diff --git a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/object-storage-aws-cli.mdx b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/object-storage-aws-cli.mdx index d105c02f87..25977f7eef 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/object-storage-aws-cli.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/object-storage-aws-cli.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Integrate AWS CLI with Scaleway Object Storage for seamless operations. tags: object storage object-storage aws-cli aws cli dates: - validation: 2024-08-19 + validation: 2025-02-28 posted: 2018-07-16 categories: - storage @@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ The AWS-CLI is an open-source tool built on top of the [AWS SDK for Python (Boto [services scw-nl-ams] s3 = + endpoint_url = https://s3.nl-ams.scw.cloud max_concurrent_requests = 100 max_queue_size = 1000 multipart_threshold = 50 MB diff --git a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/share-buckets-read-only.mdx b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/share-buckets-read-only.mdx index b827883caf..d3da1b78e1 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/share-buckets-read-only.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/share-buckets-read-only.mdx @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ --- meta: title: Sharing Object Storage buckets in read-only mode - description: Share Scaleway Object Storage buckets with read-only access using the CLI. + description: Share Scaleway Object Storage buckets with read-only access using the AWS CLI. content: h1: Sharing Object Storage buckets in read-only mode - paragraph: Share Scaleway Object Storage buckets with read-only access using the CLI. -tags: object storage bucket read only read-only + paragraph: Share Scaleway Object Storage buckets with read-only access using the AWS CLI. +tags: object storage bucket read only read-only aws cli dates: - validation: 2024-07-29 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2021-05-19 --- @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ dates: - Installed the [AWS CLI](/object-storage/api-cli/object-storage-aws-cli/) - An [Object Storage bucket](/object-storage/how-to/create-a-bucket/) - You can implement a [bucket policy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/) to grant a Scaleway Organization or Project **Read** rights to a bucket in a different Project. - + +## Principle For example, you are logged in to Organization A and you have a bucket (A1) inside Project A. You wish to share the bucket in read-only mode with users in Organization B, Project B. @@ -33,9 +33,15 @@ To guarantee that they can only view contents, include `"s3:ListBucket"` and `"s Specify which resources they can access under **Resource**: -- `""` - Grants access to the bucket, but not to the objects inside. If the `s3:ListBucket` action is applied, this resource specification is required. -- `"/*"` - Grants access to all objects inside a bucket, but not to the bucket itself. If the `s3:GetObject` action is applied, this resource specification is required. -- `"//*"` - Grants access only to objects with the specified prefix inside a bucket, but not to the bucket itself. For example, if you apply a bucket policy that specifies `"my_files/movie/*"` under **Resource**, you would grant access to all objects with the `movie/` prefix, but not to other objects in `my_files/` bucket. If the `s3:GetObject` action is applied, this resource specification is required. +- `""`: Grants access to the bucket, but not to the objects inside. If the `s3:ListBucket` action is applied, this resource specification is required. + +- `"/*"`: Grants access to all objects inside a bucket, but not to the bucket itself. If the `s3:GetObject` action is applied, this resource specification is required. + +- `"//*"`: Grants access only to objects with the specified prefix inside a bucket, but not to the bucket itself. For example, if you apply a bucket policy that specifies `"my_files/movie/*"` under **Resource**, you would grant access to all objects with the `movie/` prefix, but not to other objects in `my_files/` bucket. If the `s3:GetObject` action is applied, this resource specification is required. + +## Creating the bucket policy + +1. Create a file named `bucket-policy.json` and add the following code to it: ```json { @@ -60,9 +66,14 @@ Specify which resources they can access under **Resource**: ] } ``` -Apply the policy using the [PutBucketPolicy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketpolicy) API call or run the following aws-cli command: -``` -aws s3api put-bucket-policy --bucket --profile default_project --policy file://bucket-policy.json -``` -You can provide the user in Organization B with the name of your bucket. If the policy is correctly applied, they will be able to see bucket A1 included in their bucket list when running `List_Buckets`. If they know the name of an object, they can view their details by running [`Get_Object`](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#getobject). \ No newline at end of file +2. Apply the policy using the [PutBucketPolicy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketpolicy) API call or run the following aws-cli command: + + ``` + aws s3api put-bucket-policy --bucket --profile default_project --policy file://bucket-policy.json + ``` + + Refer to the [dedicated documentation](/object-storage/api-cli/create-bucket-policy/) for more information on how to create bucket policies. + + +You can now provide the user in Organization B with the name of your bucket. If the policy is correctly applied, they will be able to see bucket A1 included in their bucket list when running `List_Buckets`. If they know the name of an object, they can view its details by running [`Get_Object`](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#getobject). \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/using-api-call-list.mdx b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/using-api-call-list.mdx index 5767f86b64..8677ec8a77 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/api-cli/using-api-call-list.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/api-cli/using-api-call-list.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to use the API call list effectively with Scaleway Object Storage. tags: object storage object-storage api bucket dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-28 posted: 2018-09-13 categories: - storage @@ -24,52 +24,47 @@ In this page we index all available Scaleway Object Storage API requests. When you use Object Storage directly with the API, you must generate an [Authentication Signature v4](/object-storage/api-cli/generate-aws4-auth-signature/) beforehand. -Status: - - Feature available: ✅ - - Feature in development: ⌛ - - Deprecated feature: ❗ - ## Common Operations | Feature | Description | Status | | :------------ | :---- | :- | -| [GetService](/object-storage/api-cli/common-operations/#getservice) | Returns a list of all buckets | ✅ | +| [GetService](/object-storage/api-cli/common-operations/#getservice) | Returns a list of all buckets | supported | ## Bucket Operations | Feature | Description | Status | | :------------ | :---- | :---- | -| [CreateBucket](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#createbucket) | Creates bucket | ✅ | -| [DeleteBucket](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucket) | Deletes bucket | ✅ | -| [DeleteBucketCors](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucketcors) | Deletes the [CORS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-origin_resource_sharing) configuration of a bucket | ✅ | -| [DeleteBucketLifecycle](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucketlifecycle)| Deletes the [lifecycle configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/lifecycle-rules-api/) of a bucket | ✅ | -| [DeleteBucketPolicy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucketpolicy) | Deletes the policy of a specified bucket | ✅ | -| [DeleteBucketTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebuckettagging) | Deletes the tag(s) of a bucket | ✅ | -| [DeleteBucketWebsite](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucketwebsite) | Deletes the bucket website configuration of a specified bucket | ✅ | -| [GetBucketAcl](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketacl) | Returns the bucket ACL | ✅ | -| [GetBucketCors](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketcors) | Returns the [CORS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-origin_resource_sharing) configuration of a bucket | ✅ | -| GetBucketLifecycle | Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket | ❗ | -| [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketlifecycleconfiguration) | Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on a bucket | ✅ | -| [GetBucketLocation](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketlocation) | Returns the region where the bucket is | ✅ | -| GetBucketNotification | Returns the notification configuration of a bucket | ⌛ | -| [GetBucketPolicy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketpolicy) | Returns the policy of a specified bucket | ✅ | -| GetBucketPolicyStatus | Retrieves the policy status for a bucket. The status indicates whether a bucket is public or not | ✅ | -| [GetBucketTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbuckettagging) | Returns the tag(s) of a bucket | ✅ | -| [GetBucketVersioning](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketversioning) | Returns the versioning state of a bucket | ✅ | -| [GetBucketWebsite](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketwebsite) | Returns the bucket website basic configuration | ✅ | -| [HeadBucket](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#headbucket) | Checks if the bucket exists | ✅ | -| [ListObjects](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#listobjects) | Lists objects in the bucket | ✅ | -| ListObjectsV2 | Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket | ✅ | -| [ListObjectVersions](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#listobjectversions) | Returns metadata about all the versions of objects in a bucket | ✅ | -| [PutBucketAcl](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketacl) | Configures the Access Control List of a bucket | ✅ | -| [PutBucketCors](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketcors) | Configures [CORS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-origin_resource_sharing) on a bucket | ✅ | -| PutBucketLifecycle | Creates a new lifecycle configuration or replaces an existing bucket lifecycle configuration | ❗ | -| PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration| Creates a new lifecycle configuration or replaces an existing bucket lifecycle configuration | ✅ | -| PutBucketNotification | Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket | ⌛ | -| [PutBucketPolicy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketpolicy) | Applies an Object Storage bucket policy to an Object Storage bucket. The key elements of bucket policy are [Version](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#version), [ID](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#id), [Statement](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#statement), [Sid](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#sid), [Principal](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#principal), [Action](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#action), [Effect](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#effect), [Resource](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#resource) and [Condition](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#condition). You can find out more about each element by clicking the links, or consulting the full documentation | ✅ | -| [PutBucketTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbuckettagging) | Sets the tag(s) of a bucket | ✅ | -| [PutBucketVersioning](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketversioning) | Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket | ✅ | -| [PutBucketWebsite](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketwebsite) | Enables bucket website and sets the basic configuration for the website | ✅ | +| [CreateBucket](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#createbucket) | Creates bucket | supported | +| [DeleteBucket](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucket) | Deletes bucket | supported | +| [DeleteBucketCors](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucketcors) | Deletes the [CORS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-origin_resource_sharing) configuration of a bucket | supported | +| [DeleteBucketLifecycle](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucketlifecycle)| Deletes the [lifecycle configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/lifecycle-rules-api/) of a bucket | supported | +| [DeleteBucketPolicy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucketpolicy) | Deletes the policy of a specified bucket | supported | +| [DeleteBucketTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebuckettagging) | Deletes the tag(s) of a bucket | supported | +| [DeleteBucketWebsite](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#deletebucketwebsite) | Deletes the bucket website configuration of a specified bucket | supported | +| [GetBucketAcl](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketacl) | Returns the bucket ACL | supported | +| [GetBucketCors](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketcors) | Returns the [CORS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-origin_resource_sharing) configuration of a bucket | supported | +| GetBucketLifecycle | Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket | deprecated | +| [GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketlifecycleconfiguration) | Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on a bucket | supported | +| [GetBucketLocation](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketlocation) | Returns the region where the bucket is | supported | +| GetBucketNotification | Returns the notification configuration of a bucket | in development | +| [GetBucketPolicy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketpolicy) | Returns the policy of a specified bucket | supported | +| GetBucketPolicyStatus | Retrieves the policy status for a bucket. The status indicates whether a bucket is public or not | supported | +| [GetBucketTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbuckettagging) | Returns the tag(s) of a bucket | supported | +| [GetBucketVersioning](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketversioning) | Returns the versioning state of a bucket | supported | +| [GetBucketWebsite](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#getbucketwebsite) | Returns the bucket website basic configuration | supported | +| [HeadBucket](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#headbucket) | Checks if the bucket exists | supported | +| [ListObjects](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#listobjects) | Lists objects in the bucket | supported | +| ListObjectsV2 | Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket | supported | +| [ListObjectVersions](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#listobjectversions) | Returns metadata about all the versions of objects in a bucket | supported | +| [PutBucketAcl](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketacl) | Configures the Access Control List of a bucket | supported | +| [PutBucketCors](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketcors) | Configures [CORS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-origin_resource_sharing) on a bucket | supported | +| PutBucketLifecycle | Creates a new lifecycle configuration or replaces an existing bucket lifecycle configuration | deprecated | +| PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration| Creates a new lifecycle configuration or replaces an existing bucket lifecycle configuration | supported | +| PutBucketNotification | Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket | in development | +| [PutBucketPolicy](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketpolicy) | Applies an Object Storage bucket policy to an Object Storage bucket. The key elements of bucket policy are [Version](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#version), [ID](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#id), [Statement](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#statement), [Sid](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#sid), [Principal](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#principal), [Action](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#action), [Effect](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#effect), [Resource](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#resource) and [Condition](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-policy/#condition). You can find out more about each element by clicking the links, or consulting the full documentation | supported | +| [PutBucketTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbuckettagging) | Sets the tag(s) of a bucket | supported | +| [PutBucketVersioning](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketversioning) | Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket | supported | +| [PutBucketWebsite](/object-storage/api-cli/bucket-operations/#putbucketwebsite) | Enables bucket website and sets the basic configuration for the website | supported | @@ -77,31 +72,31 @@ Status: | Feature | Description | Status | | :------------ | :---- | :- | -| [AbortMultipartUpload](/object-storage/api-cli/multipart-uploads/#aborting-a-multipart-upload) | Aborts a multipart upload| ✅ | -| [CompleteMultipartUpload](/object-storage/api-cli/multipart-uploads/#completing-a-multipart-upload) | Assembles previously uploaded parts to completes a multipart upload | ✅ | -| [CopyObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#putobjectcopy) | Copies an object | ✅ | -| [CreateMultipart](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#createmultipartupload) | Initiates a multipart upload and returns the upload ID | ✅ | -| [DeleteObjects](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#deleteobjects) | Delete multiple objects in a single request (up to 1000) | ✅ | -| [DeleteObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#deleteobject) | Deletes an object | ✅ | -| [DeleteObjectTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#deleteobjecttagging) | Deletes the tag(s) of an object | ✅ | -| [GetObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#getobject) | Retrieves an object | ✅ | -| [GetObjectAcl](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#getobjectacl) | Gets the ACL of an object | ✅ | -| [GetObjectLegalHold](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#get-object-legal-hold) | Gets an object's current [Legal Hold configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#how-to-manage-object-legal-hold) | ✅ | -| [GetObjectLockConfiguration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#get-object-lock-configuration) | Gets an [object Lock configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/) for a bucket. The specified rule will be applied by default to every new object placed in the bucket | ✅ | -| [GetObjectRetention](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#get-object-retention) | Retrieves an object's [retention settings](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#how-to-configure-object-retention) | ✅ | -| [GetObjectTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#getobjecttagging) | Get the tag(s) of an object | ✅ | -| [HeadObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#headobject) | Gets object metadata | ✅ | -| [ListMultipart](/object-storage/api-cli/multipart-uploads/#listing-multipart-uploads) | Lists in-progress multipart uploads | ✅ | -| [OPTIONS object](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#options-object) | Allows to send a preflight request to trigger an evaluation of the rules that are defined in the CORS configuration | ✅ | -| [POST object](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#post-object) | Adds an object to a bucket by using HTML forms | ✅ | -| [PutObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#putobject) | Adds an object to a bucket | ✅ | -| [PutObjectAcl](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#putobjectacl) | Adds an ACL to an object | ✅ | -| [PutObjectTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#putobjecttagging) | Adds one or several tags to an object | ✅ | -| [PutObjectLegalHold](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#put-object-legal-hold) | Applies a [Legal Hold configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#how-to-manage-object-legal-hold) to the specified object | ✅ | -| PutObjectLockConfiguration | Sets an object lock configuration on a specified bucket | ✅ | -| [PutObjectRetention](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#put-object-retention) | Places an [object Retention configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#how-to-configure-object-retention) on an object | ✅ | -| [RestoreObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#restoreobject) | Restores an object from `Glacier` | ✅ | -| [UploadPart](/object-storage/api-cli/multipart-uploads/#uploading-a-part) | Uploads a part in a multipart upload | ✅ | -| UploadPartCopy | Copies data from an existing object as data source to upload a part | ✅ | +| [AbortMultipartUpload](/object-storage/api-cli/multipart-uploads/#aborting-a-multipart-upload) | Aborts a multipart upload| supported | +| [CompleteMultipartUpload](/object-storage/api-cli/multipart-uploads/#completing-a-multipart-upload) | Assembles previously uploaded parts to completes a multipart upload | supported | +| [CopyObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#putobjectcopy) | Copies an object | supported | +| [CreateMultipart](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#createmultipartupload) | Initiates a multipart upload and returns the upload ID | supported | +| [DeleteObjects](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#deleteobjects) | Delete multiple objects in a single request (up to 1000) | supported | +| [DeleteObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#deleteobject) | Deletes an object | supported | +| [DeleteObjectTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#deleteobjecttagging) | Deletes the tag(s) of an object | supported | +| [GetObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#getobject) | Retrieves an object | supported | +| [GetObjectAcl](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#getobjectacl) | Gets the ACL of an object | supported | +| [GetObjectLegalHold](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#get-object-legal-hold) | Gets an object's current [Legal Hold configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#how-to-manage-object-legal-hold) | supported | +| [GetObjectLockConfiguration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#get-object-lock-configuration) | Gets an [object Lock configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/) for a bucket. The specified rule will be applied by default to every new object placed in the bucket | supported | +| [GetObjectRetention](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#get-object-retention) | Retrieves an object's [retention settings](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#how-to-configure-object-retention) | supported | +| [GetObjectTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#getobjecttagging) | Get the tag(s) of an object | supported | +| [HeadObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#headobject) | Gets object metadata | supported | +| [ListMultipart](/object-storage/api-cli/multipart-uploads/#listing-multipart-uploads) | Lists in-progress multipart uploads | supported | +| [OPTIONS object](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#options-object) | Allows to send a preflight request to trigger an evaluation of the rules that are defined in the CORS configuration | supported | +| [POST object](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#post-object) | Adds an object to a bucket by using HTML forms | supported | +| [PutObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#putobject) | Adds an object to a bucket | supported | +| [PutObjectAcl](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#putobjectacl) | Adds an ACL to an object | supported | +| [PutObjectTagging](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#putobjecttagging) | Adds one or several tags to an object | supported | +| [PutObjectLegalHold](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#put-object-legal-hold) | Applies a [Legal Hold configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#how-to-manage-object-legal-hold) to the specified object | supported | +| PutObjectLockConfiguration | Sets an object lock configuration on a specified bucket | supported | +| [PutObjectRetention](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#put-object-retention) | Places an [object Retention configuration](/object-storage/api-cli/object-lock/#how-to-configure-object-retention) on an object | supported | +| [RestoreObject](/object-storage/api-cli/object-operations/#restoreobject) | Restores an object from `Glacier` | supported | +| [UploadPart](/object-storage/api-cli/multipart-uploads/#uploading-a-part) | Uploads a part in a multipart upload | supported | +| UploadPartCopy | Copies data from an existing object as data source to upload a part | supported | diff --git a/pages/object-storage/how-to/use-bucket-website.mdx b/pages/object-storage/how-to/use-bucket-website.mdx index 2965745f9a..0f43089f82 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/how-to/use-bucket-website.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/how-to/use-bucket-website.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Host a website using Scaleway Object Storage buckets. tags: bucket website object-storage object storage dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-28 posted: 2021-03-17 categories: - storage @@ -89,5 +89,3 @@ Here is an example of a basic `error.html` file: ``` - - diff --git a/pages/object-storage/reference-content/cname-record.mdx b/pages/object-storage/reference-content/cname-record.mdx index 32dc954c1a..ffdf7fba27 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/reference-content/cname-record.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/reference-content/cname-record.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Learn how to set up and manage CNAME records for Scaleway Edge Services pipelines. Follow our detailed guide to configure your custom domain and enhance your cloud accessibility. tags: edge-services pipeline cname dns dates: - validation: 2024-07-25 + validation: 2025-02-11 categories: - network --- diff --git a/pages/object-storage/reference-content/optimize-object-storage-performance.mdx b/pages/object-storage/reference-content/optimize-object-storage-performance.mdx index e04a82c0e7..425281124a 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/reference-content/optimize-object-storage-performance.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/reference-content/optimize-object-storage-performance.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Optimize performance when using Scaleway Object Storage for your data. tags: object storage object-storage performance tuning better enhance throughput latency optimize dates: - validation: 2024-06-17 + validation: 2025-02-11 posted: 2023-11-24 categories: - storage diff --git a/pages/object-storage/reference-content/ssl-tls-certificate.mdx b/pages/object-storage/reference-content/ssl-tls-certificate.mdx index 47d45d4377..7f83117ad4 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/reference-content/ssl-tls-certificate.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/reference-content/ssl-tls-certificate.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Discover how to configure SSL/TLS certificates for Scaleway Edge Services pipelines. Follow our comprehensive guide to secure your custom domains and ensure data protection. tags: edge-services pipeline ssl-tls certificate ssl tls pem certificate-authority root-certificate pem chain ca dates: - validation: 2024-07-25 + validation: 2025-02-11 categories: - network --- diff --git a/pages/object-storage/videos.mdx b/pages/object-storage/videos.mdx index 2b7740a0fa..f33ab43ef6 100644 --- a/pages/object-storage/videos.mdx +++ b/pages/object-storage/videos.mdx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ content: paragraph: Watch videos to learn about Scaleway Object Storage. tags: object storage object-storage dates: - validation: 2024-08-05 + validation: 2025-02-27 posted: 2021-12-14 categories: - storage @@ -22,5 +22,4 @@ This video presents Scaleway Object Storage as of December, 2021, and does not r Object Storage allows you to store different types of objects (documents, images, videos, etc) and distribute them instantly, anywhere in the world. We explain some core Object Storage concepts, take you step by step through the creation of an Object Storage bucket in the cloud, and tell you about some common use cases. You'll learn how to store and share files, how to host a static website from a bucket, and more. -